Digital Automatic Voltage Regulator Operation and Maintenance Manual

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
DIGITAL AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR
DIGITAL
AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR
PROJECT : - IB THERMAL POWER STATION, UNIT-3 & 4
RATING :- 2 X 660MW
CUSTOMER : - OPGCL
WBS NO : - CE/1050-SH3-48-01 & CE/1050-SH4-48-01
Prepared by :- R.RAJKUMAR
Checked & Approved by :- J.SRINIVASAN
Date :- 27.01.2017
Page 1 of 4
FOR
VOLUME-1
(OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR DAVR)
SECTION – 1:
Document No:
Operating Instructions for DAVR EDN 48-1050-01
Storage Instructions for Digital Voltage Regulator EDN 99-655-188
CE-Products Safety Guide Lines First Issue
SECTION – 2:
Unit - 3 DAVR Test Report 205/15/1192

Unit - 4 DAVR Test Report 205/16/451
VOLUME-2
(REFERENCE DOCUMENTS)
SECTION - 1 :-
(UNITROLS & ELECTRONIC SUB-ASSEMBLIES (ANALOG))
Module description Unitrol Document no.

Ref.
Pulse Final Stage UN0809 692-03-MU1BA
Intermediate Pulse Stage UN0096 OM691-43-350

DC/DC Converters 220V/24V UN0901 ED69203PY6BA
Test Point Module UN0094 OM691-38-840
Memory Card CT370 692-03-YV1BA
Page 2 of 4
FOR
SECTION - 2 :-
(UNITROLS & ELECTRONIC SUB-ASSEMBLIES (DIGITAL))
Module description Unitrol Ref. Document no.

16 Channel Analog I/O Module UN 0610 692.03.NA 1AA
CPU Module UN 0660 692.03.DB 1AA
Interrupt generator module UN 0661 692.03.GB 2AA
32/32 channel Digital I/O Module UN 0662 692.03.NB 1AA
Digital Firing and Control Module UN 0663 692.03.DU 1BA
DC/DC Supply Module 692.03.PY 2BA
Micro Terminal UNS 2660 692.03.TB 2AA
V&I Measuring Module UNC 4660 692.03.IA 1AA
AC/DC Supply Module UNC 4664 692.03.PZ 1AA
Back Plane Module UNS 3603 692.03.DY 1AA
SECTION – 3:
(ValmetDNA MODULES)
Module description Module Ref.
1. CONTROLLER ACNCS
2. ANALOG INPUT MODULE AII8V
3. ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE AOI4C
4. DIGITAL INPUT MODULE DII8P24
5. DIGITAL OUTPUT MODULE DOI4RO
6. BUS CONTROLLER IBC
7. RACK POWER SUPPLY MODULE IPSP
8. MOUNTING BOARD MBM120
9. MOUTING BOARD MBI8
10. BUS TERMINATOR IT
SECTION - 4 :-
(FIELD BREAKER)
Item Make /
Type
Exciter field breaker Lenoir,
CEX-150
Page 3 of 4
FOR
SECTION - 5 :-
(THYRISTOR CONVERTER)
Item Make / Doc.No.
Type
Operating principle of thyristor CED 82-653-070
converter
Thyristor Device Data sheet BHt N45 BHt N45
Power module 6QG12 CED 82-653-067
Current flow monitoring 6QM1210 69203SJ2AA
SECTION - 6 :-
(CATALOGUES FOR RELAYS, MCBS & CONTACTORS)
Item Make / Type
Motor circuit breakers Siemens / ABB /

Schneider
Transducers Southern / Rishab
Auxiliary relays Jyothi / Guardian
Auxiliary contactors Siemens
Trip circuit supervision relay VAX31
Switch for thyristor KRAUS -NAIMER
Fuses TIA type

SMPS Weidmuller / Phoenix
VOLUME-3
(DOCUMENTS AND DRGS.)
Overall General Arrangement Drg. : 3-657-00-00187
Schematic drawing : 3-657-00-05226
Page 4 of 4
DESCRIPTION:
PULSE FINAL STAGE MODULE
69203MU1BA
UN0809A
DATASHEET : 69203MU1BA REV - 00
NO OF PAGES: 9 SEPTEMPER 2013
BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRICLAS LIMITED

ELECTRONICS DIVISION
MYSORE ROAD
BANGALORE –560026
INDIA
DAVR Pulse Final Stage Module: 69203MU1BA
The final pulse stage UN 0809a-P can be employed for the following functions.
As final pulse stage (Var. 2..6, see also techn. Data) for the amplification of the output pulses of the 6-
pulase gate control unit UN 0804 to fire gates of power Thyristors.
After soldering in the bridges 1026…1031 instead of bridges 1020…1025 as final pulse stage (Var.
2…6) for the amplification of the output pulses of the intermediate pulse stage un 0096 to fire gates of
power thyristors.
If resistors R1001…1012 are replaced by wire bridges and the capacitors C1013…C1018 are not placed
(Var. 1), the UN 0809 serves as intermediate pulse stage of definite potential to control the final pulse
stage UN 0097.
The unit comprises 6 identical 24 V output stages, each to trigger a thyristor, a voltage monitor, a
continuous pulse monitor with RESET and a blocking facility for all 6 channels.
The RC circuits R1001…R1012, C1013…C1018 generate an initial pulse amplitude in order to reach
the necessary gate current gradient. The RC circuits must be matched to each pulse transformer.
The internal voltage monitor releases the output stages only when a minimum supply voltage level is
reached. The output stages are blocked again if this level is no longer reached.
The continuous pulse monitor interrupts the inputs to the pulse transformers in case of a continuous
pulse on the input or in case of a short-circuit of the output transistors. Response of the continuous pulse
monitor is indicated locally with LED (H1) and remote with “Fault” (A8) and “Trip” (A7) in case
bridge 1019 is soldered in.
Once the continuous pulse monitor has responded, the unit can be reset with the “RESET” push button
(S5) on the front, after the fault is cleared.
All 6 output stages can be blocked simultaneously over the blocking input (E7). The input current can
be increased with R1000.
The 6 inputs and output pulses as well as the blocking signal can be measured on the front at the
corresponding test sockets.
The required supply voltage Us=24v must be obtained from a central power pack.
69203MU1BA Page 1
Input current with blocked output ≤ 21 mA

Stages (E7 active)
Input current, continuous pulse ≤ 70mA

monitor responded
3.2 Input values
3.2.1 Pulse input r+, t-, s+, r-, t+, s- (E1…E6)
Input voltage (bridges 1020…1025 closed)

(pulses from UN 0804)
0-signal (pulse release) 0…+1.5V
L- signal (pulse blocking) +21.6…+26.4V
Input current ≤ - 4.7 mA
Input voltage (bridges 1026…1031 closed)

(pulse from UN 0096)
L- signal (pulse release) +13…+40V
0- signal (pulse blocking) 0…+5v
Input current ≤ 4.5mA
Max. pulse deviation 210/µs
Number of Max. permissible input pulses 16

Per 20 ms
3.2.2 Blocking input E7
0 - signal (pulse release) 0…1V
L - signal (pulse blocking) +10…42V
Open input results in release

Input resistance (without R1000) ≥15 K Ω
69203MU1BA Page 2
3.3 Output values
3.3.1 Pulse outputs R+, T-, S+, R-, T+, S- (A1…A6)
Max. values at Us = 26.4V (24 V +10%)
Frequency Range [Hz] ip [mA] t1[/µS] ip[mA] t2[/µS]

13 1/3…600 Hz 750 10 350 190
13 1/3…120 Hz 1000 10 750 190
3.3.2 Gate current on secondary of pulse transformer
Minimum values at
 Us = 21.6V (24V-10%)
 Loading on Secondary of pulse transformer :
Series connection 6.8 Ω
 Connecting wire output stage to pulse transformer:
 1m twisted cable for IT 255, IT331 and UNS 0502b-E
 10m coax 50 Ω for ZKB 480/106-..-5F and ZKB 480/037-..-5F
Pulse transformer type ip [mA] t1 [µs] ip [mA] t2 [µs] di/dt [mA/ µs]
IT 255 180 10 75 70 120
IT 331 540 10 250 190 220
UNS 0502b-E 700 15 330 190 620
ZKB 480/106-.. -5F /ZKB 480/037-.. -5F 800 10 500 190 1000
3.3.3 Signal outputs trip (A7), fault (A8)
0-signal 0V
L-signal
(continuous pulse monitor responded) 21.6…26.4V
Output current ≤ 5 mA
Output resistance 2.2 KΩ

69203MU1BA Page 3
3.4 Setting values
3.4.1 Matching the RC circuits to the pulse transformer
Alt. Pulse transformer R1001…R1006 R1007…R1012 C1013…C1013

- 0Ω 0Ω -
IT 255 100 Ω 2 W 12 Ω 2 W 1µF/63 V
HETT 401342 P1
IT 331 27 Ω 2 W 39 Ω 2 W 1µF/63 V
HETT 402076 P1
UNS 0502b- E 6.8 Ω 2 W 8.2 Ω 2 W -
EIR 436787 R1
ZKB 480/106-. . -5F 15 Ω 2 W 18 Ω 2 W 0.15µF/100V
HIER452435 P1
ZKB 480/037-. .-5F 5.6 Ω 2 W 18 Ω 2 W 1µF/63 V
HIES308849
3.4.2 Load resistor R1000 ≥ 1.2KΩ
3.5 Transfer values
3.5.1 Pulse transformer
Travel time of pulse between input and ≤ 1µS

output (50% value)
Travel time difference between any two channels ≤ 0.5µS
Drop out delay (depending on pulse transformer) ≤ 20µS
3.5.2 Maximum frequency, short time

For IT 255 Fmax = 600Hz
For IT 331 Fmax = 600Hz
For UNS 0502b- E Fmax = 120Hz
For ZKB 480/106-.. -5F Fmax = 120Hz

ZKB 480/037-.. -5F
69203MU1BA Page 4
3.6 Ambient values
3.6.1 Permissible ambient temperature
For keeping technical data 0 . . . 55°C
Operational range -25 . . . +70°C
Storage temperature -25 . . . +85°C
3.6.2 Climate class of components to IEC publ. 68-2 class 25/085/21
Application class E to DIN 40 040
3.6.3 Mechanical stress to IEC 68-2-6 10 . . . 150Hz

2g in each axis
4 Design data
PCB 3.2E/1T, plug type

Contact system on both sides 2/10” contact spacing (1, 3 . . . 45 and 51, 53 . . .95)
Coding points: 8, 32
Front Elements
- LED red V1
- Pushbutton “RESET” S5
- 7 double test sockets
Weight approx. 175g
69203MU1BA Page 5
Block Diagram
69203MU1BA Page 6
5. Technical data
5.1 Power supply
Supply voltage US +24V ± 10%
Input current (avg. value) at
- US = 26.4V (24 +10%)
- Loading on secondary of pulse transformer:

Series connection 1Ω + 1 diode
69203MU1BA Page 7
6. Module photo with Switch indications locations:
J1019
SW1
SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6
Switch Settings
SL Switch Switch Jumper Remarks

No. position indication
1 SW1 1-2 1020 Straight link for Negative pulse on r+
2 SW2 1-2 1021 Straight link for Negative pulse on t-
3 SW3 1-2 1022 Straight link for Negative pulse on s+
4 SW4 1-2 1023 Straight link for Negative pulse on r-
5 SW5 1-2 1024 Straight link for Negative pulse on t+
6 SW6 1-2 1025 Straight link for Negative pulse on s-
7 SW1 1-3 1026 Cross link for Positive pulse on r+
8 SW2 1-3 1027 Cross link for Positive pulse on t-
9 SW3 1-3 1028 Cross link for Positive pulse on s+
10 SW4 1-3 1029 Cross link for Positive pulse on r-
11 SW5 1-3 1030 Cross link for Positive pulse on t+
12 SW6 1-3 1031 Cross link for Positive pulse on s-
13 J1019 1-2 1019 Closed link - Block signal on pin 61
14 J1019 Open 1019 Open link - No block signal on pin 61
69203MU1BA Page 8
6. Connector Details:
Solder side Component side Front Plate Elements

+24V 1 51
0V 3 53
5 55
7 57
9 59
BLOCK (OUT) with

11 61
Jumper 1019 closed
13 63 BLOCK (OUT)
15 65
BLOCK (IN) 17 67
R+ 19 69 r+
0V* 21 71 t-
T- 23 73 s+
0V* 25 75 r-
S+ 27 77 t+
0V* 29 79 s-
R- 31 81
0V* 33 83
35 85 T+
5
37 87 0V*
39 89 S-
9
41 91 0V*
1
43 93
45 95
69203MU1BA Page 9
DAVR DC / DC Power Supply Module: 69203PY6BA
DESCRIPTION
DC/DC Power Supply Module
Input: 165Vdc to 312Vdc
Outputs : +10V, ±15V, +24V
Module No: 69203PY6BA
DATASHEET: 69203PY6BA REV: 00
DIGITAL AVR O. OF PAGES: 03 Date: 21-03-2012
BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRICALS LIMITED

BANGALORE – 560026
The DC- DC power pack UN 0901b-P, mainly serves to supply power to units of the modular
synchronizing system. It delivers the potentially separated with reference to zero, stabilized output
voltages US1 and US2 = ±15V, US3 = +10V as well as US4 = +24V. The maximum power output for the
4 voltages is 25W.
The unit basically consists of a protective filter on the input, under voltage monitor and a signal
circuit. The input of the DC-DC power pack can be connected at terminals E+ (A13) and E- (A19) to
a D.C. voltage between 165 and 312V. The input filter protects the unit against eventual short-time
over voltages. An instantaneous fuse (F1) at input E+ protects the unit from the consequences of
internal defects.
The output voltages are adjustable with the potentiometer P3, the output voltages +15V and -15V can
be checked at the test sockets X1 and X3.
The delay between failure of the input voltage and reduction of the output voltage can be increased by
connecting an external capacitor between the terminals E1 (A15) and E- (A19). The under voltage
monitor responds when one of the voltages +15V and -15V and +10V falls below a certain value. The
response value for ±15V is adjustable with potentiometer P3, while the +10V is permanently set.
During normal operation, i.e. as long as the monitor has not tripped, the relay RL1 is energized and
the LED LD1 is lit. If the monitor responds RL1 drops out and signals its condition at the outputs
A33, A37, A41 as well as A23 and A25 with its changeover and normally closed contact. At the same
time LD1 goes out and a digital signal is given at A27 a 0 and at A29 a L-signal is present.
On return of the normal operating condition as well as when switching the unit on, US4 only appears
with a delay of approximately 0.2 . . . . 0.3s at the output. The light emitting diode LD1 and the
outputs A27 and A29 are also subjected to this delay.US4 is not switched off in case of an under
voltage and is not delayed when being switched ON.
Technical Data:
1. Rated input voltage : 220 and 250Vdc

Permissible voltage range : 165 . . . 312Vdc
Current input : ≤ 0.25A
Permissible ripple : 10%
Impulse voltage 1 / 50 µs : 1KV
Losses : ≤ 18W
Fuse (F1) : 1A
2. Output values
Output voltages with reference to pin 3 (0V)
Terminal 7 US1 : +15V, +5% -0%
Terminal 9 US2 : -15V, +5% -0%
Terminal 5 US3 : +10V, ±10%
Terminal 1 US4 : +24V, +10% -0%
Ripple of US1 and US2 : ≤ 0.2Vpp
Ripple of US4 : ≤ 0.3Vpp
3. Permissible output currents

IS1 (at IS2 = 0.6A, IS4 = 0) : ≤ 1A
IS2 (at IS1 = 0.6A, IS4 = 0) : ≤ 1A
IS3 : ≤ 20mA
IS4 (at IS1 and IS4 = 0) : ≤ 1A
4. Short circuit currents

IS1, IS2 : ~ 2A
IS3 : ~ 70mA
IS4 : ~ 1.3A
5. Response threshold of the under voltage monitor

US1, US2 : ≤ 14.5V
US3 (permanently fixed) : ≤ 7V
6. Output A27 signal level

L – Signal (under voltage monitor not responded) : US3 +0.5V
0 – Signal (under voltage monitor responded) : ≤ 1V
Permissible load resistance : ≥ 33kΩ
10. Output A29 signal level

Logic inversion of A27
Permissible load resistance : ≥ 33kΩ
11. Ambient data

Permissible ambient temperature
For keeping the technical data : 0 . . . . . . . + 55°C
Operational range : -25 . . . . . + 70°C
Storage temperature : -25 . . . . . + 85°C
Climate class to IEC publ. 68 : class 25 / 085 / 21
BLOCK DIAGRAM
24V
DC-DC
Input
10V
regulator 10V
Filter Circuit
DC-DC
Converter Monitoring Logic
Circuit Circuit
Converter
Digital AVR Memory Module: 69203YV1BA
DESCRIPTION
Memory Module 4-Fold
Module No: 69203YV1BA
DATASHEET: 69203YV1BA REV: 00
DIGITAL AVR NO. OF PAGES: 03 Date: 12-09-2010

0
1
2
3
DESCRIPTION:
INTERRUPT GENERATOR MODULE
WITH 3-PHASE FILTER CIRCUIT
69203GB2AA
UN0661A-V1
DATASHEET : 69203GB2AA REV - 00
NO OF PAGES: 15 SEPTEMPER 2013

MYSORE ROAD
BANGALORE –560026
INDIA
DAVR Interrupt Generator Module with 3 phase filter Circuit: 69203GB2AA
1. Brief Description
The interrupt generator 69203GB2AA fulfills three tasks at the periphery of the digital voltage
regulator.
1.1 Filtering and adjusting the analog measuring signals from the signal conditioning module
69203IA1AA (UNC4660)
a) Generator voltage:
3-phase generator voltage signals are connected to the module via inputs E1…E3. These signals
are filtered using 3 identical 2 stage second order filter circuits to suppress any high frequency
noise. First stage of second order filter contains a phase compensating circuit with a potentiometer
for near-to-zero phase matching between input signal and output signal at 50Hz. The second stage
consists of a potentiometer for adjusting the gain up to about 50% of the input (normally adjusted
to 47.2%). The amplitude of these filtered 3 phase signals can further be adjusted by means of front
potentiometers UR US and UT. The adjusted phase values can be measured at front sockets UR US
and UT. A precision rectifier generates the measurable, unfiltered DC generator voltage at A3. The
same but filtered DC voltage can be tapped at A1 & A2 or socket UG. A3 output is switched over to
filtered actual value of UG during asynchronous operation (Free run).
b) Generator Current:
This is routed as 3-phase current via inputs E4 . . . . E6, 3 adjustable amplifiers and impedance
transformers to the outputs A5 . . . . A7 (measuring sockets IR, IS, IT ). By removing R1001 . . .
R1003 the outputs signals can be reduced from 5Vrms to 3 Vrms at IGn. A measuring rectifier
generates parallel a DC signal IG that goes to output A4 (and to socket IG). R1004 is used for fine
adjustment.
c) Field Current:
The field current is first filtered at input E11 and connected via impedance transformers to outputs
A11 and A12. The voltage can be measured at socket If.
d) Synchronizing voltage 3-ph:

From the 3 voltages at E7 . . . . E9 an additional DC signal is gained via 3-ph full wave bridge
circuit; it is routed to outputs A8 and A9 via filter and impedance transformers. R1006 is provided
for coarse adjustment R1005 for fine adjustment.
e) Auxiliary voltage 1-ph:

An additional auxiliary signal (input E10) can also be transmitted as an AC or as a filtered DC
signal (jumper J1020 on 1-3 or 1-2 respectively) to output A10. Precision adjustment is provided
by R1007 / R1008.
f) Reserve inputs:
E12, E13, E14 are 3 identical channels with RC filter and impedance transformers and are
connected to outputs A13 . . . A15.
1.2 Interrupt generation for CPU
a) System synchronized interrupts:

From the 3 star voltages at inputs E1 . . . E3 the line to line voltages are first generated by means of
difference amplifiers. The zero crossings of these line to line voltages and those of the phase
69203GB2AA Page 1
voltages are detected by means of comparators. From this a logic unit generates a square wave
signal of frequency 6 fG, whose edges agree with just these zero crossings. These edges are stored
in 2 flip-flops until they are reset by the CPU via the inputs E15 or E16. With the open jumper
S1026 the even and odd numbered interrupts must be reset separately (E15 and E16). At output
A18 all 12 edges are present, whereas at A19 only the even numbered and at A21 only the odd
numbered interrupts are connected (counting begins at phase Ro +). For A20 (on bus) one of the
a.m. interrupts outputs can be selected via jumpers S1040 and S1042.
By switching over from jumper J1024 to 1-3 1 interrupt can be reprogrammed per period instead of
12. Output A19 should be used for this purpose. The machine frequency is available at output A17
independently from jumper J1024. A further logic unit generates the synchronizing pulse (A22).
This lasts 30° el. And appears with the interrupts 0 (phase Ro +). Jumper 1044 is provided for
testing purposes.
b) Asynchronous interrupts INT*:

An oscillator generates a square wave frequency of 10.8MHz. This is divided into 300 and 360 Hz
corresponding to 50 or 60Hz frequency of installation and must be adapted to this by means of
jumper S1028. With logic 1 output A36 signals 50Hz and with logic 0 60Hz frequency. Jumper
S1045 is provided for testing purposes.
Another logic generates 30° el duration synchronizing pulse SYN*, that appears every 6 periods.
If only 1 interrupt per period is required, jumper S1022 must be switched to position 1-3 (parallel
to jumper J1024).
1.3 Monitoring functions
a) Frequency monitoring:
The interrupts are counted at intervals of 167ms. Two 8 bit comparators permit binary adjustable
cutoff frequencies fmax and fmin to be signaled to outputs A23 or A24. Jumper S1030 is provided for
testing purposes.
b) Voltage monitoring:
Two analog comparators compare the voltages U1 and U2 (measurable at the respective sockets) set
on the front potentiometers U1 respectively. U2 with the actual value UG and signal undershooting
of the set values at A26 or A27.
c) Program execution control:

Each even numbered interrupt sets a memory, if this is not reset via input E19 until the next setting
pulse a delay element is started that issues an alarm to A28 . . . A30 after 107 respectively 426 ms
(jumper S1048 on 1-2 respectively 2-3) that can only be turned off by a pulse to input E20 or a
general reset. This alarm is indicated by the red front diode “FAIL” and can be rendered inactive
by switching the jumper S1031 to 1-3.
The duration of the run signal at E19 is converted additionally into an analog signal that is routed
to output A16. This can be used for a software program execution control, the voltage-time
characteristic being set by means of R1009 and C1010.
69203GB2AA Page 2
d) Interrupt rate monitoring:

By counting the interrupts between two synchronizing pulses a logic determines whether more or
less than 12 interrupts are generated. When errors are detected a delay element is started that sends
an alarm to output A31 . . . . A33 after a time lag of approx. 200ms, indicated by the red LED
“FAIL”. The alarm can only be cancelle d via input E20 or a general reset. Monitoring can be
rendered ineffective with jumper S1038. Jumper S1036 serves for switching over to 1 interrupt
operation (jumper J1024 or 1-3).
e) Clock monitoring:
A retriggerable one-shot monitors the SYN* signal, with failure of the latter it activates the
interrupt fail alarm at A31 . . . A33 triggered by ɸ (input E21) with a time lag of approx. 100ms.
Evaluation of U / f monitoring
Free run:
After a time lag of 213 . . . 237 ms and triggered by synchronization pulses U 1min , fmin , fmax
generate the free run signal. This indicates the asynchronous operation at output A25. On the one
hand it switches the synchronous interrupt generation to the asynchronous one and on the other
hand the filtered actual value UG to output A3. If jumper S1047 is plugged in an outside switch
over to free run is also possible via E20.
1.4 24V control signals

The 24V inputs E22/E23 and E24/E25 are provided for the signals field switch ON/OFF or
generator switch ON/OFF and are activated by +24V pulses. On the output side the stored signals
field switch or generator switch ON (0 signal) and OFF (1 signal) appear at A34/A35.
The jumpers S1033, S1034 and S1035 serve for programming the external monitoring circuits
which detect whether the plug-in card has been inserted in the tier.
1.5 General reset

A logic 0 at input E18 initiates a reset of all internal monitoring and also blocks output of the
interrupt, this is required for the initial start.
1.6 Supply
The PCB requires a supply of ±15V, +5V and +24V, this must come from a central power pack.
69203GB2AA Page 3
Function Table monitoring
Fault Effect in 69203 GB2AA Indication Resulting behavior

of the complete
DVR
Too little interrupt , syn. Failint after Over excitation,
Failure of any Pulse possibly too long, time lag uncontrolled
phase displaced or not present, reactive/active
of UG actual value too small currents channel
switchover
With 1 int. per No failure, other phases as None Dependent on
phase failure US above application
Total failure of all Response of U1 min and fmin U1min, fmin Ceiling excitation,
3 phases → switchover to free run and free run then If – limitation
possible FAILINT on unsym. signals Failint ev. Channel
Voltage breakdown switchover
Generator short- Interrupt and syn. Pulse None Over excitation due
line fault UG>U1 present but irregular to too small actual
min value
±15V power Failure of actual value, U1min, free Over excitation due
failure at UN interrupt and syn. Pulse run to actual value
0661 failure followed by
If limitation
+5V power failure Total interrupt and syn. Pulse U1 Min, fmin, Regulator standstill
failure fmax and free Channel switchover
Failiant and failprog run signals to
inoperative “passive” 0
+24v power Failint and failprog alarms Failint and Channel switchover
failure disturbed Failprog alarm
by passive 0V
Software error, Startup failprog Failprog after Regulator standstill
program 5 periods until channel
malfunction switchover
Internal Faults:
Failure syn. Pulse Causes failure fmax and Failint after time lag Regulator standstill until
logic progr. Control channel switchover
Startup of interrupt monitor
Missing interrupts Response of interrupt monitor Failint after Failure of program
(e.g. comparator time lag parts or wrong
failure) or too reactive/active
many interrupts currents until
(spurious pulses) channel switchover
Clock failure Failure of frequency Failint after Channel switchover
monitoring and failure of time lag
asynchronous interrupt Int*
permit no free run switchover
69203GB2AA Page 4
A6
A8
Block Diagram – Analog Circuits
69203GB2AA Page 5
Block Diagram – Digital Circuits
69203GB2AA Page 6
2 Technical data
2.1 Power supply US1 +15V +13.9… +15.9V

US2 - 15V – 13.9… -15.9V
US3 +5V ±2 %
US4 +24 V +5% / -10%
Power input Is1 ≤ 200 mA
Is2 ≤ 200 mA
Is3 ≤ 120 mA
Is4 ≤ 30 mA
Power loss max. 7W
2.2 Input values

2.2.1 Actual value voltage UG
E1, E2, E3 Un 3x 12.7 v AC (3 x 22 V Line-to-line)
UG max continuous 1.3 Un
Input resistance ≥ 72 kΩ
2.2.2 Generator current actual value

E4, E5, E6 at IGn 3 x 3.0 V AC
IG max continuous 1.5 In
Input resistance 47 kΩ
2.2.3 Synchronizing voltage

E7, E8, E9 USYN 3 x 22 V AC (Line-to-line)
Input resistance (R1005 = 0) 58 kΩ
2.2.4 Auxiliary voltage E10 UAUXN 22 V AC

2.2.5 Field current measurement

E11 at Ifn +3 V DC
If max continuous ±10 V DC
2.2.6 Reserve inputs

E12, E13, E14 Un 0….. ±10 V DC
0….. 7 V AC
2.2.7 Digital inputs +24V

E20, E22…E25
1 Signal +11 V…+30V
0 Signal 0….+7V
Input resistance 9.3 k Ω
69203GB2AA Page 7
2.2.8 Digital inputs +5V

E15 …E19, E21
1 Signal HCMOS Level
0 Signal
Input resistance ≥ 22 kΩ
2.3 Output values

2.3.1 UG actual value
UG actual at U Gn (A3) +7 V peak
UG = at UGn (A1) +7 V DC
UG = * at UGn (A2) +7 V DC
Admissible output current ≤ 4 mA
2.3.2 IG actual value

IG ~ nom. Value (A5…A7) 3 x 5 V AC
Switchable to 3 x 3 V Ac
Admissible output current each ≤ 4 ma
2.3.3 IG = actual value

At IGn and 3 x 5 V AC (A4) +7 V DC
At IGn and 3 x 3 V AC +4.2 V DC
2.3.4 Synchronizing voltage USYN

USYN/USYN* (A8/A9) +7 V DC
2.3.5 Auxiliary voltage

UAUX = nom. Value (A10) +7 V DC
UAUX ~ nom. Value (A10) 5 V AC
2.3.6 Excitation current measurement

If / If * nom. Value (A11/ A12) +3V DC
2.3.7 Reserve channels URes (A13….A15) 0……+10 V DC

0…….7 V AC
69203GB2AA Page 8
2.3.8 Digital outputs 24 V (A29 /30, A32 / 33)

1 signal 20 V…….US4
0 signal open
Admissible output current
(short-circuit proof) ≤10 mA
2.3.9 Digital outputs 5 V ( A17…A28, A31, A34…..A36)
1 signal HCMOS level

0 signal
2.3.10 Output program flow control Xe, Uc (A16)

Output range 0…+10V
Admissible output current ≤ 4mA
2.4 Setting values
2.4.1 UG~ adjustment (per phase) range 0…130 % Un

Setting for Un peak +7.0 v ± 1 %
2.4.2 UG= adjustment (works setting) 0…115 % Un

Setting for Un +7.0 V ± 1 %
2.4.3 IG~ Matching (res. R1001/1002/1003) 3 x 5V AC

Without resistors 3 x 3 V AC
2.4.4 IG = adjustment (R1004) Works setting
Setting for IGn +5.0V ±1 %
2.4.5 USYN adjustment (R1005) range ±10 % Un

Setting for UEn +7.0 V ±2 %
2.4.6 UAUX adjustment (R1007, R1008) range +30 %, -10 % of Un

Setting for UEn 5Veff ±2 %
+7 V DC ±2 %
2.4.7 Frequency monitor fmin/fmax

Setting range in 1 Hz steps 0…128Hz
Setting in bin code 8 bit
Setting (in decimal) = f (Hz)*2 122221
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Last bit ineffective Valence: 128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
2.4.8 Voltage monitor U1 min / U2 min
Setting range 0……1 * Un
2.5 Transfer values

2.5.1 Voltage measurement UG =
Time constant 63% value ≤18ms
Temperature drift ≤ ± 1.7mV/k
Residual ripple < ± 5mV
69203GB2AA Page 9
Frequency response of actual

Value filter
F (p) = 1
[ (1+p.T1) (1+p.T1+ (p.T1)2]
Measuring time constant T1 ≈ 7 ms
2.5.2 Current measurement IG

Time constant 63% value ≤ 30 ms
Frequency response
F(p) = 1
(1+p.T2) (1+2p.T3+2p2.T32)
T2 ≈ 5.9ms, T3 ≈ 8.6ms
Temperature drift <±5 mV/k
2.5.3 Synchronizing voltage USYN/USYN*

2.5.4 Auxiliare voltage UAUX =

Time constant 63% value ≤52 ms
Residual ripple ±10mV
2.5.5 Field current measurement If/If*

Frequency response
F(p) = 1
(1+p.T4)
T4 ≈ 16ms
Temperature drift ±0.1 mV/k
2.5.6 Reserve inputs Res 1 to Res 3

2.5.7 Frequency measurement fmin/fmax

Measurement clock frequency 6 Hz (167 ms)
Max. response delay 50/60 Hz < 330 ms
2.5.8 Program flow control (FAILPROG)

Response delay S1048 1-2 100…..130 ms
S1048 2-3 420….450 ms
2.5.9 Interrupt monitoring (FAILINT)

Response delay 183….200 ms
2.5.10 Free run time lag 217….233 ms
69203GB2AA Page 10
2.5.11 Control signal at xe Uc

Frequency adjustment 50Hz R1009= 120kΩ
60Hz R1009= 82kΩ
50/60Hz C1010= 220nF
2.6 Ambient values
2.6.1 Admissible ambient temperature

Keeping the technical data 0….+55°C
Operational range -25°C…+70°C
Storage temperature -25°C…+85°C
2.6.2 Climate class accord IEC publ. 68-2, Class25/85/81
2.6.3 Application class accord. DIN 40 040 E

2.6.4 Mechanical stress (vibration) accord. IEC 68-2-6 2g
3. Design data
PCB: 6U/4R 220mm pluggable
2 connectors: top 5.08mm double row

Bottom 2.54mm triple row
Front elements:
a. LED red V A 1 for signal “Fail”
b. Potentiometers
R23 U1
R24 U2
R25 UR
R26 US
R27 UT
c. Double test sockets X36/1 UR X36/2 IG

X37/1 US X37/2 U1
X38/1 UT X38/2 U2
X39/1 IR X39/2 If
X40/1 IS X40/2 UG
X41/1 IT X41/2 0V
Soldering points, component provided:

R1001… R1003: metal film resistors prec. ¼ % ¼ W 33kΩ accord. GJTN 163 012 P43
R1004…..R1009: res. Carbon film ¼ W 2% accord.
C1010: Capacitor 63V
Solder straps J1020, S1022, S1026, S1028, S1030, S1031, S1036, S1038, S1042, S1045 &
S1046. Berg Jumpers J1024, S1, S1033, S1034, S1035, S1040, S1047 and S1048
Weight 0.45kg
69203GB2AA Page 11
4. Legend for Solder straps and Jumpers.
Comparison of Jumpers in 69203GB1AA and 69203GB2AA
SL Jumper ref in Jumper ref in Remarks

No 69203GB1AA (UN0661) 69203GB2AA
1 S1020 J1020 Legend text changed in GB2AA
2 S1024 J1024 Berg Pins & Jumper & Legend text
changed in GB2AA
3 S1040 S1040 Berg Pin & Jumper in GB2AA
4 S1044 S1044 Wire Jumper permanently mounted for
50Hz only
Note: Rest of the jumper references are same in 69203GB1AA and 69203GB2AA
69203GB2AA Page 12
5. Module Photo & Jumper locations
2 3 A
1 B
4 5 K C
\
8
D 9
E \ \
\ F G
\ \
H
\
I
\
J
\
Jumper References:
Jumper Location Jumper Reference Jumper Location Jumper Reference

1 S1022 B S1033
2 S1038 C S1034
3 S1036 D S1031
4 S1047 E S1046
5 S1048 F S1040
6 S1045 G S1
7 S1028 H S1042
8 J1024 I J1020
9 S1030 J S1026
A S1035 K S1044 (Soldered)
69203GB2AA Page 13
6, Pin details for Connector X1:
c a
+ + 2 + a2 GND + c2 GND
+ + 4 + a4 +5V + c4 +5V
+ + 6 + a6 + c6
+ + 8 + a8 + c8
+ +10 + a10 _RESET + c10
+ +12 + a12 + c12
+ +14 + a14 + c14
+ +16 + a16 + c16
+ +18 + a18 + c18
+ +20 + a20 + c20
+ +22 + a22 + c22
+ +24 + a24 + c24
+ +26 + a26 KLOOP1 + c26 KLOOP2
+ +28 + a28 +15V + c28 -15V
+ +30 + a30 +24V + c30 +24V
+ +32 + a32 0V + c32 0V
69203GB2AA Page 14
7. Pin details for Connector X2:
c b a
+ + + 1 + a1 + b1 + c1
+ + + 2 + a2 IR- Nominal + b2 UG Actual + c2 RUN
+ + + 3 + a3 IS- Nominal + b3 UG= + c3 IF-Nominal
+ + + 4 + a4 IT- Nominal + b4 USYN-Actual + c4 IG Nominal
+ + + 5 + a5 GND + b5 GND + c5 GND
+ + + 6 + a6 UG= * + b6 Res1-out + c6 UAUX-Nominal
+ + + 7 + a7 USYN + b7 Res2-out + c7 Res3-out
+ + + 8 + a8 IF *-Nominal + b8 GND + c8
+ + + 9 + a9 …………… + b9 …………… + c9 ……………
+ + +10 + a10 GMB ON + b10 + c10 FS ON
+ + +11 + a11 GMB OFF + b11 + c11 FS OFF
+ + +12 + a12 _INT1 BUS + b12 + c12 DEBLOC
+ + +13 + a13 + b13 + c13
+ + +14 + a14 FAILINT + b14 + c14 FAIL PROG
+ + +15 + a15 _FAILINT + b15 + c15 FAIL PROG
+ + +16 + a16 + b16 + c16
+ + +17 + a17 …………… + b17 …………… + c17 ...
+ + +18 + a18 _INT1 + b18 Failprog5V + c18 FACT
+ + +19 + a19 _FMax + b19 _FMin + c19 _U1MIN
+ + +20 + a20 + b20 + c20 _INTEVEN
+ + +21 + a21 _INT ODD + b21 _RS INT2 + c21 _U2MIN
+ + +22 + a22 _Freerun + b22 _SYN + c22 _FS
+ + +23 + a23 _GMB + b23 _RS INT1 + c23 _PIDRUN
+ + +24 + a24 50/60Hz + b24 _Failint 5V + c24
+ + +25 + a25 …………… + b25 …………… + c25 ……………
+ + +26 + a26 UR + b26 USYN-Neutral + c26 IF-IN
+ + +27 + a27 US + b27 IR-IN + c27 GND
+ + +28 + a28 UT + b28 GND + c28 UAUX-IN
+ + +29 + a29 GND + b29 IS-IN + c29 Res1-in
+ + +30 + a30 USYNR + b30 GND + c30 Res2-in
+ + +31 + a31 USYNS + b31 IT-IN + c31 Res3-in
+ + +32 + a32 USYNT + b32 GND + c32 GND
69203GB2AA Page 15
Digital AVR DC/DC Power Supply module: 69203PY2BA
DESCRIPTION
DC/DC Power Supply Module
Input: 220Vdc
Outputs : +5V, ±15V, +24V
Module No: 69203PY2BA
DATASHEET: 69203PY2BA REV: 00
DIGITAL AVR NO. OF PAGES: 05 Date: 11-11-2008

0
Brief description
Module 69203PY2BA is designed to Convert 220Vdc Input Voltage into Output
Voltages of +24Vdc, +5Vdc and ±15Vdc using 4 DC/DC Converter Modules. All
the outputs can be trimmed for setting within ±5% of the rated voltages. The
module will indicate the combined health of all the outputs by glowing a LED
on the Front plate and giving out a 24V signal through connector pin CN2c03.
On short circuit or non availability of any one of the outputss, the LED will go
off and the 24V signal on CN2c03 pin will become 0V. In addition to these
indications, Output supply failure Relay contact NC(connector pins CN2abc11
& CN2abc10) & NO (connector pins CN2abc12 & CN2abc10) are also available
for remote annunciation of supply failure. The module is designed for 1+1
redundant operation with 45% to 55% current sharing. The designed features
are as below.
1
3. Technical data
3.1 Power Supply Input

Positive supply voltage at Pins CN2abc22/23/24 (Vin+) : +220Vdc (+165Vdc to +312Vdc)
Negative supply voltage at Pin CN2abc26/27/28 (Vin)- : 0Vdc
Input Power : 160W Max
Input protection through fuse : 10A, 250V
3.2 Power Supply Outputs:
3.2.1 +5V; Positive voltage at Pins CN1abc7/8/9/10/11 : +5Vdc(+5.0Vdc to +5.2Vdc)

0V; Negative at Pins CN1abc1/2/3/4/5 : 0Vdc
Ripple Voltage : 100mVpp
Output Power : 25Wmax
Over current Limit : 6.0A

0V; Negative voltage at Pins CN1abc1/2/3/4/5 : 0Vdc
3.2.3 -15V; Negative voltage at Pins CN1abc7/8/9/10/11 : -15Vdc(-14.1Vdc to -15.8Vdc)

0V; Positive Voltage at Pins CN1abc1/2/3/4/5 : 0Vdc

0V; Negative at Pins CN1abc1/2/3/4/5 : 0Vdc
3.3 Signal Outputs
3.3.1 Digital outputs

Supply available o/p at Pin CN2c3 w.r.t. Pin CN2c2 : 24V
Supply not available o/p at Pin -do- : 0V
3.3.2 Relay Contact Outputs

Closed contact when all Supply voltages available : CN2abc11& CN2abc10
Open contact when all Supply voltages available : CN2abc12 & CN2abc10
Open contact when Supply voltages not available : CN2abc11 & CN2abc10
Closed contact when Supply voltages not available : CN2abc12 & CN2abc10
Contact rating : 2A/48Vdc
3.3 Body Earth : CN2abc32
2
3.4 Test Voltages
3.4.1 Input to Outputs : 1.5KVrms

3.4.2 Input to Earth : 1.5KVrms
3.4.3 Output to Earth : 500Vrms
3.4.4 Relay contacts to Input, Outputs & Earth : 1.0KVrms
4. Ambient values
Admissible ambient temperature

Keeping the technical data : 0 …+55 °C
Operational range : 0 …+70 °C
Storage temperature : -25 …+85 °C
4.1 Climate class accord. IEC. 68-2, : class 25/085/21
4.1.1 Mechanical stress (vibration) according to IEC 68-2-6 : 10 …150 Hz

: 2g in each axis
4. Design data
4.1 Construction : Extended Double Euro PCB,

: 220 mm X 233.4 mm
4.2 Plug-in Connector: Top -CN1 : 96Pin, DIN41612 Type C, Male
4.3 Plug-in Connector: Bottom-CN2 : 96Pin, DIN41612 Type C, Male
4.4 Front Plate : 261.8 mm X 40.3mm
Front elements :
4.5.1 ON : LED Green

: Glowing LED indicates that all 4
: Power supplies o/ps are available
4.5.2 Z0 : Ref. Socket for +24V O/p

4.5.3 +24V : Measuring Socket for +24V O/p
4.5.4 -15V : Measuring Socket for -15V O/p
4.5.6 0V : Ref. Socket for ±15V, +5V O/p
4.6 Weight of the module : 1.5 Kg
3
Connector Pin Details for CN1:
C b a
+ + + 1 + a1 0V + b1 0V + c1 0V
+ + + 2 + a2 0V + b2 0V + c2 0V
+ + + 3 + a3 0V + b3 0V + c3 0V
+ + + 4 + a4 0V + b4 0V + c4 0V
+ + + 5 + a5 0V + b5 0V + c5 0V
+ + + 6 + a6 + b6 + c6
+ + + 7 + a7 +5V + b7 +5V + c7 +5V
+ + + 8 + a8 +5V + b8 +5V + c8 +5V
+ + + 9 + a9 +5V + b9 +5V + c9 +5V
+ + +10 + a10 +5V + b10 +5V + c10 +5V
+ + +11 + a11 +5V + b11 +5V + c11 +5V
+ + +12 + a12 + b12 + c12
+ + +13 + a13 + b13 + c13
+ + +14 + a14 + b14 + c14
+ + +15 + a15 + b15 + c15
+ + +16 + a16 + b16 + c16
+ + +17 + a17 + b17 + c17
+ + +18 + a18 -15V + b18 -15V + c18 -15V
+ + +19 + a19 -15V + b19 -15V + c19 -15V
+ + +20 + a20 + b20 + c20
+ + +21 + a21 +15V + b21 +15V + c21 +15V
+ + +22 + a22 +15V + b22 +15V + c22 +15V
+ + +23 + a23 + b23 + c23
+ + +24 + a24 +24V + b24 +24V + c24 +24V
+ + +25 + a25 +24V + b25 +24V + c25 +24V
+ + +26 + a26 +24V + b26 +24V + c26 +24V
+ + +27 + a27 +24V + b27 +24V + c27 +24V
+ + +28 + a28 + b28 + c28
+ + +29 + a29 Z0 + b29 Z0 + c29 Z0
+ + +30 + a30 Z0 + b30 Z0 + c30 Z0
+ + +31 + a31 Z0 + b31 Z0 + c31 Z0
+ + +32 + a32 Z0 + b32 Z0 + c32 Z0
4
Connector Pin Details for CN2:
C b a
+ + + 1 + a1 + b1 + c1
+ + + 2 + a2 + b2 + c2 Z0
+ + + 3 + a3 + b3 + c3 SUPPLYOK
+ + + 4 + a4 + b4 + c4
+ + + 5 + a5 + b5 + c5
+ + + 6 + a6 + b6 + c6
+ + + 7 + a7 + b7 + c7
+ + + 8 + a8 + b8 + c8
+ + + 9 + a9 + b9 + c9
+ + +10 + a10 COM + b10 COM + c10 COM
+ + +11 + a11 NC + b11 NC + c11 NC
+ + +12 + a12 NO + b12 NO + c12 NO
+ + +13 + a13 + b13 + c13
+ + +14 + a14 + b14 + c14
+ + +15 + a15 + b15 + c15
+ + +16 + a16 + b16 + c16
+ + +17 + a17 + b17 + c17
+ + +18 + a18 + b18 + c18
+ + +19 + a19 + b19 + c19
+ + +20 + a20 + b20 + c20
+ + +21 + a21 + b21 + c21
+ + +22 + a22 Vin+ + b22 Vin+ + c22 Vin+
+ + +23 + a23 Vin+ + b23 Vin+ + c23 Vin+
+ + +24 + a24 Vin+ + b24 Vin+ + c24 Vin+
+ + +25 + a25 + b25 + c25
+ + +26 + a26 Vin- + b26 Vin- + c26 Vin-
+ + +27 + a27 Vin- + b27 Vin- + c27 Vin-
+ + +28 + a28 Vin- + b28 Vin- + c28 Vin-
+ + +29 + a29 + b29 + c29
+ + +30 + a30 + b30 + c30
+ + +31 + a31 + b31 + c31
+ + +32 + a32 EARTH + b32 EARTH + c32 EARTH
5
Metso DNA
ACN CS
Embedded industrial controller
ACN CS is a high performance multifunc-

tion controller designed for embedded and
standalone applications. ACN CS is used for
process controls, connectivity, fast machine
controls and advanced controls like fuzzy
and multivariable controls.
ACN CS can be used in combination with
ACN RT, ACN C20, ACN SR1 and Metso DNA
VME controllers.
Industrial demands
• Fast control cycles, as low as 20 ms • Dual 100 Mbit/s Ethernet connections for commu-
• No moving parts (no fan nor hard disk) nication with other nodes
• IP20 enclosure protection • Standard serial port links for communication with
• One-to-one redundancy capability third party devices
• Removable CompactFlash.
Operation, Maintenance, Reporting,

Reporting Enterprise integration
Remote
connections
Star or ring topology

redundant Ethernet network
ACN CS
Engineering and
Maintenance
Asset Management,
Information services
Mounting ACN CS Interfaces
ACN CS is installed either vertically on a mounting The interfaces available in ACN CS are:
plate with screws, or on a shelf mounted on a stan-
Three Ethernet ports on the CPU board that can
dard 19” rack.
be used for the following purposes:
• Redundant Metso DNA Ethernet network
ACN CS has two 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports
used for redundant Metso DNA Ethernet
network. Metso DNA Ethernet network is based
on switched Ethernet technology. Ring topology
is recommended, star topology is also possible.
ACN CS has one Ethernet interface active at a
time. In case of failure, the reserve Ethernet inter-
face immediately comes online.
On the Ethernet network level, the changeover to
the reserve switch takes 30 ms with the recom-
mended ring topology and 1...2 seconds with the
star topology.
• Interface with Metso DNA I/O field buses
By default, there is one 10/100Base-T port avail-
able for Metso DNA I/O field buses. The interface
with ACN I/O uses an Ethernet field bus and inter-
face to rack I/O uses EFC connection unit.
Two PCI slots can be used for additional Metso
DNA I/O field bus interfaces.
• High Speed Ethernet (HSE) Foundation
Fieldbus interface
High Speed Ethernet uses a standard
10/100Base-T Ethernet port to HSE Linking
Device(s), which has up to four H1 buses
connected per Linking Device.
Two PCI card slots:
Two PCI slots can be used for additional Metso
ACN CS nodes installed in the cabinet DNA I/O interfaces, Ethernet interfaces to external
systems, or for field bus interfaces like PROFIBUS
DP and Foundation Fieldbus. ACN CS can have
different I/O and field bus interfaces combined in
the same node.
• PROFIBUS DP Interface
PCI card slots are used for PROFIBUS DP inter-
faces. The PROFIBUS DP card is a one- or a two-
channel card.
• Serial interfaces
ACN CS has one RS-232 port available by default.
PCI slots can be used for additional serial
interfaces. The serial interface card is either an
8-channel RS-232 or a two-channel isolated
RS-485/RS-422. Multiple serial interface protocols
are supported.
• Ethernet interfaces:
Interfaces to external systems using e.g. Modbus/
TCP protocol.
2 |
Redundancy
ACN CS supports redundant Metso DNA Ethernet
networks, redundant controllers (one-to-one
redundancy), redundant I/O field buses for ACN
I/O and rack I/O, plus redundant PROFIBUS DB field
buses.
Single ACN CS with Single ACN CS with Redundant ACN CS with

single field bus redundant field bus redundant field bus
Redundancy principles
Engineering
The engineering library of the ACN CS controller
provides function blocks for controls at all levels,
including basic process control, advanced quality,
drives, and optimization controls. Fuzzy, MPC, and
Java function blocks are available as a standard.
Metso DNA Engineering - Function Block CAD tool
is used for designing function block diagrams for
process control loops, sequences, and interface
applications.
Function block diagrams are saved in a common
database located on the Engineering Server. At the
same time, a function block diagram is a graphical
document of an application, which is loaded in the
runtime environment. This ensures that the docu-
mentation is always up-to-date. Function block diagram
Capacity
• The typical number of I/Os connected to ACN CS
is less than 2000. The amount depends on the
control cycles.
• Control cycles from 20 ms to 64 s, typically
400 ms.
• 1-3 Metso DNA I/O field buses, 1-4 PROFIBUS DP
buses, 1 FF HSE bus, max. 5 field buses in total.
| 3
Technical specifications
• compact rack or wall-mounted frame made of
bent sheet steel
• fanless construction, cooling by heat pipes and a
massive heat sink
• rack mounting kit (optional)
• Dimensions: 210 x 87 x 296 mm (W x H x D)

• Weight: 4.5 kg
• Protection: IP20
• Main board: PCI riser 2 x PCI

• Memory: 1 GB DDR2 667 MHz
• Processor: Intel Celeron M440
• Graphics: Integrated Connectors
• 4 GB CompactFlash ACN CS’s back panel connectors:
• Drives: N/A • 1 x CompactFlash slot
• Expansion: 2 x PCI • 2 x PCI card slot
• 2 x USB port
• Operating temperature: 0 °C...+50 °C • 1 x serial interface port (RS-232)
• Storage temperature: -20 °C...+60 °C • Input voltage 18 to 36 VDC
• Power supply: 18...36 VDC • 1 x alarm input
• 1 x PS/2 port for keyboard and mouse
• Operating system: Real Time Operating System • 1 x VGA
• 3 x Ethernet port (PB1, PB2, FB1)
• ACN CS has LEDs indicating: power supply, CPU,
system and field bus activity.
Licenses and hardware

D201925 ACN CS node
- ACN CS base unit
- CompactFlash
D200825 CompactFlash for network boot
D200827 CompactFlash for stand-alone use
D200989 Process controller and gateway base license, per
node
D200990 Process controller capacity license / 100 I/Os
© Metso Automation Inc. 03/2011 E8800_EN_02
For more information, contact your local automation expert at Metso.
www.metso.com/automation
The information provided in this brochure contains descriptions or characteristics of performance

which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of
further development of the products.
An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice.
AII8 1
1 AII8 (ANALOG INPUT UNIT, ISOLATED

INPUTS)
AII8CN D201472
AII8C D201473
AII8V D201474
1.1 USE
AII8 units from the M120 series of the ACN I/O product family are eight−channel analog
input units used to measure analog current and voltage signals. The measuring channels of an
AII8 unit are galvanically isolated from each other and from the system.
The AII8CN D201472 unit is intended for measuring 0/4...20 mA current signals. It does not
include an operating voltage supply to the transmitter. The AII8C D201473 unit is intended
for measuring 0/4...20 mA current signals. It is equipped with a channel−specific operating
voltage supply to the transmitter. The unit limits the supply current and monitors the supply
voltage.
The AII8V D201474 unit is intended for measuring 0/1...5V voltage signals. It does not in-
clude a power supply to the transmitter and is therefore suited for use with active transmitters
only.
The measuring range can be selected and normalized by software. Analog RF and low−pass
filtering as well as software digital filtering are carried out on the incoming signals.
AII8 units monitor short−circuits and breaks in the field circuit as well as out−of−range
values.
Rev. 2
2 ACN I/O Units, M120 Series
1.2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.2.1 Structure
D the size of the casing: 130 mm x 24 mm x 95 mm [H x W x D]
D weight: 160 g
1.2.2 Field interfaces
Inputs AII8CN AII8C AII8V

D201472 D201473 D201474
Number of channels 8
Measuring range 0...20 mA or 0...20 mA or 0...5 V or 1...5 V
4...20 mA 4...20 mA
Input impedance 249 Ω 249 Ω > 1 MΩ
Channel−specific − 30 mA −
current−limit
Voltage supplies for − UNOM = 24 VDC, −
transmitters [VS] UMIN = 21 VDC
Accuracy relative to the 0.05% @ 25 ° C + 0.01%/10 ° C
measuring range
AD resolution 16 bits
Filtering −3 dB, 20 Hz
Parameterizable sw filtering 35 ms...81 s
Measuring interval 16.7 ms
Normal−mode rejection ratio 60 dB at network frequency
Common−mode rejection 120 dB at network frequency
ratio
Isolation between channels 1500 VAC / 60 s
and system
Field circuit power supply Operating voltage
Rev. 2
AII8 3
1.3 ISOLATION
System potential
Field CH0
Field CH1
Field CH2
Field CH3
Logic
Field CH4
Field CH5
Field CH6
Field CH7
= isolation 1500 VAC / 60 s

Rev. 2
1.4 INPUT CIRCUIT
1.4.1 AII8CN
For the field cable connector of an AII8CN unit, the connection order for signals is as follows:
Channel AII8CN Pin
0 COM 1
0 IN 2
1 COM 3
1 IN 4
2 COM 5
2 IN 6
3 COM 7
3 IN 8
4 COM 9
4 IN 10
5 COM 11
5 IN 12
6 COM 13
6 IN 14
7 COM 15
7 IN 16
For the cable connectors of an IXR16 cross connection board, the connection order for
signals is as follows:
C = COM
Channel 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0
AII8CN IN C IN C IN C IN C IN C IN C IN C IN C
IXR16 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Rev. 2
AII8 5
1.4.2 AII8C
For the field cable connector of an AII8C unit, the connection order for signals is as follows:
Channel AII8C Pin
0 VS 1
0 IN 2
1 VS 3
1 IN 4
2 VS 5
2 IN 6
3 VS 7
3 IN 8
4 VS 9
4 IN 10
5 VS 11
5 IN 12
6 VS 13
6 IN 14
7 VS 15
7 IN 16
Channel 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0
AII8C IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS
IXR16 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Rev. 2
1.4.3 AII8V
For the field cable connector of an AII8V unit, the connection order for signals is as follows:
Channel AII8V Pin
0 COM 1
0 IN 2
1 COM 3
1 IN 4
2 COM 5
2 IN 6
3 COM 7
3 IN 8
4 COM 9
4 IN 10
5 COM 11
5 IN 12
6 COM 13
6 IN 14
7 COM 15
7 IN 16
C = COM
Channel 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0
AII8V IN C IN C IN C IN C IN C IN C IN C IN C
IXR16 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Rev. 2
AII8 7
1.4.4 Example connections
Cross connection with terminal blocks Cross connection with terminal blocks
AII8CN AII8C
INPUT CHANNEL 0...7 INPUT CHANNEL 0...7
+24 V
249 Ω
30 mA
249 Ω
C IN VS IN
16−pin cable
connector
IXR16 IXR16
Cross connection
TERMINAL BLOCKS I/O CABINET TERMINAL BLOCKS
TE TE
Trunk cable
FIELD
TRANSMITTER TRANSMITTER
Rev. 2
Cross connection with terminal blocks Without cross connection
AII8C AII8V
+24 V
30 mA
249 Ω
VS IN C IN
16−pin cable
connector
IXR16 TERMINAL BLOCKS
Cross connection
I/O CABINET TE
TERMINAL BLOCKS
TE
Trunk cable
FIELD
TRANSMITTER TRANSMITTER
Rev. 2
AII8 9
1.5 SIGNAL LIGHTS

There are eight red signal lights on the unit, marked 0...7.
The signal light is lit continuously if there is a break or a short−circuit in the field circuit of the
channel. The signal light flashes at a frequency of 3 Hz when the top or bottom alarm limit of
the channel’s measuring range has been exceeded. The operation of the signal lights can be
controlled using the configuration parameter ”Line fault control” (lfcntrl).
When all signal lights change their status temporarily at a frequency of approximately 1 Hz,
the unit’s communication connection to the process control server is broken.
Pin 1
Signal order for the field cable connector is described in chapter 1.4 ”Input Circuit”.
Rev. 2
1.6 FAULT BITS

mA
ÌÌ
ÌÌ
ÏÏ
30 mA ÌÌ
ÏÏ
Zone 3
ÏÏ Zone 2
ÎÎ
ÏÏ
ÎÎ
hlf
Zone 1
hrl
20 mA
4 mA
ÎÎ
ÏÏ
ÎÎ
lrl
ÏÏ
Zone 1
llf
ÏÏ
Zone 2
0
When the measured value is in Zone 1, the default action is to approve the newest measure-
ment read from the I/O unit and add the fault bit ’OVF’ to it. The limits of Zone 1 are specified
using the configuration symbol parameters ”Measurement low limit” (lrl), ”Line fault low
limit” (llf), ”Measurement high limit” (hrl) and ”Line fault high limit” (hlf). Measurement
processing and the operation of the ’OVF’ fault bit can be controlled using the ”Line fault
control” (lfcntrl) parameter.
When the measured value is in Zone 2, the default action is that the newest measurement read
from the I/O unit is not approved, the measurement freezes, and fault bits ’EXT’ and ’OLD’
are added to it. The limits of Zone 2 are specified using the configuration symbol parameters
”Line fault low limit” (llf) and ”Line fault high limit” (hlf). Measurement processing and the
operation of the ’EXT’ and ’OLD’ fault bits can be controlled using the ”Behavior if ”EXT”
is on” (extcntrl) and ”Line fault control” (lfcntrl) parameters.
When the measured value is in Zone 3, the newest measurement read from the I/O unit is not
approved, the measurement freezes, and fault bits ’EXT’ and ’OLD’ are added to it.
In fault situations in which the process control server is not able to read a new measurement
from the I/O unit, the default action is that the measurement freezes and an ’OLD’ fault bit is
added to it. Measurement processing and the operation of the ’OLD’ fault bit can be
controlled using the ”Input fault control” (infcntrl) parameter of the configuration symbol.
Rev. 2
AII8 11
1.7 CONFIGURATION
1.7.1 Symbols
Symbols can be added using the I/O – MIO M120 menu of the FbCAD tool.
The parameters and default values of the symbol:
Rev. 2
1.7.2 Parameters connected to run−time operation
Input module name

I/O function identifier.
Card type
I/O unit’s exact type.
IO cabinet
The identifier of the I/O cabinet where the I/O unit is located.
FBC slot (2−15)

FBC slot number.
IBC number (0−15)

IBC Bus Controller number.
Card place (0−15)

I/O unit’s place in I/O group.
Channel number (0−7)

I/O channel number.
Minimum (min)
Lower scale limit.
&mi string means that the value is read from the ”Scale and unit” parameter’s low limit value.
Maximum (max)
Upper scale limit.
&ma string means that the value is read from the ”Scale and unit” parameter’s high limit
value.
Range (0−3) (range)

Input signal range of the I/O’s analog input channel, encoded as follows:
Analog input channel of the current range:
0 = 4...20 mA, measurement can be outside of Minimum and Maximum.
1 = 0...20 mA, measurement can be outside of Minimum and Maximum.
2 = 4...20 mA, measurement is limited between Minimum and Maximum.
3 = 0...20 mA, measurement is limited between Minimum and Maximum.
Analog input channel of the voltage range:
0 = 1...5 V, measurement can be outside of Minimum and Maximum.
1 = 0...5 V, measurement can be outside of Minimum and Maximum.
2 = 1...5 V, measurement is limited between Minimum and Maximum.
3 = 0...5 V, measurement is limited between Minimum and Maximum.
Rev. 2
AII8 13
Filter (filt)
Software filtering on analog input channel of the I/O (−20 dB/decade); −3 dB cut−off
frequency, encoded as follows:
0 = no software filtering 7= 0.064 Hz (2.5 s)

1 = 4.7 Hz (34 ms) 8= 0.031 Hz (5.2 s)
2 = 2.1 Hz (74 ms) 9= 0.016 Hz (10 s)
3 = 1.0 Hz (160 ms) 10 = 0.0078 Hz (21 s)
4 = 0.50 Hz (320 ms) 11 = 0.0039 Hz (40 s)
5 = 0.25 Hz (630 ms) 12 = 0.0020 Hz (81 s)
6 = 0.12 Hz (1.3 s)
Line fault high limit (hlf)

Line fault high limit is encoded as follows:
0/4...20 mA 0/2...10 V
0 = 21.0 mA 10.50 V
1 = 22.0 mA 11.00 V
2 = 23.5 mA 11.75 V
3 = 24.8 mA 12.40 V
Line fault low limit (llf)

Line fault low limit is encoded as follows:
4...20 mA 2...10 V
0 = 3.0 mA 1.50 V
1 = 2.0 mA 1.00 V
2 = 1.0 mA 0.50 V
3 = 0.0 mA 0.00 V
With a measurement range of 0...20 mA / 0...10 V only the higher limit will be monitored.
Monitoring is done from the actual measurement before the software filtering.
Measurement high limit (hrl)

The high limit of measurement range is encoded as follows:
0/4...20 mA 0/2...10 V
0 = 20.5 mA 10.25 V
1 = 21.0 mA 10.50 V
2 = 22.0 mA 11.00 V
3 = 22.5 mA 11.25 V
Rev. 2
Measurement low limit (lrl)

The low limit of measurement range is encoded as follows:
4...20 mA 2...10 V
0 = 3.8 mA 1.90 V
1 = 3.6 mA 1.80 V
2 = 2.8 mA 1.40 V
3 = 2.0 mA 1.00 V
With a measurement range of 0...20 mA / 0...10 V only the higher limit will be monitored.
Monitoring is done from the actual measurement before the software filtering.
Behavior if ”EXT” is on (extcntrl)

Behavior of the measurement if line fault “EXT” is on
0 = no freezing of measurement
1 = measurement will be frozen at the last known good value.
Additional parameter (a_param)
Input fault control (infcntrl)

This parameter specifies the measurement value, which is returned to PCS, when there is no
connection to IBC or to I/O unit. This parameter is used when the user wants to control the
measurement value in the case of power supply failure, when I/O has no backup power
supply.
This parameter determines the value returned to the process control server and the un-
necessary alarms generated by the fault bits can be avoided. This parameter has no effect on
the OVF fault bit.
Input fault control parameter is encoded as follows:
0 Measurement freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
1 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, both the measurement value and the fault
bits remain as they are. If no connection to IBC, measurement freezes and OLD fault
bit is set.
2 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 0%, no change
to fault bits. If no connection to IBC, measurement freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
3 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 0%, OLD fault
bit is set. If no connection to IBC, measurement freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
4 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 100%, no
change to fault bits. If no connection to IBC, measurement freezes and OLD fault bit
is set.
5 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 100%, OLD
fault bit is set. If no connection to IBC, measurement freezes and OLD fault bit is
set.
6 If no connection to I/O unit, both the measurement value and the fault bits remain as
they are.
7 If no connection to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 0%, no change to fault bits.
8 If no connection to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 0%, OLD fault bit is set.
9 If no connection to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 100%, no change to fault
bits.
10 If no connection to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 100%, OLD fault bit is set.
Rev. 2
AII8 15
Line fault control (lfcntrl)

Line fault control on analog input channel of the I/O is encoded as follows:
0 Measurement freezes, EXT and OLD fault bits are set, diagnostic alarm is gener-
ated, channel’s signal light is lit.
1 Measurement freezes, EXT and OLD fault bits are set, diagnostic alarm is not
generated, channel’s signal light is not lit.
2 Measurement, EXT fault bit is set, diagnostic alarm is generated, channel’s signal
light is lit.
3 Measurement, EXT fault bit is set, diagnostic alarm is not generated, channel’s
signal light is not lit.
4 Measurement, EXT fault bit is not set, diagnostic alarm is generated, channel’s
signal light is lit.
5 Measurement, EXT fault bit is not set, diagnostic alarm is not generated, channel’s
signal light is not lit.
6 Measurement value is set to 0%, EXT fault bit is set, diagnostic alarm is generated,
channel’s signal light is lit.
7 Measurement value is set to 0%, EXT fault bit is set, diagnostic alarm is not gener-
ated, channel’s signal light is not lit.
8 Measurement value is set to 0%, EXT fault bit is not set, diagnostic alarm is gener-
9 Measurement value is set to 0%, EXT fault bit is not set, diagnostic alarm is not
10 Measurement value is set to 100%, EXT fault bit is set, diagnostic alarm is gener-
11 Measurement value is set to 100%, EXT fault bit is set, diagnostic alarm is not
12 Measurement value is set to 100%, EXT fault bit is not set, diagnostic alarm is
generated, channel’s signal light is lit.
13 Measurement value is set to 100%, EXT fault bit is not set, diagnostic alarm is not
NOTE!
In case of current supply overload (>30 mA) the ”Line fault control” (lfcntrl) parameter value
has no effect. Operation is the same as when the “Line fault control” (lfcntrl) value is 0.
NOTE!
The function of the parameter “Behavior if ”EXT” is on” (extcntrl) (parameter of I/O unit) is
independent of the function of the parameter “Line fault control” (lfcntrl) (parameter of
FBC).
Rev. 2
Measurement update method (upd)

Scale and unit measurement update method:
The update method parameter is used to optimize bus transfers to enable fast measurements
(<= 20 ms control cycles).
0 = every cycle
1 = every 20 ms
2 = every 50 ms
3 = every 100 ms
4 = optimized to control task (CT) speed
If CT < 200 ms −> upd = 0
If CT >= 200 ms −> upd = 1
If CT >= 500 ms −> upd = 2
If CT >= 1000 ms −> upd = 3
If upd > 0, values from different channels may come from different time points.
Scale and unit

The signal is scaled to these values. The unit is a comment that is visible only in the CAD
diagram.
Comment text
1.7.3 Example connection
1.8 EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

EC Declaration of Conformity is described in section ”EC Declarations of Conformity”.
Rev. 2
AOI4C 33
3 AOI4C (ANALOG OUTPUT UNIT,

ISOLATED OUTPUTS, 20 MA) D201477
3.1 USE
AOI4C from the M120 series of the ACN I/O product family is a four−channel analog output
unit used to give current signals to various actuators and analog controllers.
The outputs of the AOI4C unit are 0/4...20 mA current signals.
AOI4C unit includes output break and short−circuit monitoring. The output channels are
galvanically isolated from each other and from the system.
Rev. 2
3.2.1 Structure
D weight: 150 g
Outputs AOI4C D201477

Output range 0...20 mA or 4...20 mA
Break limit > 750 Ω
Parameterizable short−circuit limit No limit / 75 Ω / 125 Ω / 375 Ω
Accuracy relative to the measuring 0.1% @ 25 ° C + 0.01%/10 ° C
range
DA resolution 14 bits
Parameterizable programmatic 0...40 s
output signal rise time
Update interval 4.4 ms
Isolation between channels and 1500 VAC / 60 s
system
Field circuit power supply Operating voltage
3.3 ISOLATION
System potential
CH0 Field
CH1 Field
Logic
CH2 Field
CH3 Field

Rev. 2
AOI4C 35
3.4 OUTPUT CIRCUIT
For the field cable connector of an AOI4C unit, the connection order for signals is as follows:
Channel AOI4C Pin

0 COM 1
0 OUT 2
1 COM 3
1 OUT 4
2 COM 5
2 OUT 6
3 COM 7
3 OUT 8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
C = COM, O = OUT
Channel 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0
AOI4C O C O C O C O C
IXR16 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Rev. 2
Cross connection with terminal blocks Without cross connection
AOI4C AOI4C
OUTPUT CHANNEL 0...3 OUTPUT CHANNEL 0...3
+24 V +24 V
0...20 mA 0...20 mA
O C O C
16−pin cable
connector
IXR16 TERMINAL BLOCKS
Cross connection
TE
I/O CABINET
TERMINAL BLOCKS
TE
Trunk cable
FIELD
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
Rev. 2
AOI4C 37
3.5 SIGNAL LIGHTS

There are four signal lights on the unit, marked 0...3.
The signal light is continuously lit red if the resistance in the line is too low at the current
output. The signal light flashes red at a frequency of 3Hz if the resistance in the line is too high
at the current output.
Pin 1
Signal order for the field cable connector is described in chapter 3.4 ”Output Circuit”.
3.6 FAULT BITS

The AOI4C unit monitors the resistance of the output field circuit. If the resistance is too
high, the unit’s interpretation is a broken field circuit. If the resistance is too low, the inter-
pretation is that there is a short−circuit. A fault is indicated in a read back output with the fault
bit ’EXT’. Read back output processing and the operation of the ‘EXT’ fault bit can be
controlled using the ”Line fault control” (lfcntrl) parameter. The default is that the field
circuit is being monitored and the allowable range of resistance is 75...750 Ω. If the field
circuit experiences output settling delays, the alarms caused by monitoring can be filtered
using the ”Alarm delay” (timetolf) parameter.
In fault situations in which the process control server is not able to read a new read back out-
put from the I/O unit, the default action is that the read back value freezes and a fault bit is
controlled using the ”Output fault control” (infcntrl) parameter of the configuration symbol.
Rev. 2
3.7 CONFIGURATION
3.7.1 Symbols
Rev. 2
AOI4C 39
Output module name

Card type
IO cabinet
FBC slot (2−15)

FBC slot number.
IBC number (0−15)

Card place (0−15)


I/O channel number.
Minimum (min)
Lower scale limit.
&mi string means that the value is read from the ”Scale and unit” parameter’s low limit value.
Maximum (max)
Upper scale limit.
&ma string means that the value is read from the ”Scale and unit” parameter’s high limit
value.
Fail safe change rate (fsaferamp)

This parameter specifies the output ramp time (0...100%) to the ”Fail safe value” (fsafeval).
The normal output ramp time ”Output change rate” (ramp) is used when the I/O unit returns
from the fail safe mode.
The parameter is encoded as follows:
0 = no limitation 5 = 2.0 s
1 = 0.17 s 6 = 5.0 s
2 = 0.25 s 7 = 10.0 s
3 = 0.5 s 8 = 20.0 s
4 = 1.0 s 9 = 40.0 s
Rev. 2
Fail safe time (fsafetime)

This parameter specifies the time, following a break in communication, required to set the
fail safe mode value of the I/O unit’s output to the setting “Fail safe value” (fsafeval). Timing
is started according to the “Fail safe mode” (fsafemode) parameter, either from the last output
value coming from the main or reserve IBC or from the last time the unit has received a clock
message from FBC.
The last value is sustained in the output until “Fail safe time” (fsafetime) has elapsed. The I/O
unit uses the latest output value received from the IBC.
If “Fail safe time” (fsafetime) = 0, no “Fail safe value” (fsafeval) is used, but the output is
frozen at the last value received from the IBC.
0 = hold last valid value 8 = 2 min
1=1s 9 = 4 min
2=2s 10 = 8 min
3=4s 11 = 16 min
4=8s 12 = 32 min
5 = 16 s 13 = 1 h
6 = 32 s 14 = 2 h
7 = 1 min 15 = 4 h
During controlled switch−over to the redundant PCS, “Fail safe time” (fsafetime) must be
greater than the switch−over time. Otherwise, the I/O unit sets its output to fail safe mode
during the switch−over time because it receives no output value from main or reserve IBC
during this time.
Fail safe value (fsafeval)

This parameter specifies the safe mode output value. It is set to the output of the I/O after
“Fail safe time” (fsafetime) has elapsed without connection to the IBC. The range of the “Fail
safe change rate” (fsaferamp) is used when transfering from normal mode to the fail safe
mode.
The “Fail safe value” (fsafeval) is 0...100 (%) corresponding to I/O unit output values 4 mA to
20 mA so that the following always true regardless of the scale (”Minimum”, ”Maximum”)
of the channel: 0% = 4 mA and 100% = 20 mA. Even if the scale was inverted, (e.g. ”Mini-
mum” = 100% and ”Maximum” = 0%) “Fail safe value” (fsafeval) behaves as specified be-
fore.
Fail safe mode (fsafemode)

Fail safe control mode:
0 = FBC – I/O connection monitored
1 = received updates monitored
Alarm delay (timetolf)

Time to line fault. The purpose is to prevent undesired alarms caused by slow settling of the
output signal.
This analog output parameter specifies the time elapsing from the moment the unit detects a
line fault to the moment the fault bit is set.
The values are 0 to 255 (corresponding to 0 to 2550 ms).
Rev. 2
AOI4C 41
Output data range (range)

Output range.
Output signal range of the analog output channel, encoded as follows:
0 = 4...20 mA, 2...10 V
1 = 0...20 mA, 0...10 V
Output change rate (ramp)

Ramp time.
Parameter of the I/O that specifies the output rise time (0 to 100%).
This parameter is encoded as follows:
0 = no limitation 5 = 2.0 s
1 = 0.17 s 6 = 5.0 s
2 = 0.25 s 7 = 10.0 s
3 = 0.5 s 8 = 20.0 s
4 = 1.0 s 9 = 40.0 s
Output fault control (infcntrl)

Input fault control upon read−back.
This parameter specifies the read−back value which is returned to PCS when there is no
connection to IBC or to I/O unit.
This parameter is used when the user wants to control the read−back value in the case of
power supply failure, when the I/O has no backup power available.
The parameter determines the value returned to the process control station and the unneces-
sary alarms generated by the fault bits can be avoided. The parameter has no effect on the
OVF fault bit.
Output fault control parameter is encoded as follows:
0 Read−back value freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
1 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, both the read−back value and the fault bits
remain as they are. If no connection to IBC, read−back value freezes and OLD fault
bit is set.
2 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 0%, no change to
fault bits. If no connection to IBC, read−back value freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
3 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 0%, OLD fault bit
is set. If no connection to IBC, read−back value freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
4 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 100%, no change to
5 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 100%, OLD fault
bit is set. If no connection to IBC, read−back value freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
6 If no connection to I/O unit, both the read−back value and the fault bits remain as
they are.
7 If no connection to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 0%, no change to fault bits.
8 If no connection to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 0%, OLD fault bit is set.
9 If no connection to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 100%, no change to fault bits.
10 If no connection to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 100%, OLD fault bit is set.
Rev. 2

A parameter used in read−back operation:
0 = no control (EXT fault not possible)
1 = control on (EXT fault is possible), line impedance < 75 ohm
Control does not work if current is less than 4 mA.
Scale and unit

The signal is scaled to these values. The unit is a comment that is visible only in the CAD
diagram.
Comment text

Rev. 2
DII8P 65
6 DII8P (DIGITAL INPUT UNIT, ISOLATED

PNP INPUTS)
DII8P24 D201466
DII8P48 D201467
6.1 USE
DII8P units from the M120 series of the ACN I/O product family are eight−channel digital
input units used to read contact data, 2− and 3−wire proximity switches or PNP−type
switches.
The DII8P24 unit includes a channel−specific +24 VDC current−limited (40mA) voltage
supply.
The DII8P48 unit includes a channel−specific +48 VDC current−limited (40 mA) voltage
supply.
Signals with positive logic (PNP) can be connected to the inputs.
The unit can be parameterized to operate in the normal digital input mode or the pulse count-
ing mode.
Rev. 2
6.2.1 Structure
D weight: 110 g
Inputs DII8P24 D201466 DII8P48 D201467

Number of channels 8 8
Input impedance 3.5 kΩ (24 V) 7.0 kΩ (48 V)
Channel−specific 40 mA 40 mA
current−limit
Field voltage supplies [VS] 18...32 VDC 40...58 VDC
Max. leakage current of field 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
circuit
Filtering τ = 0.5 ms τ = 0.5 ms
Pulse frequency in the pulse < 400 Hz < 400 Hz
counting mode
Parameterizable shortest 1...500 ms 1...500 ms
pulse length
Parameterizable pulse hold 0...1250 ms 0...1250 ms
time
Measuring interval 1.0 ms 1.0 ms
Isolation between channels −−− −−−
Isolation between channels 1500 VAC / 60 s 1500 VAC / 60 s
and system
Field circuit power supply Field power +24 VDC Field power +48 VDC
Rev. 2
DII8P 67
6.3 ISOLATION
System potential
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
Field Logic
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
Rev. 2
6.4 INPUT CIRCUIT
For DII8P24, the nominal VS is +24 VDC; for DII8P48, it is +48 VDC. The VS is connected
to the I/O group via connector X23 of an MBI8 mounting base.
For the field cable connector of a DII8P, the connection order for signals is as follows:
Channel DII8P24 DII8P48 Pin
0 IN IN 1
0 VS VS 2
1 IN IN 3
1 VS VS 4
2 IN IN 5
2 VS VS 6
3 IN IN 7
3 VS VS 8
4 IN IN 9
4 VS VS 10
5 IN IN 11
5 VS VS 12
6 IN IN 13
6 VS VS 14
7 IN IN 15
7 VS VS 16
Channel 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0
DII8P24 VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN
DII8P48 VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN VS IN
IXR16 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Rev. 2
DII8P 69
2−wire connection 3−wire connection

DII8P DII8P
+28 V +28 V
40 mA 40 mA
VS IN VS IN
16−pin I/O cable
IXR16 IXR16
Cross connection CCS, CCR, CCW
TERMINAL BLOCKS I/O CABINET TERMINAL BLOCKS
TE TE
Trunk cable
+
FIELD
SWITCH SWITCH
Rev. 2
Without cross connection

DII8P
INPUT CHANNEL 0...7
+28 V
40 mA
VS IN
TERMINAL BLOCKS
TE
Trunk cable
FIELD
SWITCH
Rev. 2
DII8P 71
6.5 SIGNAL LIGHTS

There are eight yellow signal lights on the unit, marked 0...7. The signal light is lit when the
input state of the channel in question is ’1’.
Pin 1
Signal order for the field cable connector is described in chapter 6.4 ”Input Circuit”.
6.6 FAULT BITS

In fault situations in which the process control server is not able to read a new measurement
from the I/O unit, the default action is that the measurement freezes and the ‘OLD’ fault bit is
controlled by using the ”Input fault control” (infcntrl) parameter of the configuration sym-
bol.
Rev. 2
6.7 CONFIGURATION
6.7.1 Symbols
Normal digital input mode symbol Pulse count mode symbol

In the FbCAD tool there are also symbols with inverted input.
Input module name

Card type
IO cabinet
Rev. 2
DII8P 73
FBC slot (2−15)

FBC slot number.
IBC number (0−15)

Card place (0−15)


I/O channel number.
Minimum pulse (find)

Find: (The minimum pulse length)
The parameter of I/O’s digital input that specifies the minimum length of the shortest detect-
able pulse.
0 = 1 ms 9 = 10 ms 18 = 80 ms
1 = 2 ms 10 = 15 ms 19 = 90 ms
2 = 3 ms 11 = 20 ms 20 = 100 ms
3 = 4 ms 12 = 25 ms 21 = 150 ms
4 = 5 ms 13 = 30 ms 22 = 200 ms
5 = 6 ms 14 = 40 ms 23 = 350 ms
6 = 7 ms 15 = 50 ms 24 = 500 ms
7 = 8 ms 16 = 60 ms 25...31 = 500 ms
8 = 9 ms 17 = 70 ms
The parameter also includes a tolerance caused by the unit’s sampling frequency. It is
+ 0.5 ms for parameter value 0, and + 1 ms for other values of the parameter.
For instance, the value of ’find’ is 2, i.e. 3 ms:
1 Actual pulse length < 3 ms => the pulse will not be detected.
2 Actual pulse length 3.5 ms => the pulse may or may not be detected, depending on
the sampling moment.
3 Actual pulse length > 4 ms => the pulse is always detected, because actual pulse
length > 3 ms + 1 ms (tolerance).
Rev. 2
Hold time (hold)

NOTE!
This parameter is available only in the normal digital input mode symbol.
The parameter of I/O’s digital input that specifies the minimum time to which all the detected
pulses are stretched.
0 = no stretching 6 = 50 ms 12 = 500 ms
1 = 5 ms 7 = 60 ms 13 = 750 ms
2 = 10 ms 8 = 80 ms 14 = 1000 ms
3 = 20 ms 9 = 100 ms 15 = 1250 ms
4 = 30 ms 10 = 150 ms
5 = 40 ms 11 = 300 ms
Operating mode (mode)

NOTE!
This parameter is available only in the pulse count mode symbol.
0= pulse counting up from value 0
result = new_value − old_value
If the counter turns around, i.e. old_value > new_value, then
result = max − old_value + new_value + 1
max = 214−1
If the pulse count for the sampled interval > max, there will be an error in the measured value.
Input fault control (infcntrl)

This parameter specifies the measurement value, which is returned to the PCS, when there is
no connection to IBC or to I/O unit. This parameter is used when the user wants to control the
measurement value in the case of power supply failure, when I/O has no backup power
supply.
The parameter determines the value returned to process control server and the unnecessary
alarms generated by the fault bits can be avoided. The parameter has no effect on the OVF
fault bit (real−time unreliable).
Input fault control parameter is encoded as follows:
0 Measurement freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
1 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, both the measurement value and the fault
bits remain as they are. If no connection to IBC, measurement freezes and OLD fault
bit is set.
2 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 0, no change to
fault bits. If no connection to IBC, measurement freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
3 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 0, OLD fault bit
is set. If no connection to IBC, measurement freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
Rev. 2
DII8P 75
4 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 1, no change to
fault bits. If no connection to IBC, measurement freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
5 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 1, OLD fault bit
is set. If no connection to IBC, measurement freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
6 If no connection to I/O unit, both the measurement value and the fault bits remain as
they are.
7 If no connection to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 0, no change to fault bits.
8 If no connection to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 0, OLD fault bit is set.
9 If no connection to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 1, no change to fault bits.
10 If no connection to I/O unit, measurement value is set to 1, OLD fault bit is set.
Comment text

Rev. 2
DOI4RO 87
8 DOI4RO (DIGITAL OUTPUT UNIT, RELAY,

NO CONTACT) D201471
8.1 USE
DOI4RO from the M120 series of the ACN I/O product family is a digital output unit with
four channels, each with one potential-free electromechanical relay output. The type of relay
contacts is normally open.
The unit controls indicator lights, solenoid valves etc. with the output, or motors and valves
through supplementary relays.
Rev. 2
8.2.1 Structure
D weight: 130 g
Outputs DOI4RO D201471

Output voltage −
Load voltage 120 VAC 240 VAC +24 VDC +48 VDC +125 VDC
Load current resistive < 5.0 A < 5.0 A < 5.0 A < 0.7 A < 0.3 A
Load current inductive < 5.0 A < 3.0 A < 3.0 A − −
(cos f = 0.4)
Maximum allowed voltage, 260 VAC / 125 VDC
25° C
Load capacity accordant with 32 VAC, 0.6 A
the UL 508 standard
Relay life time with 30 VDC 100,000 operations
5.0 A load
Parameterizable transition 1 s...4 h
time to safe state
Parameterizable No change / 0 / 1
channel-specific safe state
Output update interval 1.0 ms
resolution
and system
Field circuit power supply Potential-free
Rev. 2
DOI4RO 89
8.3 ISOLATION
System potential
CH0 Field
CH1 Field
Logic
CH2 Field
CH3 Field

Rev. 2
8.4 OUTPUT CIRCUIT
For the field cable connector of a DOI4RO unit, the connection order for signals is as follows:
Channel DOI4RO Pin

0 NO 1
0 COM 2
1 NO 3
1 COM 4
2 NO 5
2 COM 6
3 NO 7
3 COM 8
For the cable connectors of an IXR8 cross connection board, the connection order for signals
is as follows:
Channel 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0
DOI4RO COM NO COM NO COM NO COM NO
IXR8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Rev. 2
DOI4RO 91
2−wire connection Without cross connection

DOI4RO DOI4RO
OUTPUT CHANNEL 0...3 OUTPUT CHANNEL 0...3
POWER POWER
SUPPLY SUPPLY
NO C NO C
8−pin cable connector
TE
IXR8 Cross connection
TERMINAL BLOCKS I/O CABINET
TE
Trunk cable
FIELD
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
Rev. 2
8.5 SIGNAL LIGHTS

There are four yellow signal lights on the unit, marked 0...3.
The signal light is lit when the output state of the channel in question is ’1’.
Pin 1
Signal order for the field cable connector is described in chapter 8.4 ”Output Circuit”.
8.6 FAULT BITS

In fault situations in which the process control server is not able to read back the output value
from the I/O unit, the default action is that the output which was read back to the application is
held and the fault bit ’OLD’ is added to it. The processing of the output which was read back
and the operation of the ’OLD’ fault bit can be controlled by using the “Output fault control”
(infcntrl) parameter of the configuration symbol.
Rev. 2
DOI4RO 93
8.7 CONFIGURATION
8.7.1 Symbols
The symbols can be added in the I/O − MIO M120 menu of the FbCAD tool.
Output module name

Card type
IO cabinet
FBC slot (2−15)

FBC slot number.
Rev. 2
IBC number (0−15)

Card place (0−15)


I/O channel number.
Fail safe time (fsafetime)

The parameter “Fail safe time” (fsafetime) is the time, following a break in communication,
required to set the fail safe mode value of the I/O unit’s analog output to the setting “Fail safe
value” (fsafeval).
Timing is started according to the “Fail safe mode” (fsafemode) parameter, either from the
last output value coming from the main or reserve IBC or from the last time the unit has
received a clock message. The last value is sustained in the output until the time “Fail safe
time” (fsafetime) has elapsed.
If “Fail safe time” (fsafetime) = 0, the value of “Fail safe value” (fsafeval) is not used, but the
output is frozen at the last value received from the IBC.
0 = hold last valid value 8 = 2 min

1=1s 9 = 4 min
2=2s 10 = 8 min
3=4s 11 = 16 min
4=8s 12 = 32 min
5 = 16 s 13 = 1 h
6 = 32 s 14 = 2 h
7 = 1 min 15 = 4 h
During controlled switch−over to the redundant PCS, “Fail safe time” (fsafetime) must be
greater than the switch−over time. Otherwise, the I/O unit sets its output to “Fail safe value”
(fsafeval) during the switch−over time because it receives no output value from main or
reserve IBC during this time.
Fail safe value (fsafeval)

The parameter “Fail safe value” (fsafeval) is the safe mode output value. It is set to the digital
output of the I/O unit after “Fail safe time” (fsafetime) has elapsed without connection to the
IBC.
Fail safe mode (fsafemode)

Fail safe control mode:
0 = FBC – I/O connection monitored.
1 = Received updates monitored.
Rev. 2
DOI4RO 95
Output fault control (infcntrl)

Input fault control upon read−back.
This parameter specifies the read−back value, which is returned to PCS when there is no con-
nection to IBC or to I/O unit. This parameter is used when the user wants to control the read−
back value in the case of power supply failure, when the I/O has no backup power available.
The parameter determines the value returned to process control server and the unnecessary
alarms generated by the fault bits can be avoided. The parameter has no effect on the OVF
fault bit (real−time unreliable).
Output fault control parameter is encoded as follows:
0 Read−back value freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
1 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, both the read−back value and the fault bits
remain as they are. If no connection to IBC, read−back value freezes and OLD fault
bit is set.
2 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 0, no change to
fault bits. If no connection to IBC, read−back value freezes and OLD fault bit is is
set.
3 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 0, OLD fault bit is
set. If no connection to IBC, read−back value freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
4 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 1, no change to
5 If connection to IBC but not to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 1, OLD fault bit is
set. If no connection to IBC, read−back value freezes and OLD fault bit is set.
6 If no connection to I/O unit, both the read−back value and the fault bits remain as
they are.
7 If no connection to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 0, no change to fault bits.
8 If no connection to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 0, OLD fault bit is set.
9 If no connection to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 1, no change to fault bits.
10 If no connection to I/O unit, read−back value is set to 1, OLD fault bit is set.

A parameter used in read−back operation.
0 = No control (EXT fault not possible)
1 = Control on (EXT fault is possible)
Comment text
Rev. 2
IBC 1
1 IBC (PROCESS INTERFACE

CONTROLLER) D201138
1.1 USE
The IBC is a process bus controller that combines a process control server (PCS) and I/O
units. The IBC connects to the field bus controller of the process control server using a
10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet interface. The IBC connects to the I/O units through an asynchronic
1.5 Mbit/s serial bus. The IBC can control a maximum of 16 I/O units. The IBC can form a
synchronic cabinet field bus (3 Mbit/s) with other IBC units, comprising a maximum of 16
units.
1.2.1 Structure
D weight: 380 g
1.2.2 Features
Buses
Ethernet field bus 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet
Cabinet field bus 3 Mbit/s RS−485
I/O bus 1.5 Mbit/s RS−485
RM/RS redundant bus 400 kbit RS−485
Rev. 2
2 Bus Interface Units
1.3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
1.3.1 Field bus
Ethernet field bus

The IBC connects to the field bus controller (FBC) of the process control server via an Ether-
net field bus interface. The Ethernet field bus is a standard 10/100Base−T bus.
When the Ethernet field bus is connected correctly, the LNK signal light is lit on the front
panel of the IBC. When the Ethernet is operating at a speed of 100 Mbit/s (100Base−T mode),
the 100 signal light is lit on the front panel. If the 100 signal light is not lit, but the LNK light is
lit, the Ethernet is operating at a speed of 10 Mbit/s (10Base−T mode). When there is traffic in
the Ethernet field bus, the ACT signal light is lit on the front panel. The Ethernet field bus is
connected to the RJ−45 connector on the IBC bus controller.
Cabinet’s internal field bus

The IBC uses a cabinet field bus to connect to other IBC units. The speed of the field bus is 3
Mbit/s. A maximum of 16 IBC units can connect to the cabinet field bus. The bus is termi-
nated at both ends with a CBT unit.
When a unit is sending data to the cabinet field bus, the RTS signal light is lit on the front
panel. When a unit is receiving data from the cabinet field bus, the CD signal light is lit on the
front panel. The cabinet field bus is connected with an RJ−45 cable to the X12 connector of
the MBB/MBR mounting base.
Connecting the buses is shown in the section ”Bus Structures” of the document.
1.3.2 I/O Interface Unit Bus

The IBC uses two interface unit buses to communicate with I/O units. Only one of the buses is
active at a time. The buses are in accordance with the RS−485 standard, asynchronic, half
duplex type serial buses operated at 1.5 Mbit/s. The buses run inside the mounting bases
MBB/MBR and MB2/MB8. The buses are terminated with IT terminator units. In redundan-
cy situations one IBC uses the one bus and the other IBC the other bus.
The faultlessness of the bus signals is ensured using the 16−bit CRC−CCITT checksum. The
operation of signal lights RX1, TX1, RX2 and TX2 that relate to the buses is described in the
chapter 1.4 ”Signal Lights”.
1.3.3 Internal Redundant Buses

There is a 400 kbit/s TTL level redundant bus RM/RS between the IBC units within the same
I/O group. The bus runs internally between the MBB/MBR mounting bases.
Rev. 2
IBC 3
1.4 SIGNAL LIGHTS

There are 16 signal lights on the unit with a text next to them that corresponds with the mean-
ing of the light. The meanings of the signal lights are as follows:
Left column viewed from the front Right column viewed from the front
Color Text Meaning Color Text Meaning
Red FLT A fault situation detected by the Grn RUN Running IBC
software
Ylw LNK Ethernet link active Ylw STDBY Starting IBC
Ylw 100 Continuous: 100 Mbit/s Ylw ACT Traffic on the Ethernet
connection on the Ethernet
Unlit: 10 Mbit/s connection (if
LNK is lit)
Ylw CD Receiving from the cabinet field Ylw RTS Sending to the cabinet field bus
bus
Ylw RS Receiving from the slave Ylw RS TX Sending to the slave backup bus
RX backup bus
Ylw RM Receiving from the master Ylw RM TX Sending to the master backup bus
RX backup bus
Ylw RX1 Receiving from I/O bus 1 Ylw TX1 Sending to I/O bus 1
Ylw RX2 Receiving from I/O bus 2 Ylw TX2 Sending to I/O bus 2
Figure 1 The signal lights on the IBC
Rev. 2
1.5 IBC UNIT ADDRESS

The IBC addresses are selected on the MBB/MBR mounting base. The selection of the
address is described in section ”Installation and Implementation”.
1.6 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS

The IBC measures the air temperature inside its own casing and inside the IPS casing. The
accuracy of the temperature measurement is ±2 ° C.
1.7 VOLTAGE MONITORING

The IBC monitors the FSFLT signal that runs on the mounting bases. If IPS detects a fault in
the operating voltage, the unit will announce the fault to the FSFLT line and a system alert
will occur. Possible fault situations are voltage faults at the IPS power supply and blowing the
field power fuse at the MBB/MBR mounting base.
1.8 SELECTOR SWITCHES

There are 8 selector switches at the rear of the IBC. The positions of the selector switches:
OFF ON
8
7
6 SW1, SW2, SW3, SW6, SW7, SW8: set off
5
SW4, SW5: set on
4
3
2
1
1.9 CONFIGURATION
IBC does not require configuration.

Rev. 2
IPSP 5
2 IPSP (MIO POWER SUPPLY) D201832
2.1 USE
The IPSP is a DC power supply unit used in the ACN I/O. The IPSP generates the operating
voltages required by the IBC bus controller and I/O units.
Rev. 1
6 Power Supply Units
2.2.1 Structure
D The size of the casing: 125 mm x 40 mm x 125 mm [H x W x D]
D Weight: 620 g
D Operating switch (ON/OFF) for the outputs on the front panel
2.2.2 Interfaces
Interfaces
Input voltage area 18...32 VDC
Voltage output 1 +5.3 VDC ±0.1 V, 8 A, current limit 9 A
Voltage output 2 +24 VDC ±0.5 V, 2.7 A, current limit 4 A
Input and output voltage isolation 500 VDC
Start−up voltage 21 VDC ±0.5 V
Shutdown voltage 18.5 VDC ±0.5 V
Temperature sensor accuracy ±2 ° C
Field power monitoring Yes
Maximum output power 90 W @ +50 _C
75 W @ +70 _C
The rated output power of the unit depends on the ambient temperature in accordance with
the following figure. In practice the fact that the rated output power drops from the maximum
when the ambient temperature exceeds +50 ° C means that the IPSP unit can be used to feed
only one I/O group in higher than +50 ° C ambient temperatures.
Rev. 1
IPSP 7
2.3 SIGNAL LIGHTS

There are 4 signal lights on the unit:
D IN (green)
The signal light above the operating switch is lit when the input voltage of the IPSP
is functioning (voltage is in the area 19.5 V...34 V).
D 24V (green)
The signal light is lit when the +24 V output voltage is functioning (voltage is in the
area 21.6 V...26.4 V).
D 5V (green)
The signal light is lit when the +5 V output voltage is functioning (voltage is in the
area 4.8 V...5.7 V).
D F (red)
The signal light is lit when one of the above−mentioned voltage is not in the accept-
able area.
Figure 2 The signal lights on the IPSP
Rev. 1
8 Power Supply Units
2.4 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS

The IPSP power supply is equipped with a sensor which measures the temperature of the air
inside the casing. The accuracy of the temperature measurement is ±2 ° C. The sensor
temperature is read by the IBC bus controller.
2.5 FIELD POWER MONITORING

The IPSP monitors the level of the field power going to the I/O units through the mounting
base. If the field power falls below 15 VDC, the IPSP power supply gives an alarm using the
FSFLT signal and the F signal light. The signal is monitored by the IBC bus controller.
2.6 REDUNDANCY
The power supply of the ACN I/O group can be made redundant by installing an MBM80 or
MBM120 mounting base to the both I/O groups and interlock those using an interlink cable.
The IPSP unit is installed on the both of the mounting bases.
Both power supplies monitor their own voltage and the common field voltage. The IPSP
which detects a fault activates the common FSFLT signal and the IBC bus controller trans-
mits the alarm to the system. The FSFLT signal is also activated if the IPSP installed on an
MBM80 or MBM120 mounting base has been switched off from the operating switch.

Rev. 1
MBM120 and MBS120 49
7 MBM120 (IBC/IPSP MOUNTING BASE) AND

MBS120 (EXTENDED MOUNTING BASE)
MBM120 D201962
MBS120 D201968
7.1 USE
MBM120 is a mounting base for the IPSP power supply unit (D201832) and IBC bus control-
ler (D201138). The MBM120 mounting base is used by itself in standard installations and
together with another MBM120 base in redundancies.
MBS120 is a mounting base that can be used to divide the I/O group in two parts, e.g. in TS35
rails beneath each other. The MBS120 mounting base is used as a pair with the MBM120
base.
The IBC bus controller can be replaced with the ACN SR1 process controller (D201291).
A maximum of two mounting bases can be concatenated together.
Rev. 1
50 Mounting Bases and Connection Units
7.2.1 MBM120 structure

D weight: 240 g
7.2.2 MBS120 structure

D weight: 100 g
7.2.3 Voltage interfaces

The MBM120 mounting base transmits signals to other mounting bases using connectors
X3...X4. The connectors transmit the logic voltage, operating voltage, field power, and the
signals. The MBM120 mounting base also transmits the logic voltage, operating voltage and
field power through connector X13 to another MBM120 mounting base or to an MBS120
mounting base through cable S446645. Connector X12 transmits the signals to another
MBM120 or MBS120 mounting base.
The IPSP power supply unit is installed to the left hand side of the MBM120 mounting base.
The MBS120 mounting base concatenates and transmits signals to other mounting bases us-
ing connectors X1...X4. The connectors transmit the logic voltage, operating voltage, field
power, and the signals. The MBS120 mounting base has connectors X12 and X13, similarly
to the MBM120 mounting base.
NOTE!
In MBM120 and MBS120 mounting bases the operating voltage is the same as the field
voltage, so the voltage brought from an outside power supply unit to the mounting bases
must be set between +24 V...+26 V.
The field power is connected to the mounting base connector X8. Fuse F1 (5 A) protects the
field power connection in case of short-circuits on the I/O units.
Connector X8
1 TE
2 PE
3 VIN (+24 V)
4 0V
When using an MBM120 or MBS120 mounting base on the same I/O group with an MBI8
mounting base, the field power (FP_i) needed for the MBI8 base can be obtained from con-
nector X11 of the MBM120 or MBS120 mounting base. If the voltage is to be isolated from
other field power, it is taken directly from a separate power supply unit.
Connector X11
1 PE
2 VOUT (+24 V)
3 0V
Rev. 1
7.2.4 Bus interfaces

The IBC bus controller is installed to the right hand side of the MBM120 mounting base. In
redundancies, the IBC units on different mounting bases can be used to secure the I/O with the
I/O buses of the X12 connector. When using an MBS120 mounting base together with the
MBM120 mounting base, the I/O bus between the mounting bases is implemented with an
RJ−45 cable which is installed between the X12 connectors of both mounting bases.
7.2.5 Monitoring
When connecting two MBM120 mounting bases to each other with a cable installed between
connectors X13 or when using an MBS120 mounting base as a pair with the MBM120, the
connection between these two bases is monitored by switching the selecting switches S3
“Loop control” to ON. If the interconnecting cable comes loose or a cable failure occurs, an
alarm will be sent to the metsoDNA CR. When the MBM120 base is used by itself, the switch
is turned OFF.
When using an MBS120 mounting base, the selecting switches S3 “Loop control” is turned
ON. In this case, an alarm is sent to the metsoDNA CR if a failure occurs in the field power.
The default settings for the ”Loop control” switches is ON.
7.3 INSTALLATION
The mounting base locks on a DIN (TS35) rail when it is pushed against the rail and the screw
in hole O1 is turned clockwise with a flat−head screwdriver. The ACN I/O mounting bases
lock together when pushed sideways against each other. Two mounting bases locked together
can be released by pressing the button at the upper left edge of the right hand side mounting
base. The mounting base can be removed from the DIN rail by turning the screw in hole O1
counter-clockwise.
7.4 I/O UNITS ADDRESS SELECTION

The address for IBC units installed on the MBM120 mounting base is set with the switch S1.
The address is the hex value indicated by the switch. The address index begins at zero.
Choosing addresses is shown in the section ”Installation and Implementation” of the docu-
mentation.
Rev. 1
7.5 CONNECTORS AND SWITCHES
7.5.1 MBM120 mounting base
X3
S2
S1
X4
F1
X12
Rev. 1
7.5.2 MBS120 mounting base
X12 X3
X4

Rev. 1
MBI8 55
8 MBI8 (MOUNTING BASE FOR 8 M120 SERIES

I/O UNITS) D201485
8.1 USE
MBI8 is a mounting base for eight I/O units from the M120 series of the ACN I/O product
family.
The allowed mounting base assembly options are presented in the section ”Installation and
Implementation” of the documentation.
MBI8 features an isolated connector for field power supply. The field interfaces of I/O units
are made directly from the units.
Rev. 1
8.2.1 Structure
D weight: 310 g
8.2.2 Interfaces
The MBI8 mounting bases concatenate the signals from on mounting base to another via the
terminals at the ends of the units. The connectors transmit the logic voltage, operating
voltage, field power, isolated field power and the signals.
The connection order of the field power connector, viewed from the front of the MBI8 mount-
ing base:
1 2 3
FP− FP+ PE
Depending on the I/O units mounted on the mounting base, the isolated field power connector
FP receives either 24 VDC or 48 VDC.
PE is always connected when the isolated field power connector FP is in use.
Connect the voltage to the field power connector only if some of the following I/O units are
installed in the I/O group:
D DII8P24 D201466
D DII8P48 D201467
D FII4 D201483 and unit’s digital interfaces are in use.
Only one field power can be used in one I/O group. Therefore in a group all the units using the
field power must be units using the same voltage level.
If there are DII8P48 units in an I/O group, you cannot have FII4 or DII8P24 units in the same
I/O group.
Rev. 1
MBI8 57
8.3 INSTALLATION
The mounting base is installed on a TS35 rail. The installation is shown in the section
“Installation and Implementation” of the documentation.
8.4 I/O UNITS ADDRESS SELECTION

The address for I/O units installed on a mounting base is set with the rotary switch S1. Choos-
ing addresses is shown in the section ”Installation and Implementation” of the documenta-
tion.
Rev. 1
8.5 MBI8 UNIT LAYOUT

Rev. 1
IT 5
2 IT (I/O BUS TERMINATOR) D201381

2.1 USE
The IT is a terminator unit used for terminating an ACN I/O bus.
2.2.1 Structure
D weight: 20 g
2.3 INSTALLATION
IT is installed to the right side of the ACN I/O group to terminate the I/O buses of the mount-
ing base. The other end of the bus is terminated by an MBB mounting base. IT is locked to the
mounting base with a DIN rail terminal clamp. IT is installed according to the following
image:
IT
Rev. 2
2.4 LAYOUT

Rev. 2
§10.CEX 80 à 5000_GB Page 76 Mercredi, 26. avril 2000 11:15 11
modular contactors
LENOIR-ELEC · F 54400 LONGWY
Field circuit breakers (excitation

contactors) from 80 to 6200 A
CEX 57 80,
CEX 57 150,
CEX 57 200,
CEX 75 400,
CEX 75 500,
CEX 75 630,
CEX 75 800,
CEX 75 1000,
CEX 71 1250,
CEX 71 1600,
CEX 71 2000,
CEX 98 2560,
CEX 54 3000,
CEX 98 3000,
CEX 98 5000,
CEX 60 5000,
CEX 60 5500,
CEX 60 6200.
CEX 71 1250 2.1

Reinforced insulation
Field circuit breakers - CEX 80 to 6200 A
A1 : complete thyristor bridge. Use Description

A2 : thyristor starter. Switching on and cutting off the excitation circuit of a ■ 1, 2 or 3 magnetic arc-blow-out contactor poles:
ALT : alternator.
C1 : contactor for field supply.
machine, inserting a discharge resistor at the terminals of - silver alloy contacts for calibre 80 to 5000 A.
EX : inductor. the inductor at the time of the break. - copper contacts (on request).
EXT : static excitation. The drawing below represents the static excitation circuit ■ One magnetic arc-blow-out dosing pole with overlapping
Ko : relay for regulation and release. of an alternator. with the contactor poles.
Rd : discharge resistor.
■ One mechanical latching with single or double electrical
T1 : excitation transformer.
release.
■ Magnetic circuit for over-excited coil supplied with DC
current:
- closing: economy resistor for calibre 80 to 200 A, deliv-
ered separately.
- opening: one NO contact connected in series with the
coil opens at the same time as the contactor.
■ Auxiliary contacts:
- range 80 to 200 A: 1 one M3 block type F102-Y with
C1 one NC overlap contact inserting the resistor, one NO
T1 contact switching off the tripping coil and one NO
ALT
contact available.
EX A1 - range 400 to 1000 A: two D-blocks, that is
2 NO + 2 NC contacts available and one M3 block type
Rd F102-Z with one overlap NC contact inserting the resis-
regulator
Voltage
tor, one NO contact switching off the tripping coil and

A2
Ko
one contact available.
= - range 1250 to 5000 A: one NC arc-blow-out contact
inserting the resistor, one M3 block type F102-Z with
one NO contact switching off the tripping coil,
EXT
1 NO + 1 NC contacts available.
Double CEX
Double CEX contactors (contactors for field supply) For a maximum pole switch-off voltage of:
ranging from 80 to 1000 A are equipped with a 2000 V for range 80 to 200 A,
mechanical coupling whereas double CEX contactors 2200 V for range 400 to 1000 A,
ranging from 1250 to 5000 A are equipped with a 2400 V for range1250 to 6200 A.
manual release system.
76
§10.CEX 80 à 5000_GB Page 77 Mercredi, 26. avril 2000 11:19 11
modular contactor
LENOIR-ELEC · F 54400 LONGWY Field circuit breakers (excitation contactors) from 80 to 6200 A
Technical features
VED
IMPRO ANCES
RM
PERFO
CEX 98 3000 2.1
Contactor pole 80 150 200 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2560 3000 3000 5000(10) 5000 5500 6200
Génération 55/57 55/57 55/57 75 75 75 75 75 71 71 71 98 98 54 98 60 60 60
Thermal nominal current A 80 150 200 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2560 3000 3000 5000 5000 5500 6200
connecting section mm2 35 70 95 240 300 400 500 600 1000 1400 1600 1900 3000 3000 5000 5000 6000 7000
Operating voltage
two-pole or single-pole break V 500 500 500 550 550 550 550 550 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
three-pole break V 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
2 two-pole breaks in series V 1400 1400 1400 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Insulating voltage
two-pole or single-pole break V 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
three-pole break V 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250 6250
2 two-pole breaks in series V 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500
Short-time current, t 40°C
1s kA 1 1.75 2.5 10 12 14 24 26 41 30 65 43 36
5s kA 0.5 0.8 1.15 4.5 5.75 6.5 11 12.5 20 15 30 21.6 43 16 50 25 27 31
10 s kA 0.35 0.57 0.81 3.25 4 4.5 7.8 8.5 13.5 10.9 21 15.7 30 11.5 40 20 22 24.5
15 s kA 0,3 0.51 0.7 1.9 2.4 2.7 4.6 5 7.9 6 12 12.5 25.7 9.5 36 15 16.5 18.5
30 s kA 0.23 0.42 0.56 1.9 2.4 2.7 4.6 5 7.9 6 12 8.6 17.3 7 24 11 12 13.5
1 min kA 0.19 0.31 0.43 1.4 1.78 2 3.3 3.65 5.5 4.5 8.5 6.5 12.2 5.4 17 8.5 9 10.5
3 min kA 0.14 0.3 0.4 0.88 1.1 1.3 2 2.3 3.3 3 5 4.3 7.2 4 10 6.5 7 8
10 min kA 0.12 0.26 0.35 0.62 0.79 0.92 1.38 1.6 2 2.2 3.2 3.1 4.6 3.3 6.5 5.6 6 6.9
Maximum switch-off voltage
single-pole break V 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 700 700 700 700 700 600 700 600 600 600
two-pole break V 1000 1000 1000 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1200/1500(3)
1200/
1500(3)
1200/
1500(3) 1500 1500 1200 1500 1200 1200 1200
1500/ 1500/ 1500/ 1500/ 1500/ 1500/ 1500/ 1500/ 1500/ 1500/ 1500/ 1500/
three-pole break(1) V 1500 1500 1500 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 1800 2100
four-pole break V 2000 2000 2000 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 2400 3000 2400 2400 2400
(2 two-pole breaks in series)(1)
Current switch-off rating under a given voltage, with L/R=15 ms (1)
single-pole break under 500 V kA 0.5 1.4 3.5 8 8
550 V kA 6 7 7 18 18 23 23 23 23 23 35 23 35 35 35
700 V kA 15 15 15 15 15 15
two-pole break under 500 V kA 32 32 32 32 32 55 32 55 55 55
700 V kA 0.5 1.4 3.5 6 10 10 17 17 23 23 23 23 23 35 23 35 35 35
1000 V kA 0.25 0.7 1.75 5 7 7 10 10 19 19 19 19 19 35 19 35 35 35
1500 V(3) kA 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6
three-pole break under 1000 V kA 6 10 10 17 17 23 23 23 23 23 35 23 35 35 35
1500 V kA 5 7 7 10 10 19 19 19 19 19 24 19 24 24 24
1800 V kA 2 2.5 2.5 8 8 14 14 14 14 14 20 14 20 20 20
2000 V kA 1.5 2 2 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8
four-pole break 1000 V kA 30 30 30 30 30 55 30 55 55 55
(2 two-pole breaks in series) 2000 V kA 0.25 0.7 1.75 5 7 7 10 10 19 19 19 19 19 35 19 35 35 35
3000 V kA 5 5 5 5 5 5
(1) maximum switch-off voltage is directly linked to the current to cut (6) two pole break: one break on each line. •Temperature factor to apply to the power or to the current controlled
off, as well as to the different configurations (single-pole, two- (7) 800 A, on request. according to the ambient temperature (around the contactor).
pole, three-pole breaks, 2 two-pole break in series). (8) average consumption under 220 V. For ranges 80 to 2000 A, 54-3000, 60-5000, 60-5500 and
In onder to choose the best contactor, please consult our technical For other voltages, consult us.
department. (9) average consumption under 220 V with single pole or two-pole 60-6200 A, no derating up to 55° C.
(2) 500 A and 1000 A, on request. break on a single line only.
(3) dimensions given with separator between the poles. For other voltages, consult us. 1.04 40 t 45°C
(4) one single control circuit. (10) for 5500 A, lower section C = 15 mm. 1.08 45 t 50°C
(5) standard ratings for rupturing pole: 1.12 50 t 55°C
1.19 55 t 60°C
rupturing CEX 98 2560/3000 CEX 98 5000 Maximum
pole type of break type of break switch-off
rating (number of blow- (number od blow- voltage (V)
out poles) out poles)
500(7) 1 1 700
500(7) 2 2 1500
800 2(6) 1500
500(7) 3 3 2100
800 4 4 3000
77
§10.CEX 80 à 5000_GB Page 80 Mardi, 29. mai 2001 9:32 09
AM
PR ØL Ø13 P AT PR PC TP M M
PC CM
M C2 ØK C2
147
B7
B3
N B4
B
B2 B6 B5
B1
210
ØK C1 28
ØL
modular contactors
PF 15
C C1
PF 31. CEX 57 80 - 150 - 200 2.1
37.5 A1 100 100 S
15
A
E
Z
A1 B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 C C1 C2 ØK ØL
80 (1) (6) 155,5 101 93 48 190 101 93 82 122 27 30 6 6
150 (1) 209,5 112 102 61 190 101 93 82 158 29 33 8 6
200 (1) 235 120 107 103 146 114 104 99 211 32 36 10 8
Ue : 500 VÜ
2 closing poles and one rupturing pole AM: mechanical latching with
electrical release.
Two-pole break
Cote entre paliers : A AT: mechanical coupling for

M type With mechanical latching with single electrical With mechanical latching with single electrical connecting in series 2 equip-
auxiliary Without mechanical latching release (foresee 1 NO contact for switching release (2 NO contacts for switching ments with 2 contactor poles,
contacts off the release coil) off the release coils) for use under voltages 500 V
80
Without delayed block With a delayed block Without delayed block With a delayed block Without delayed block With a delayed block and 1000 V.
NO NC 80 A 150 A 200 A 80 A 150 A 200 A 80 A 150 A 200 A 80 A 150 A 200 A 80 A 150 A 200 A 80 A 150 A 200 A Superimposed contactors, cen-
tre distance: 400 mm.
1 1 425 (2) 425 (2) 425 (4) 500 (3) 500 (3) 500 (4) 475 (2) 475 (2) 475 (4) 550 (3) 550 (3) 550 (4) CM: magnetic circuit.
2 1 425 (2) 425 (2) 425 (4) 500 (3) 500 (3) 500 (4) 475 (2) 475 (2) 475 (4) 550 (3) 550 (3) 500 (4) 525 (2) 525 (2) 525 (4) 600 (3) 600 (3) 600 (4) E: attachment centre distance
2 2 425 (2) 425 (2) 425 (4) 500 (3) 500 (3) 500 (4) 475 (2) 475 (3) 475 (4) 550 (3) 550 (3) 550 (4) 525 (2) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (3) 600 (3) 600 (4) (L = A + 75 mm).
3 2 425 (2) 425 (2) 425 (4) 500 (3) 500 (3) 500 (4) 475 (2) 475 (3) 475 (4) 550 (3) 550 (3) 550 (4) 525 (2) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (3) 600 (3) 600 (4) M: M type auxiliary contact
block(5).
3 3 425 (2) 425 (3) 425 (4) 500 (3) 500 (3) 500 (4) 475 (2) 475 (3) 475 (4) 550 (3) 550 (4) 550 (4) 525 (2) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (3) 600 (4) 600 (4) P: left bearing.
4 3 475 (2) 475 (3) 475 (4) 550 (3) 550 (3) 550 (4) 525 (2) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (3) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (2) 575 (3) 575 (4) 650 (3) 650 (4) 650 (4) PC: contactor pole.
4 4 475 (2) 475 (3) 475 (4) 550 (3) 550 (4) 550 (4) 525 (2) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (3) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (2) 575 (3) 575 (4) 650 (3) 650 (4) 650 (4) PF: attachment plane.
5 4 475 (2) 475 (3) 475 (4) 550 (3) 550 (4) 550 (4) 525 (3) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (3) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (3) 575 (3) 575 (4) 650 (3) 650 (4) 650 (4) PR: rupturing pole.
S: metallic support for «Ronis
5 5 475 (2) 475 (3) 475 (4) 550 (3) 550 (4) 550 (4) 525 (3) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (3) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (3) 575 (3) 575 (4) 650 (3) 650 (4) 650 (4) type» lock for locking the con-
6 5 475 (2) 475 (3) 475 (4) 550 (3) 550 (4) 550 (4) 525 (3) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (3) 575 (3) 575 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) tactor at rest (lock not sup-
6 6 475 (3) 475 (3) 475 (4) 550 (4) 550 (4) 550 (4) 525 (3) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (3) 575 (3) 575 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) plied).
TP: block with 2 delayed con-
Overall dimensions CEX 57 80 to 200 A
7 6 525 (3) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (3) 575 (3) 575 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) 625 (3) 625 (3) 625 (4) 700 (4) 700 (4) 700 (4)
Field circuit breakers (excitation contactors) from 80 to 6200 A
tacts(5).
7 7 525 (3) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (3) 575 (3) 575 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) 625 (3) 625 (3) 625 (4) 700 (4) 700 (4) 700 (4) Z: total length of the fixation
8 7 525 (3) 525 (3) 525 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (3) 575 (4) 575 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) 625 (3) 625 (4) 625 (4) 700 (4) 700 (4) bar (Z = A + 105 mm).
8 8 525 (3) 525 (4) 525 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (3) 575 (4) 575 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) 625 (3) 625 (4) 625 (4) 700 (4) 700 (4) Length increased on simple
9 8 525 (3) 525 (4) 525 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (3) 575 (4) 575 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) 625 (3) 625 (4) 625 (4) 700 (4) 700 (4) request, in that case, please
advise the position of the con-
9 9 525 (3) 525 (4) 525 (4) 600 (4) 600 (4) 575 (3) 575 (4) 575 (4) 650 (4) 650 (4) 625 (3) 625 (4) 625 (4) 700 (4) 700 (4) tactor on the bar.
Insulating distance (safety perimeter) (1) U 500 V: A1 = 50 mm (without AT)

metallic walls insulated walls U 500 V and 1000 V: A1 = 78 mm
(space available for AT), PLEASE CONSULT US for total overall dimensions.
Calibre 250 V 250 V 250 V 250 V (2) magnetic circuit n° 63 (power-saved version available on request).
(3) magnetic circuit n° 64.
M N M N M N M N (4) magnetic circuit n° 64, power-saved version (Foresee one NC contact for inserting
80 55 45 110 80 45 35 90 65 the economy resistor).
(5) forme to be specified.
150 105 75 125 95 85 60 105 75 (6) for contactor mounted on a single bar, PLEASE CONSULT US for a total overall dimensions:
200 165 135 235 185 130 105 185 145 A1 = 50 mm.
Control circuit: for connection drawings, see p. 144.
Description of contactor’s
components
CFrame
The basic frame of contactor consists of one fixed rod for The shaft and the rod(s) are coated with a high-resistance
the 80 to 200 A range or four fixed rods for the 400 to insulator. The mechanical endurance of these contactors
5000 A range, a moving shaft, two bearings and their is of several million operations.
bushes.
Frame CBA - CBC - 71 - 1250/2000 A type

Electromagnet
The electromagnet consists of a “magnetic circuit + trip Use in DC mode:
coil” assembly, normally located on the right side of the
poles. A laminated magnetic circuit can be used in DC mode
In compliance with international standards, voltage at without any drawbacks. In this case, the coil used differs
coil terminals must be between 85 and 110% of the from the coil normally used for AC voltage of same value
coil’s nominal voltage. and requires the insertion of an economy resistor.
Coil DC type magnetic circuit
The function of the coil is to produce the magnetic flux No eddy currents are formed in the magnetic circuit of an
required to attract the moving armature of the electro- electromagnet supplied with DC current. In some cases, it
magnet. is preferable to select a solid steel electromagnet espe-
It is designed to resist the mechanical shocks caused by cially designed for DC current instead of the AC current
the closings and openings of the contactors and the type laminated magnetic circuit, requiring indispensible
electromagnetic shocks caused by the current passing adaptations, as they are better suited to the conditions of
through its windings. use (high rates, high endurance, no peak on closing).
The coils used are especially resistant to overvoltages,

shocks, aggressive environmental conditions and are
made of reinforced enamelled copper wire; they are
Coil for laminated magnetic circuit
vacuum impregnated and some are overmoulded.
AC type magnetic circuit
Characteristics:
- silicon steel plates assembled by rivets,
- laminated circuit to reduce the eddy currents which are
generated in all metallic masses subjected to alternat-
ing flux (these eddy currents reduce the effective flux
for a given magnetizing current and cause unwanted
heating of the magnetic circuit),
- accurate grinding of the fixed and moving parts ensur-
ing silent operation,
- one or two phase-shift or Frager rings creating, in part
of the circuit, a flux offset with respect to the main
alternating flux. This feature prevents the periodic elim-
ination of the attraction force total flux (which would
cause noisy vibrations).
Coil for solid magnetic circuit
21
LENOIR-ELEC · F 54400 LONGWY Description of contactor’s components
Main poles
6
12 These poles make and break the current in the power cir-
cuit. Consequently, they are sized to take the nominal
8 current of the contactor, in permanent duty, without
abnormal heating.
They include a fixed part and a moving part, the moving
5 1 part is equipped with springs transferring a suitable pres-
3
sure to the contacts.
The kinematic study of the contacts and magnetic circuits
has allowed us to keep the contact bounce to a minimum
which contributes to an extended electrical lifetime.
The main poles are single pin.
The current only passes through the arc-blowout pole coil
during opening. It is introduced into the circuit by the arc
when it passes from the fixed pin to the arc-blowout
horn.
2 Used to solve some automatic operating problems, rup-
turing poles operate in the opposite way to opening
4 7 poles: their contacts are “conductive” when the control
electromagnet is not supplied and “nonconductive”
11
when energized.
10
9
View of a c osing po e Main contacts Arc-blowout coil

CBA - CBC 71 2000 A
80 to 200 A range, two types of contacts exist: Depending on the current, this coil is made of a flat edge
- copper contacts (C) for current use, semi-intensive and conductor or round enamelled wire.
1: fixed contact, intensive duties (AC_2 - AC’2 - AC_3 - AC_4 - DC_2 - The arc-blowout coil is normally sized for the pole’s nom-
2: moving contact, DC_3 - DC_4 - DC_5 use). inal thermal current.
3: upper connecting section, - silver or silver alloy contacts (M) for continuous, semi- In DC, when the current used is 50 % lower than the
4: lower connecting section, intensive and intensive duties particularly recom- nominal thermal current of the device, the arc-blowout
5: arc blowout coil, mended for low voltages and corrosive or dusty envi- coil must be adapted to suit the current used.
6: arc blowout cage, ronmental conditions (AC_1 - AC_2 - AC’2 - AC_3 -
7: moving blowout horn, DC_1 - DC_2 - DC_3 - DC_4 - DC_5 use). Blowout cages
8: fixed blowout horn,
9: fixation bars, 400 to 1000 A range: All arc-blowout poles are equipped with blowout cages.
10: moving shaft, - silver - calcium oxide contact. They are made of “compound polyester” for the 80 to
11: supple connection, 2000 A range and of micro-concrete reinforced with
12: metallic wing. 1250 to 2000 A range: glass fibre for the 2500 to 6200 A range. In addition, all
the blowout cages for contactors ranging from 150 to
■ 1250 A poles:
2000 A are equipped with metallic wings that fraction
- copper contact (C), the electric arc, allowing its extinction and dissipation.
- silver cadmium oxide contact (M) on request for use The easy and fast extraction of these blowout cages
with very low voltages or in corrosive or dusty environ- allows at any time the main contacts to be efficiently
mental conditions. checked for wear and replaced if necessary.
Changing the contact type does not increase the nominal
thermal current of the device.
■ 1600 to 2000 A poles:
- silver cadmium oxide contact only.
■ 2500 to 5000 A poles:
- copper contact (C),
- silver cadmium oxide contact (M).
22
Auxiliary contacts
There are three types: - M block
- D block Several configurations possible.
Including 1 normally open contact and 1 normally closed
contact, installed above the magnetic circuit for the - TP 86 pneumatic delayed block
400 to 1000 A range with a maximum of 4 blocks D per (See technical specifications for each type).
magnetic circuit.
Mechanical locking between two contactors

Types of contactors allowing mutual mechanical locking For a different center-to-center distance or for locking
of two contactors exist. two contactors of different sizes, please consult our tech-
This locking is achieved by rod and requires vertical align- nical department.
ment of the bearings opposite the magnetic circuit on
the two contactors.
Locking by “RONIS” type lock

Possibility to lock all types of contactors by a “RONIS”
type lock.
Support manufactured on request (lock not supplied).
23
Mechanical latching with electrical release

General
Mechanically latched contactors are equipped with a ■ Operation

mechanical locking facility with electrical and manual
release that enables them to remain closed although the Such contactors are equipped with a mechanical latching
coil is no more supplied. facility with one or two tripping coils, supplied in direct or
alternating current (in that first case, the coils are not
■ Use polarised). When a short pulse is applied to the contactor
(control by pulse switch, required time 0.5 s), this one
Specific properties of contactors with mechanical latch- closes and remains mechanically latched. It is no more
ing and electrical release make them suitable for various necessary to supply the closing coil, the contactor
applications. remains closed.
The opening of the contactor is obtained by exciting the
❑ Properties tripping coil.
- preservation of the sequence memory in automation ■ Precautions of use

equipments in case of disappearance of the control
voltage. For 80 to 200 A range, it is necessary to foresee one
- energy savings, as the coil‘s source of supply does not automatic switch-off contact for the tripping coil(s) to
produce any current when the contactor is lachted. avoid their destruction in case of extended command. For
- change of state “open”-”closed” by supplying the trip- other ranges, this contact is directly pre-cabled on the
ping coil. contactor as all these coils are pulse coils.
- insensibility to the network’s disruptions.
- silent contactors when latched. ■ Manual release facility
❑ Applications On standard versions, for our whole range (except 80 to

200 A range) contactors are equipped with a manual
These contactors are suitable for: release facility, useful in case of disappearance of the con-
- refineries, power stations, excitation circuits, electro- trol voltage for example (for 80 to 200 A range, available
magnet controls,… on request).
- contactors remaining closed for long times, example:
- refinery, ■ Options
- power supply,
- low voltage distribution. Individual protective system for the tripping coils provid-
- selective opening control. ing memorisation of the defect that caused the opening,
- no untimely closings or openings of the main poles. one contact for its visualisation and remote or local clos-
- current conductor for applications over 1000 V. ing facility can be supplied separately on a pre-cabled
support plate.
All our contactors can be equipped with a

mechanical latching with single or double release.
24
§04.Contacts auxiliaires_GB Page 25 Jeudi, 11. mai 2000 11:21 11
modular contactors
Auxiliary contacts
As for the main poles, the

number of auxiliary contacts
can vary in a significant way.
3 types of auxiliary contacts
blocks exist:
D type
Available only on the
80 to 1000 A range.
M type
Avaible on all our range of contactors;
several configurations are possible to D type block
meet all the requirements.
TP 86 type
Delayed blocks available on all our
range of contactors:
-A: delayed at rest,
-C: delayed at work.
M type block
Delayed block
25
modular contactors
LENOIR-ELEC · F 54400 LONGWY Auxiliary contacts
Technical features and overall dimensions
M type blocks
1. Instantanés Type M
Use Description
On all modular contactors from 80 to 6200 A. ■ Block of 2 (M2) or 3 (M3) silver pad contacts with double
break on closing or opening.
■ The flexibility of the fixed support causes a self-cleaning
action on the contacts allowing use for low control volt-
ages (24 and 48 V) without risk of failure.
Technical features
Maximum operating voltage

AC V 500
DC V 600
Thermal nominal current A 15
Current switch-on rating 500 VAC or 600 VDC A 60
Current switch-off rating under a voltage of V 110 220 440 500 600
AC A 15 15 15 15
DC
on resistive circuit
1 contact A 15 5 1 0.75 0.6
Block of 5 (M5) silver pad contacts with dou- 2 contacts in series A 15 3.25 3
3 contacts in series A 5 4.5
ble break on closing or opening for 1250 to
on inductive circuit
5000 A range, on request. L/R = 15 ms
1 contact A 7 1 0.5 0.4 0.3
2 contacts in series A 15 1.5 0.75 0.7
3 contacts in series A 8 2 1.2
on inductive circuit
L/R = 40 ms
1 contact A 3 0.4 0.15 0.14
2 contacts in series A 15 0.7 0.6 0.4
3 contacts in series A 2.5 0.7 0.6
Weight
M2 kg 0.210
M3 kg 0.260
Dimensions
M2 block M3 block
40
102 102
56 56
travel 8 travel 8
26
contacteurs de puissance
Different versions
M type blocks
Operating diagrams (instant M type)
Items Diagrams Schematics Items Diagrams Schematics

M type with 2 contacts
2.4 2.2 4.2 2.2
NO 1 NO 1
O2 - Z O2 - Y
NO 2 NO 2
2.3 2.1 4.1 2.1
1.4 1.2 1.2 3.2

NC 1 NC 1
F2 - Z F2 - Y
NC 2 NC 2
1.3 1.1 1.1 3.1
2.2 1.2 2.2 3.2

NC 1 NC 1
F1O1 - Z F1O1 - Y
NO 2 NO 2
2.1 1.1 2.1 3.1
4.2 3.2 4.2 1.2

NC 1 NC 1
F1O1 - X F1O1 - W
NO 2 NO 2
4.1 3.1 4.1 1.1
M type with 3 contacts

NO 1 2.6 2.4 2.2 NO 1 4.2 2.4 2.2
O3 - Z NO 2 O3 - Y NO 2
NO 3 2.5 2.3 2.1 NO 4.1 2.3 2.1
3
NC 1 1.6 1.4 1.2 NC 1 1.4 1.2 3.2

F3 - Z NC 2 F3 - Y NC 2
NC 3 1.5 1.3 1.1 NC 3 1.3 1.1 3.1
NC 1 2.4 2.2 1.2 NC 1 2.4 2.2 3.2

F1O2 - Z NO 2 F1O2 - Y NO 2
NO 3 2.3 2.1 1.1 NO 3 2.3 2.1 3.1
NC 1 2.2 1.4 1.2 NC 1 2.2 1.2 3.2

F2O1 - Z NC 2 F2O1 - Y NC 2
NO 3 2.1 1.3 1.1 NO 3 2.1 1.1 3.1
NC 1 4.2 1.2 3.2 NC 1 4.2 1.4 1.2

F2O1 - X NC 2 F2O1 - W NC 2
NO 3 4.1 1.1 3.1 NO 3 4.1 1.3 1.1
NC 1 4.2 2.2 3.2 NC 1 4.2 2.2 1.2

F1O2 - X NO 2 F1O2 - W NO 2
NO 3 4.1 2.1 3.1 NO 3 4.1 2.1 1.1
Contact representation:
contact closed contact open
closing direction Use Marks
contacts made instant NC locking 1
contacts broken instant NO hold 2
2 2 delayed NC power-saving - overlap 3

5.5
5.5
travel 8 mm delayed NO overlap 4
27
modular contactors
Technical features
D type blocks and delayed blocks
2. D type instant contacts

Use Description
On 80 to 1000 A bar contactors. Block of 2 contacts (NO + NC).

Under
AC voltage of V 24 48 127 220 380 500
DC voltage of V 24 48 110 220
Operating current
AC A 10 10 7 5 3 2.5
DC A 5 3 1 0.5
resistive circuit
DC A 5 2 0.8 0.3
inductive circuit L/R = 15 ms
Occasional current switch-on and switch-off rating
AC A 20 20 15 12 8 5
DC A 20 15 4 0.8
resistive circuit
DC A 20 15 3 0.6
inductive circuit L/R = 15 ms
3. TP 86 type delayed contacts

Use Description
On 80 to 6200 A modular contactors Block includes:
■ 4 instantaneous auxiliary contacts 3 NO + 1 NC.
■ 2 auxiliary contacts, 1 NO + 1 NC delayed; delay adjusta-
ble from 0 to 30 seconds.
2 different blocks:
TP 86 A: delayed block counting from contactor
closing.
TP 86 C: delayed block counting from contactor
opening.
Technical features

Nominal voltage V 660
Insulating voltage V 750
Under
AC voltage of V 48 110/127 220 380 440 660
DC voltage of V 24 48 110 220 440 600
On request, TP 86 type blocks can be deliv-
Operating power
ered with adjustable delay: 1 million operations
AC VA 300 500 600 520 500 390
- from 0.1 to 3 seconds,
DC W 120 90 75 68 61 58
- from 0.1 to 180 seconds 3 million operations
AC VA 160 300 330 300 280 190
DC W 70 50 38 33 28 27
10 million operations
AC VA 70 100 110 100 100 80
DC W 25 18 14 12 10 9
Occasional current switch-on and switch-off rating
AC VA 3000 7000 12000 15000 14000 13000
DC W 1000 700 400 260 220 170
28
M24714 2/05/00 14:33 Page 2
Remove any significant metal deposits by lightly scraping the wall and then blow out the chute.
TYPE M AUXILIARY AND BLOW-OUT MAINTENANCE
After inspection, put the arc chute back in place by performing the above operations in reverse INSTRUCTIONS
order. Then make sure it sits correctly on the fixed chute tip and that the bosses are completely CONTACTS M24714A/01
fitted into their seats. LENOIR - ELEC 09/98
Make sure that the moving contact moves freely without rubbing against the arc chute inner walls.
Y V Y S MAINTENANCE
Check to ensure that the nuts and screws for securing the contactors and tightening the connec-
tions remain properly locked and restrained.
Cleaning the insulating materials
NO contact
NC or NO contacts To avoid scratching the varnish, blow out or remove with a soft brush any dust deposits between
- check distance Y for the NC and NO contacts. live parts. This operation is very important when dust contains conducting materials and should
Y V
- when this distance measures less than 1 mm, due to be performed frequently.
wear of the fingers, the contacts should be changed.
The contacts require practically no maintenance. If L Check to ensure that interacting parts slide freely : drive shaft
slight beading occurs, remove with a smooth file. A in its bearings, moving contacts D in the insulating spacers
NC contact E
B, captive moving contacts D in the insulating feet groove E.
Never use abrasive cloth or paper. J On all of these contacts wear of drive shaft A and lever F can
be compensated by adjusting the screws G holding the lever
A on contactor shaft H.
K Replacing the blow-out coil D
Shaft A has a mandatory travel distance of 8 mm and should
- remove the arc chute B F
- disconnect the coil be set accordingly. NEVER EXCEED THIS VALUE.
- remove screw M holding the core (if necessary, loo-
G After completion of the above setting, the contacts should be
sen screw N to release core downwards) H
- put the core equipped with the coil back in place and replaced when distance X is less than 0.5 mm or the contact
N
secure with screw M fixed contact tips are worn.
- connect the conductor that penetrates the LEFT flan- Replacing the contacts :
P M ge of the coil at the contact finger using the finger - disconnect the terminals
x
mounting screw - completely dismantle the assembly by removing both
- connect the conductor on the right side to the input screws J
terminal - carefully note the location of the various parts before remo-
Replacing the contacts - tighten screw N and put the arc chute back in place. ving nuts L
- remove the arc chute
moving contact - reassemble in reverse order
For fixed contacts :
- tighten the Nylstop nuts with a torque of 0.25 m/kg.
* remove screw P holding the contact. When reassembling, do not forget to reconnect the blow-
out coil between the fixed contact and the head of screw P.
For moving contacts :
CONTACT WITH ARC CHUTE
2 - remove the arc chute
* remove pin V or twist key S one quarter turn, as appropriate (this releases the spring and
- push the arc chute upwards and swing around C (arrow 1)
contact)
C to release the arc chute rear bosses from their seat
* disconnect the shunt 1 - then pull the arc chute out (arrow 2)
* reassemble in reverse order using new parts.
Z.I de Gouraincourt Make sure that no metal has been deposited on the arc chute
Avenue Raymond Poincaré inner walls due to arcing.
54400 LONGWY (FRANCE)
LENOIR - ELEC Tél : 33 (0)3 82 23 79 89 Fax : 33 (0)3 82 23 84 30
moving blowout horn
MAINTENANCE
CLEANING SUPPORT BAR INSULATION CONTACTORS TYPE INSTRUCTIONS
To avoid scratching the varnish, blow out or remove with a soft brush any dust deposits between CBA - CBC - CEX 80 to 200
live parts. This operation is very important when dust contains conducting materials and should
M25414A/02
be performed frequently. LENOIR - ELEC 09/98
RUPTURING POLE ADJUSTMENT MAINTENANCE
I WITHOUT OVERLAPPING ( FOR CBA & CBC ) Check to ensure that the nuts and screws for securing the contactors and tightening the connec-
tions remain properly locked and restrained.
- For adjustment of main poles, see maintenance instructions M24220A/01 chapter «REPLA- Check to ensure that the shaft moves freely in its bearings with a slight lateral gap (maximum 1
CING THE CONTACTS» to obtain a wippe : mm).
CBA , CBC , CEX 80 A between 2.4 & 3.2 mm The bearings require no maintenance. They are factory-lubricated for the design life of the devi-
CBA , CBC , CEX 150 A ( copper contact ) between 3.9 & 4.9 mm ce.
CBA , CBC , CEX 150 A ( silver contact ) between 3 & 4 mm Make sure that the surfaces in contact with the fixed and moving magnetic circuits are always
CBA , CBC , CEX 200 A ( copper contact ) between 3.9 & 4.9 mm very clean.
CBA , CBC , CEX 200 A ( silver contact ) between 2.9 & 3.9 mm
- The dimension F of the rupturing pole ( picture N° 1 ) must be : RUPTURING POLE MAINTENANCE
- For the range 80A, between 7 & 8 mm Remove blowout cage if there is :
- For the range 150 and 200A, between 7.5 & 8.5 mm Squeeze against one another both supports of the
arc-chute by raising it.
II WITH OVERLAPPING ( FOR CEX ) When the wear of the silver chip fingers is too
F
- For adjustment of main poles, see maintenance instructions M24220A/01 chapter «REPLA- great, you have to change the contacts.
CING THE CONTACTS» to obtain the same wippe as in the above chapter. Make sure that no metal has been deposited on
- The dimension F of the rupturing pole ( picture N° 1 ) must be 6 mm. the arc-chute inner walls due to arcing.
III METHOD FOR ADJUSTMENT Remove any significant metal deposits by lightly
scraping the wall and then blow out the arc-chute.
- In case it does not have any mechanical latching with electrical release, the contactor must be After inspection, put the arc-chute back in place.
closed otherwise mechanically latched. K L Make sure that the moving contact of the pole
- The adjustment is obtained by acting on the screws N and O. moves freely without rubbing against the arc-chute
* If you loose the screw O, you will tighten the screw N accordingly, the dimension F will inner walls.
be decreased. The contacts require practically no maintenance. If
* If you loose the screw N, you will tighten the screw O accordingly, the dimension F will O slight beadings occur, remove them with a smooth
be increased. file.
- The checking of overlapping or not can be done by oscillographical plotting. N Never use abrasive cloth or paper.
NOTA :
To optimize the overlapping, we may need to reduce the dimension F to 5 mm during the
adjustment, but without never being lower.
REPLACING THE CONTACTS

Remove the arc-chute if there is.
- fixed contact : remove the screw K
Z.I de Gouraincourt
- moving contact : remove the screw L
Avenue Raymond Poincaré Reassemble in the reverse order and take into account the recommendations in chapter
54400 LONGWY (FRANCE) «RUPTURING POLE MAINTENANCE».
M25417_01 20/06/01 14:39 Page 2
MECHANICAL LATCHING MAINTENANCE

WITH ELECTRICAL RELEASE INSTRUCTIONS
M25417A/01
LENOIR - ELEC CBA , CBFC, CBC , CEX 80 to 200 03/96
F REPLACING THE COIL
Dismantle :
- Remove the screw (F), remove the fixed magnetic circuit from the moving one and
G
F L then remove the spring file (G) and release the coil
Reassemble :
- Put in the reverse order and check the adjustments as below.
N J1 ADJUSTMENT
D - When the contactor magnetic circuit is under voltage, add or remove the shims (A) to
obtain a gap (J1) between 0.1 and 0.4 mm ( picture N° 2 )
Picture N° 1 - When the contactor magnetic cirucit is out of volatge and mechanically latched :
* adjust the screw (B) so that, when you put a 1 mm shim (M) between the screw
(B) and the roller, the contactor should not release, but remains mechanically lat-
ched. On the contrary, a 2 mm shim will make it release.
* with the moving magnetic circuit, which is manually closed, adjust the screw (N)
to obtain J1 = 2 mm .
* check that the spring spirals (D) never join
J1 * with the magnetic circuit, which does not work, check there is a sufficient gap bet
ween the nut (N) and the lever (L) to make the device release.
M
B
RECOMMENDATION
A The tripping coil has a voltage load and can only be used by impulse ( one NO contact
must be inserted with the tripping coil ).
Picture N° 2
Z.I de Gouraincourt
Avenue Raymond Poincaré
M24104_16 2/05/00 14:19 Page 3
SIZES 2500 TO 4000

MECHANICAL LOCKING MAINTENANCE
for bar contactors type INSTRUCTIONS
closing direction 80 to 4000A M24104A/16
LENOIR - ELEC 11/95
A contactor is
opened BE CAREFUL
B
When one of the contactors closes, the track rod of the mechanical locking always must
be tightened.
It is the same in case of locking for different size devices.
E - put attachments (A) on shafts (B) SIZES 80 TO 200
- assemble the track rod (C)

G
Fixation plane for
- adjust it to obtain :
the contactors closing direction
0,5
B
* the same length from each side (E).
* a 0.5 mm gap between stud (F) and contactor is
C F closed
the bottom of (G) on the lower part,
«upper» contactor is opened and A
«lower» contactor is closed. E
Fixation plane for

E B A the contactors - put attachments (A) on shafts (B)
C - assemble the track rod (C)
closing direction
F - adjust it to obtain :
contactor is
0,5
* the same length from each side (E).
closed * a 0.5 mm gap between stud (F) and
E A B the bottom of (G) on the upper part,
«upper» contactor is closed and
«lower» contactor is opened.
G
closing direction
contactor is
opened
Z.I de Gouraincourt
Avenue Raymond Poincaré
Ctlg-03 GB Page 2 Jeudi, 25. mai 2000 8:49 08
3.01 pole 80/200 CBA-CBPA-CBC-CBFC-CEX (55-57)
pole 80/200 CBA-CBPA-CBC-CBFC-CEX

1 2 3 4 5
pole 150 and 200 A
L
E
N
O
18
IR
-E
L
E
C
17
16
5
15 6
14
pole 80 A
3.01
13 12 11 10 9 8
Complete pole 80/200.
80 150 200
mark designation code brisch nr code brisch nr code brisch nr
complete pole contact in silver 90 050 44 543 019 90 055 44 543 028 90 062 44 543 035
CBA-CBPA-CBC-CBFC-CEX
complete pole contact in copper 90 057 44 543 025 90 064 44 543 032
CBA-CBPA-CBC-CBFC-CEX
1 bar 60 175 37 625 005 60 176 37 625 006 60 177 37 733 001
2 arc-blowout coil 80 A 94 136 38 442 013 94 137 38 442 015 94 138 38 442 017
arc-blowout coil (wire type) 10 A 94 132 38 434 004 94 132 38 434 004 94 132 38 434 004
3 insulating washer 60 172 37 211 003A 60 173 37 211 002B 60 174 37 211 001
see overleaf
LENOIR-ELEC · F 54400 LONGWY Edition 1999 . Rév.0

spare • modular contactors
3.01
page 2
pole 80/200 CBA-CBPA-CBC-CBFC-CEX
80 150 200
mark designation code brisch nr code brisch nr code brisch nr
4 right pole part 60 152 35 780 043 60 153 35 780 057 60 154 35 780 053
5 blowout cage (asbestos free) 94 139 41 423 013 94 148 41 423 031 94 146 41 423 029
6 moving contact in silver 94 105 36 241 018 94 117 36 243 016 94 118 36 243 017
moving contact in copper 94 030 35 628 002 94 032 35 628 004
7 eight-sided spring guide 94 040 35 651 078 94 040 35 651 078 94 040 35 651 078
8 contact spring 60 160 35 812 013 60 161 35 812 012 94 053 35 812 011
9 round spring guide 94 042 35 731 004 94 042 35 731 004 94 042 35 731 004
10 spring key 60 158 33 617 002 60 159 33 617 001 60 159 33 617 001
11 shunt 94 089 36 111 004 94 088 36 111 003 94 090 36 111 005
12 articulation screw 60 164 32 225 002 60 164 32 225 002 60 165 32 225 001
13 support for moving contact 60 162 35 780 046 60 163 36 554 017 60 163 36 554 017
14 left pole part 60 155 35 780 042 60 156 35 780 056 60 157 35 780 052
15 fixed contact in silver 94 106 36 241 019 94 114 36 243 012 94 115 36 243 013
fixed contact in copper 94 027 35 623 010 94 023 35 623 002
16 coil core 60 150 31 680 001 60 151 31 680 002 60 151 31 680 002
17 insulating pipe 60 170 37 244 015 60 171 37 244 010 60 171 37 244 010
18 support 60 167 34 411 022 60 168 34 411 019 60 169 34 411 020
complete kit for one pole contact in silver 94 158 44 850 028 94 160 44 850 030 94 162 44 850 033
(references nr 6-7-8-9-10 and 15 are included)
complete kit for one pole contact in copper 94 168 94 166 44 850 074 94 164 44 850 072

delayed block and fixation for

7.01 CBA-CBPA-CBC-CBFC-CEX 80/200
Complete delayed block and fixation

range 80/200.
designation code
delayed block TP 86 A and fixation for 30 x 21 bar 94 225
delayed block TP 86 A and fixation for 44 x 24 bar 94 226
delayed block TP 86 C and fixation for 30 x 21 bar 94 233
delayed block TP 86 C and fixation for 44 x 24 bar 94 234
Nota: precise the delay range in your order
from 0.1 up to 3 s
from 0.1 up to 30 s
from 0.1 up to 180 s
TP 86 A: NO delay
TP 86 C: NC delay

4.01 rupturing pole 80 CBA-CBC-CBFC-CBPA-CEX (55-57)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
17
16
15
14
13
12
11 10 9 8
4.01
Complete rupturing pole 80.
mark designation code brisch nr

complete rupturing pole 80 90 029 44 543 022
1 support bar 60 217 37 627 001
2 wedge 60 222 37 625 048
3 arc-blowout coil (wire type) 10 A 94 132 38 434 004
arc-blowout coil (wire type) 16 A 94 133 39 010 559
arc-blowout coil 80 A 94 136 38 442 013
4 insulating pipe 60 170 37 244 015
5 fixed contact 80 A 94 106 36 241 019
6 right pole part 60 152 35 780 043
see overleaf

4.01
page 2
rupturing pole 80 CBA-CBC-CBFC-CBPA-CEX
mark designation code brisch nr

7 blowout cage 80 A (asbastos free) 94 139 41 423 013
8 moving contact 80 A 60 223 36 241 021
9 rupturing shunt 80 A 94 091 36 111 006
10 control lever 60 221 35 215 005
11 articulation plate 60 183 35 610 005
12 contact spring 80 A 94 056 35 812 014
13 articulation lever 60 219 36 554 021
14 left pole part 60 155 35 780 042
15 coil core 60 150 31 680 001
16 support for fixed contact 60 218 34 411 021
17 insulating washer 80 A 60 172 37 211 003A
complete kit for one rupturing pole 80 contact in silver 94 159 44 850 029
(references 5 and 8 are included)

fixation auxiliary contact type M

6.02 for CBA-CBPA-CBC-CBFC-CEX 80/200
Fixation for one auxiliary contact type M for

CBA-CBPA-CBC-CBFC-CEX 80 up to 200 A
(without M block).
designation code
complete fixation for one auxiliary contact type M (without M block) 92 010
Fixation for superimposed auxiliary contacts

type M for CBA-CBPA-CBC-CBFC-CEX
80 up to 200 A (without M block).
designation code
complete fixation for superimposed auxiliary contacts type M (without M block) 90 139

Ctlg-09 GB Page 2 Jeudi, 27. avril 2000 8:52 08
9.01 tubular resistor QNC
80
48
1
ø28
115 19,5
144
6,5
20
Utilisation
For usual applications:

- control, excitation, discharge, start-up of low-voltage engines;
- economy resistor for contactor coils.
Technical description:
- cylindrical pipe in ceramic on which a strong wire in a special alloy is winded round;
- the whole is covered with enamel which has been treated at a high temperature;
- very strong, even in the case of very high ohm values;
- stainless.
Caracteristics:
type allowable power for a continuous use (1)

QNA 100
QNC 40
(1) for an overheating of about 300°C.
Tolerance regarding ohm value ± 8%.
The pointed out powers can be increased when the use is not continuous. On the below chart, you have multipling coefficients K1 to be used
on allowable powers for a continuous use.They will depend on some duration regarding the switching-on of resistors and on a maximum rate
of 4 switching-on per hour.
duration 5 mn 4 mn 3 mn 2 mn 1 mn 30 s. 20 s.
K1 1.25 1.50 2 3 5.5 8 10

Ctlg-09 GB Page 3 Jeudi, 27. avril 2000 8:52 08
9.01
page 2
tubular resistor QNC
value Ω Lenoir code brisch nr

1 93 000 44 611 200
1.25 93 001 44 611 201
1.6 93 002 44 611 202
2 93 003 44 611 203
2.5 93 004 44 611 204
3.2 93 005 44 611 205
4 93 006 44 611 206
5 93 007 44 611 207
6.4 93 008 44 611 208
8 93 009 44 611 209
10 93 010 44 611 210
12.5 93 011 44 611 211
16 93 012 44 611 212
20 93 013 44 611 213
25 93 014 44 611 214
32 93 015 44 611 215
40 93 016 44 611 216
50 93 017 44 611 217
64 93 018 44 611 218
80 93 019 44 611 219
100 93 020 44 611 220
125 93 021 44 611 221
160 93 022 44 611 222
200 93 023 44 611 223
250 93 024 44 611 224
320 93 025 44 611 225
400 93 026 44 611 226
500 93 027 44 611 227
640 93 028 44 611 228
800 93 029 44 611 229
1000 93 030 44 611 230
1250 93 031 44 611 231
1600 93 032 44 611 232
2000 93 033 44 611 233
2250 93 039
2500 93 034 44 611 234
3200 93 035 44 611 235
4000 93 036 44 611 236
5000 93 037 44 611 237
6400 93 038

I'
I
DESCRIPTION
O P E R A T I NIG
NSTRUCTION
? THYRISTOR
TYPE THYSTACK
O P E R A T I N GI N S T R U C T I O N S
1982 REF: CED- 82- 65 3- 067
BHARAT
flEAVYETECTRICATS
[T0.,
coNTROLEOUTPMENT DtvtgtoN
MYSORE . SOO
ROAD, BP.I.IGALOhE OZO
INDIA
I N D E X
Seee
l. AI.IDASSBI{BLY
I'IECHANICALCONSTRUCTION I
2. FIGURENo.8)
(REFERENCE
MODTTLE 3
3. DISC II]YPETHYRISTOR(REFERENCE
FIGURE NO.9) 3
4. R. C. CIRCUIT 4
FIGURENo.8, 5
6, FIGLIRL:io. 9 7
7, VIgi{ OF A THYRISTOR BRIDGE ASSEMBLYHOUSED

P.EAII.
IN STANDARD BI{EL CUBICLEIÎITH ALUMINIUM REACTORS
FIGUkE Nt ,10
8. REAR \:IEW UF THYRISTORBRIDGE ASSE}'TBLY IIOUSEDIN

STANDARD BHEL CUBICLEWITH CIRCT'LARCOPPER
REACTO.'i.S,
F I G U R EN o . l l 10
9, R.EARVIEW OF A TI{YRISTORCIIBICLE WITH OFF LOAD

ISOLATORS
FIGURENo,12 11
10. BHEL TI{YSTACKASSEMBTY(SITOR) WITH COVERPLATE

REMOVED.
FIGURENo, 13 L2
11. REAR VIEW OF A BHEL THYSTACKASSEMBLY(SITOR)

FIGIIRE No. L4 13
L2, FROM VIEI{ OF A BHEL TI{YSTACKTHYRISTORBRIDGE

FIGURE No. l-5 L4
13. }.{OI'ITTINGItrMENSIONSOF BHEL TI{YSTACK (SITOR) IN BHEL

STAI{DARDCUBICLE.
EIGITRENo.l-6 15
L4, MOI'NTINGDIMENSIONSOF BHEL THYSTACK(SITOR) IN BHEL

STANDARD CUBICLE PART OF FIGURE No.16
FIGURENo.17 16
cED 82-653-067
c.o.N.s.r.RI1cLr.0N.,4ND.
MEC-tl4Sr.cA.t :
4,SS.EUBIY
1.0 Ttre aeaeubllee are made up of etx modulea whlch are mounted ln
I
a mountlng frame.
The mountlng frarne, consistlng of lnsulatlng sectlons and conne-

ctlng bars for power cormectlon' accePts slx eltor modules. The
bars for each connectlon are bolted to the hl-gh current terml-
nals on each module which are located on the rear of the asse-
mbly.
The gate and cathode leads of each thyrlstor are lead to fast on
tabs mounted on a terminal sCrlp ln Che front slde of the assem-
bly. ( Ref. Fie. 13).
1.1 Each Module contains:
a single disc type thyriscor or two dLsc type thyristors

(in case of Antiparallel brldges generally not used ln
Excltatlon systen) clanped between two heat sink valves
for air cooling (7 in Flg. 8 ).
R.C.Ckts to prevent over voltages during commutation

(3 in rig. L4 ,.
a built in branch fuse totally rnatched wlth thyristor charac-

Eeristics ( 2 in fig. i3 ).
L.2 R. C. Circuits :
The resistor and capacitor fornlng the RC aurge suppreeston net-

work is sltuated behlnd the heat elnk of each module. One side
of the reslstor and capacltor ls electrlcally and echanlcally
attached to oDe heat slnk half. A wlre l1nk Jolne the other ter-
mlnals of the capacitor and reslstor ( Ref. 12, 13, 15 ln Flg. 8,
and also 5 ln Flg. 14 ).
1.3 Fuses:
AssenblLes are fltted rith arm fuses totally matched wlth the
thyristor characteristics.
cED 82-553-057
-: 2 t-
Each fuse is attached to the approprlate heat sink half (cathode)

wlth a specLal bracket. Ttrls bracket .is provlded wlth a
the front edge to enable slot on
the t'use to be easlly ,.pf.".a,
cublcle ( Ref. 29 in Flg. ln the
8 ).
A fast on tab is provided on the top of

each connecting bar of
each fuse to a110w for fuse mon{toring
clrcult connectr.ons
(Ref. 26 in Flg. 8 ).
L,4 lers.t P.oinrg:
The anode side of each heat sink (left

hand side of each thyrlstor
rnodule see 25 in Fig. 8) is provided with
a rasi on rug which ls
held in position by the fixing screrr (Mg)
on the terminal bracket.
The cathode side (right hand iide of_each
thyrlsror module see 26
in Fig. 8 ) is also provided with a fast
or, i,rg-"" a test point
which i-s eirher artached to the fuse
monia.ri"i bractet or to the
terminal bracket with assernbries without
fuses"(normarry not
used in excitation equipnent).
1.5 Corunutation Inductor :
Commrrtation inductcr in the AC/DC side

of the bridge can be conne_
cted in series with each arn of the
bridge ( see rig. 10 and r1).
oFF 10ad isolarors provided in the AC lnput side
DC output of each bridge perrnit erectrlcar of the Bridge &
r""i.tron of each
bridge facilitatlng replacenent/repalr of modul_errlth rest of the
bridges in service.
1.6
Having derennlned whlch co'ponetrt

gy\agsenbly la faulty, replace-
ment ehould be carrled out aa detalled
belor:l
I. Bl.oJyn.4uggs ( Ref . Flg. g ).
1'1 Disconnect supply fron asseubly.

rn cases where oFF 10ad
isolators are provided isolate the uriJg.-""ing
LOAD ISOLATORS. the oFF
L'2 Removecover-plate by pull'ag towards the front carefully.

( 1 in Flg. t5 ).
1.3 Unscrew tjhe bolts- (3) (MlO) holdlng

the fuse (4) in posi_
tion and !.3move the fuse.
cED 82-653467
- : 3 : -
1.4 Replace new fuge (4) and re-ageenble ln reverae order to

above.
NOTE :- Make sure that the sprlng and flat washers are
assembled as shown ln FLg' 8'
2, ( Ref. Fle. 8 )
lga:tlS
2,L Disconnect supply as ln l-'1 above
2,2 Detach cover plate by pull-ing carefully tcmards the front.
2,3 llnscrew bolts at the uPper and lower terminals of the

thyristor module ( 4 ln Fig. 14 ) '
2,4 Dlsconnect device gate, cathode leads from the terminal

striP.
2,5 Extract the sitor rnodule by putling towards the front.
2,6 Replace new tested sltor module and re-assernble followl-ng

in the reverse order to above.
NOTE :- Take care that the leads (1) to the termlnal

strip is not damaged.
3, DisS tvpq.tFy.r.ls,tpJ ( Ref . Flg. 9 ).
3 . 1 t o 3 . 5 s a m ea s i n 2 . L t o 2 , 5 .
3.6 Remove leads (2) to the gate, aux. cathode termlnals as

well as connectlng leads of the RC Circuit (13) '
3.7 Remove nuts (21) holdlng sprlng bar (2O) '
3.8 Remove speclal nuts (18, 22) trnder the spring bar'
Llfr heat slnk half (17) and remove faulty ehyrlstor (7).
3.9
ITOTE:- Do not renov€ contact bush (8) frou the heat slnk halves
(6, 17). It 1s very lqortant to take ca''e that the
contact areas of the heat elak halves (6'17) are not danraged
and thar they are thoroughly cleaned before fltting a
healthY devlce.
cED 82-653-067
-t 4 :-
3.10 Apply srrrcon grease or crarnolln rBr spray on the

contact
areaa of the heat sr.nk halvee (6, 17) and the
new devlce
(7) .
3.11 Fit the devlce (7) between the heat slnk halves (
6,r.7)
nrth rhe heat slnk halves l0cated on the lnsulatr.ng'u,rstes
(9) and botts (10).
NOTE: Whl1e l0cating the thyristor on the contacE surface

of the heat sink the contact bush (g) nusc engage
wlth the
cenrralizlng hole (5) of the disc thyristor (7).
3.L2 Fit special nuts (19,22) and screws until it is possible

to
tighten wlth fingers taking care that the device
is evenly
classified.
3.13 Fir spring box (20) over rhe pressure piece 19 and
add the
tr{ro nuts (2L). Tighten these nuts evenly with a r0 rnm
spanner ullil the spring bar touches the two special nuts.
The bolt (r0) must be prevented fron rotating during
this
operation.
3.14 connect gate and catirode leads (2) as werl as the

eonnectlng
links of the RC circuit.
3.15 ltre remaining instructions for assenbling are the same as

. that of dismanrling but in rhe rever"" oid., (2.5 -
z"r).
4, .R..C..C.i.rs,ui.t-i .
4 . 1 t o 4 . 5 s a m ea s 2 . I t o 2 . 5 ,
4.6 Removeconnecting read (r3) between the resistor (15) and

capaci.ror (LZ) ,
4.7 Removerhe screw (M4 stze) holding the faurty reqistor

(15)
or rhe nut (11) (l,tg stze) of the faulty capaciror (lZy.-
4.8 Replace the eonponent and re-assemble forlowing

the instru-
ctions for dismantling in the reverse order (t+.1 _
4.1).
cED 82-553-067
- : 5 : -
F"
FIGURE - 8
cED 82-653-067
-: 6 ;-
LEG.EJIP_.F0.4
.Frc...8:
1. Devlce gate cathode leade.
2. Auxillary cathode connectlon.
3. Terminal bolt.
4. Fuse.
5. Centralllsing hole.
6. Hear sink half (anode) .
7. Dlsc type thyrlstor.

8. Contact bush.
9. Insulating bush.
10. Bolt.
11. Nut for capacitor of suppressor circuit.
12. C a p a c i t o r o f s u p . p r e s s o rc l r c u l t .
f3. Connectlng lead of suppresscr circui,t.
L4. Fixing screw for resistor of suppressor circult.
15. Resistor of suppressor circuit.
L6, Fixing scren for resistor of suppressor circult.
L7. Hear slnk half (cathode) .
18. Special nut.
19. Pressure piece.
20, Spring bar.
2L. Nut.
22, Speclal nut.
25, Faston lugs, anode side.
26, Faston lugs, cathode side.
27, Gate connectlon.
cED 82-653-067
:-
F:GITRE - 9
cED 82-653-067
- : 8 : -
LEGENDFOR FIG. 9.
1. Device gate cathode leads.

2, Auxillary cathode connectl.on.
5. Centrallislng hole.
6, Heat slnk half (anode).
7. Dlsc type thyristor.

L Contact bush.
9. Insulating bush.
10, Bolt.
11" Nut for capacitor of suppressor circuit.
L2, Capacitor of suppressor circuit.
13. Connecting lead of suppressor circuit.
L4, Fixing screw for resistor of suppressor clrcuit.
15. Resistor of suppressor circuit.
L6. Fixing screw for resistor ot suppressor circuit.
17, Ilear sink half (cathode).
18 Special nut.
19. Pressure piece.
20, Spring bar.
2L. Nut.
22, Special nut.
25, Faston lugs, anode side.
26, Faston lugs, cathcde side.
27, Gate connectlon.
cED 82-653-067
- : 9 : -
o
',i
i,J
I
I
t
1i
I
FIG. 10
REARVIM OT A TUYBISTOR BRIDGEASSEUBLY
HOUSED IN STANDARD
BEEI CI'BICLEI{ITH
ALI'MINIW REACTORS.
I. DUCTFORTETRISTOI,FAIiT.
2, COMMUTATION
REACTORS.
cED 82-553-067
-:10:-
FIG. 1I
RE,ARVIEW OF TIIYRISTORBRIDGE ASSE}ELY HOUSED
IN STANDARDBHEL CUEICLE TJITH CIRCI'LAR COPPER
REACTORS.
1. THYRISTORBRIDGE@OLING FAI{.
2. COMUUTATION
REACTORS.
cED 82-653-067
-! lt:-
FIG. 12
REARVIEH OF A ITYRISTORCUBICLBT{ITI|
OFF IOAD ISOIAMRS.
1. OFFIOAI'-ISOLATORS.
CEDE2-653-O67
-: L2 :-
FIG. 13
BHEL THYSTACKASSEMBLY( SITOR )
IÎITH COVERPLATE RB@VED.
1. MOT'NTINGFRAME.
2, SEMICONDUCTOR
PUSE.
3. T}IYRISTOR}ODULE.
4, GATE, C,A13ODE
LEAD.
'5. }OI'NTING HOLES FOR ITIE FRAI'{E.
cED 82-653-067
-: 13 :-
FIG. L4
REARVIEW OF A BHEL THYSTACKASSEI.{BLY) ( SITOR
Ia, Ib, DC OUTPUTTERMINALS.

2a, 2b, AC INPUT TERMINALS.
3 RC SURGESUPPRESSOR
NETWORK.
4 TERMINALBOLTS.
5 EARTHPOINI.
cED 82-653-067
-! 14 !-
FIG. 15
FRONTVIEW OF A BHEL TITYSTACKTIIYRISTORBRIDGE.
1. COVERPLATE.
cED 82-653-067
-.' 15 :-
Spochg
holrr.
?bo rtuds
ll0x 20rrn
lo ON t27
Thyrlslor
orsembly
Pnoliled rupprtirq
bor
2 bolts.
l,l8xl5nm
- DOor Of C\rucla'
Lcojth cf rpectrl Depth cl

brlrr !o. c! Ds.tll.O
oupport bu c.btoai t
,rrggcrtlnj frr t o n
rlor8
-
FIGLRE 16
Mountlng dlmensions of BHEL TIIYSTACK (SITOR)in BHEL Standard Cubicle.
cED 82-553-067
I
-: 16 :-
lllrdrr; faa tF oaaftalrai

in r ctA'rcli.
Stvdt
FIC'ITX 17
NOTE : See Table as part of Figure 16.
cnn ez-os3-067
DESCRIPTION:
CONDUCTION MONITORING UNIT (CMU)
69203SJ2AA
6QM1210
DATASHEET : 69203SJ2AA REV - 00
NO OF PAGES: 11 September 2014

MYSORE ROAD
BANGALORE –560026
INDIA
Page 1 of 11
Datasheet 69203SJ2AA
Page 2 of 11
69203SJ2AA
69203SJ2AA
69203SJ2AA
Page 3 of 11
PW60 (GWE Item No. 275263 or equivalent)
Page 4 of 11
Page 5 of 11
Page 6 of 11
Page 7 of 11
Page 8 of 11
69203SJ2AA.
69203SJ2AA
Page 9 of 11
Page 10 of 11
SIMATic signal
Page 11 of 11
Data sheet
Manual motor starter MS132
Manual motor starters are electrome-

chanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They are used mainly to switch
motors manually ON/OFF and protect
them fuse less against short-circuit,
overload and phase failures.
Fuse less protection with a manual motor
starter saves costs, space and ensures
a quick reaction under short-circuit
condition, by switching off the motor
within milliseconds. Fuse less starter
combinations are setup together with
contactors.
Description Ordering details

- Overload protection – trip class 10 MS132 screw terminal
- Phase unbalance and phase loss sensitivity
- Disconnect function Setting range Type Trip Order code Packaging Weight
- Temperature compensation from -25 … +60 °C [A] class unit [Pcs] [g]
- Adjustable current setting for overload protection 0.10 ... 0.16 MS132-0.16 10A 1SAM350000R1001 1 215
- Suitable for three- and single-phase application 0.16 ... 0.25 MS132-0.25 10 1SAM350000R1002 1 215
- Trip-free mechanism 0.25 ... 0.40 MS132-0.4 10 1SAM350000R1003 1 215
- Lockable handle 0.40 ... 0.63 MS132-0.63 10 1SAM350000R1004 1 215
0.63 ... 1.00 MS132-1.0 10 1SAM350000R1005 1 215
1.00 ... 1.60 MS132-1.6 10 1SAM350000R1006 1 265
1.60 ... 2.50 MS132-2.5 10 1SAM350000R1007 1 265
2.50 ... 4.00 MS132-4.0 10 1SAM350000R1008 1 265
4.00 ... 6.30 MS132-6.3 10 1SAM350000R1009 1 265
6.30 . .. 10.00 MS132-10 10 1SAM350000R1010 1 265
10.00 . .. 16.00 MS132-16 10 1SAM350000R1011 1 310
16.00 . .. 20.00 MS132-20 10 1SAM350000R1013 1 310
20.00 . .. 25.00 MS132-25 10 1SAM350000R1014 1 310
25.00 . .. 32.00 MS132-32 10 1SAM350000R1015 1 310
Application
The manual motor starters protect the load and the installa- The manual motor starters have a setting scale in Amperes,
tion against short-circuit and overload. They are three pole which allows the direct adjusting of the device without any
protection devices with thermal tripping elements for overload additional calculation. In compliance with international and
protection and electro-magnetic tripping elements for short- national standards, the setting current is the rated current of
circuit protection. Furthermore, they provide a disconnect the motor and not the tripping current (no tripping at 1.05 x I,
function for safely isolation of the installation and the supply tripping at 1.2 x I; I = setting current).
and can be used for the manual switching of loads.
Operation mode
Single-phase operation Three-phase operation
L3
1~ 3~
> I> I> I> I> I> I>
T3
Bild 9 Bild 10
Connections
Terminals 1L1, 3L2, 5L3
Lockable handle
Test function
Current setting range
Terminals 2T1, 4T2, 6T3
Resistance and power losses per phase
Type Lower value Upper value Resistance Power dissipation per Phase [W] at
setting range setting range per phase Lower value of Upper value of
[A] [A] [W] setting range setting range
MS132-0.16 0.10 0.16 66.00 0.7 1.7
MS132-0.25 0.16 0.25 25.50 0.7 1.6
MS132-0.4 0.25 0.40 10.38 0.6 1.7
MS132-0.63 0.40 0.63 4.36 0.7 1.7
MS132-1.0 0.63 1.00 1.605 0.6 1.6
MS132-1.6 1.00 1.60 0.648 0.6 1.7
MS132-2.5 1.60 2.50 0.272 0.7 1.7
MS132-4.0 2.50 4.00 0.106 0.7 1.7
MS132-6.3 4.00 6.30 0.046 0.7 1.8
MS132-10 6.30 10.0 0.024 0.9 2.4
MS132-16 10.0 16.0 0.011 1.1 2.8
MS132-20 16.0 20.0 0.0057 1.5 2.3
MS132-25 20.0 25.0 0.0045 1.8 2.8
MS132-32 25.0 32.0 0.0030 1.9 3.1
2 Manual motor starter MS132 | Data sheet

Dimensions
MS132 ≤ 10 A MS132 > 10 A

81,25 / 3,2" 81,05 / 3,19"
72,4 / 2,85" 72,2 / 2,84"

1,5 / 0,06" 5,5 / 0,22" 43,5 / 1,71" 5,5 / 0,22" 43,3 / 0,22"
1,5 / 0,06"
1,7 / 0,1"
1,7 / 0,1"
35 / 1,38"
45 / 1,77"
90 / 3,54"
75 / 2,95"
35 / 1,38"
97,8 / 3,85"
45 / 1,77"
75 / 2,95"
14 / 0,55" 14 / 0,55"
45 / 1,77" mm / inch 14 / 0,55" 14 / 0,55"
45 / 1,77" mm / inch
2CDC242015F0009 2CDC242016F0009
MS132 ≤ 10 A + screw fixing kit MS132 > 10 A + screw fixing kit
Ø 4,5 / Ø 0,18" 9 / 0,35" 5,4 / 0,21" Ø 4,5 / Ø 0,18" 9 / 0,35" 5,4 / 0,21"
110 / 4,33"
122 / 4,8"
110 / 4,33"
122 / 4,8"
mm / inch
17,5 / 0,69" 17,5 / 0,69" mm / inch
2CDC242017F0009 2CDC242018F0009
Wiring diagram
1L1 3L2 5L3

1~ 3~
I> I> I> I> I> I> I> I> I>
2T1 4T2 6T3
Bild 8 Bild 9 Bild 10
Data sheet | Manual motor starter MS132 3

Data at TA = 40 °C and at rated values, if nothing else indicated
Type MS132
Technical data Terminals
Main circuit 1L1-3L3-5L5
2T1-4T2-6T3
Rated operational voltage Ue acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1 AC 690 V
DC -
Rated operational current I e see separate table
Rated current I n / see „Rated Operational Current“
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
Setting range - thermal overload protection see ordering data
Rated instantaneous short-circuit current setting Ii see separate table
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics see separate table
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity I cu see separate table
Trip class acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 see ordering data
Rated frequency acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1 50 / 60 Hz
Number of poles 3
Resistence per phase see separate table
Power dissipation per phase lower value of setting range see separate table
upper value of setting range see separate table

Isolation data
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1 6 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1 690 V
Pollution category acc. to IEC/EN 60664 3

Electrical connection
MS132 ≤ 10A
Wire size, min. / max. solid 1/2 x 1 ... 4 mm 2
flexible with wire end ferrule 1/2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 2
flexible with wire end ferrule isolated 1/2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 2
flexible without wire end ferrule 1/2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm2
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidrive 2)
MS132-16
Wire size, min. / max. solid 1/2 x 1 ... 4 mm2
flexible with wire end ferrule 1/2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 2
flexible with wire end ferrule isolated 1/2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 2
flexible without wire end ferrule 1/2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm 2
Tightening torque 1.5 Nm
Connection screw M4 (Pozidrive 2)
MS132-20, -25, -32
Wire size, min. / max. solid 1/2 x 2.5 ... 6 mm 2
flexible with wire end ferrule 1/2 x 1 ... 6 mm2
flexible with wire end ferrule isolated 1/2 x 1 ... 6 mm 2
flexible without wire end ferrule 1/2 x 2.5 ... 6 mm 2
Tightening torque 2 Nm

Type MS132

General Data
Mechniacl durability 10 5
Electrical durability 5 x 10 4
Duty time 100%
Dimensions (W x H x D) see dimension drawing
Weight see ordering data
Mounting DIN-rail (EN 60715)
Mounting position optional for single mounting
(position 1-6)
Group Mounting on request
Minimum distance to other units same type horizontal none
vertical 150 mm
Minimum distance to electrical conductive wall (earthed) horizontal none
vertical 75 mm
Degree of protection acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1 enclosure / terminals IP20
Utilization Category acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2 A
Altitude up to 2000 m
Environmental data
Ambient air temperature range
Operation open - compensated -25 °C ... +60 °C
open -25 °C ... +60 °C
Storage -50 °C ... +80 °C
Temperature compensation continuous
Vibration (sinusoidal) acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 (Fc) 5 g / 3 - 150 Hz
Shock (half-sine) acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27 (Ea) 25 g / 11 ms
Standards / Directives
Product standard IEC/EN 60947–2, ICE/EN 60947-4-1,
IEC/EN 60947-1, UL 508;
CSA 22.2 No. 14
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
not applicable
Approvals, markings
Approvals cULus,
Markings CE
UL/CSA
Max. operational voltage 600 V
General purpose rating at max. 600 VAC see separate table
Motor ratings
Horse power see separate table
Full load amps (FLA) see separate table
Locked rotor amps (LRA) see separate table
Short circuit rating RMS at 480 VAC 30 kA
Short circuit rating RMS at 600 VAC 18 kA
Short-Circuit Protective devices see separate table

Type MS132
Technical data
Electrical connection
MS132 ≤ 10A
Wire size, min. / max. solid 1/2 x AWG16 ... AWG12
stranded 1/2 x AWG16 ... AWG12
flexible without wire end ferrule 1/2 x AWG16 ... AWG12
Tightening torque 10 - 12 lb-in
Connection screw M3.5 (Pozidrive 2)
MS132-16
Wire size, min. / max. solid 1/2 x AWG16 ... AWG12
stranded 1/2 x AWG16 ... AWG12
Tightening torque 14 lb-in
Connection screw M4 (Pozidrive 2 / 6.5 mm)
MS132-20, -25, -32
Wire size, min. / max. stranded 1/2 x AWG12 ... AWG8
Tightening torque 18 lb-In
Type Rated instantaneous Rated current ln / Conventional

short-circuit current setting l i [A] free-air thermal current lth [A]
MS132-0.16 1.25 … 1.87 0.16
MS132-0.25 1.95 … 2.92 0.25
MS132-0.4 3.12 … 4.68 0.40
MS132-0.63 4.91 … 7.37 0.63
MS132-1.0 9.20 … 13.8 1.00
MS132-1.6 14.7 … 22.1 1.60
MS132-2.5 23.0 … 34.5 2.50
MS132-4.0 40.0 … 60.0 4.00
MS132-6.3 63.0 … 94.5 6.30
MS132-10 120 … 180 10.0
MS132-16 192 … 288 16.0
MS132-20 240 … 360 20.0
MS132-25 300 … 450 25.0
MS132-32 384 … 576 32.0
Short-Circuit protection
Type 400 V AC 690 V AC

ICS [kA] ICU [kA] gG [A] I CS [kA] ICU [kA] gG [A]
MS132-0.16 100 100 ° 100 100 °
MS132-0.25 100 100 ° 100 100 °
MS132-0.4 100 100 ° 100 100 °
MS132-0.63 100 100 ° 100 100 °
MS132-1.0 100 100 ° 100 100 °
MS132-1.6 100 100 ° 100 100 °
MS132-2.5 100 100 ° 100 100 °
MS132-4.0 100 100 ° 3 3 on request
MS132-6.3 100 100 ° 3 3 on request
MS132-10 100 100 ° 3 3 on request
MS132-16 50 50 on request 3 3 on request
MS132-20 50 50 on request 3 3 on request lCS = Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity
lCU = Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity
MS132-25 50 50 on request 3 3 on request o = No back-up fuse required, because short-circut
MS132-32 25 25 on request 3 3 on request proof up to 100 kA

UL / CSA ratings
Type Motor rating, single phase

120 VAC 240 VAC 480 VAC
hp FLA LRA hp FLA LRA hp FLA LRA
MS132-0.16 - 0.16 0.96 - 0.16 0.96 - 0.16 0.96
MS132-0.25 - 0.25 1.5 - 0.25 1.5 - 0.25 1.5
MS132-0.4 - 0.4 2.4 - 0.4 2.4 - 0.4 2.4
MS132-0.63 - 0.63 3.78 - 0.63 3.78 - 0.63 3.78
MS132-1.0 - 1 6 - 1 6 - 1 6
MS132-1.6 - 1.6 9.6 1/10 1.6 9.6 - 1.6 9.6
MS132-2.5 - 2.5 15 1/6 2.5 15 1/2 2.5 15
MS132-4.0 1/8 4 24 1/3 4 24 1/2 4 24
MS132-6.3 1/4 6.3 37.8 1/2 6.3 37.8 1 6.3 37.8
MS132-10 1/2 9.8 58.8 1-1/2 10 60 3 - -
MS132-16 1 16 96 2 12 72 5 - -
MS132-20 1-1/2 20 120 3 - - 5 - -
MS132-25 2 24 144 3 - - 7-1/2 - -
MS132-32 2 24 144 5 - - 10 - -
Type Motor rating, three phase

120 VAC 240 VAC 480 VAC 600 VAC
hp FLA LRA hp FLA LRA hp FLA LRA hp FLA LRA
MS132-0.16 - 0.16 0.96 - 0.16 0.96 - 0.16 0.96 - 0.16 0.96
MS132-0.25 - 0.25 1.5 - 0.25 1.5 - 0.25 1.5 - 0.25 1.5
MS132-0.4 - 0.4 2.4 - 0.4 2.4 - 0.4 2.4 - 0.4 2.4
MS132-0.63 - 0.63 3.78 - 0.63 3.78 - 0.63 3.78 - 0.63 3.78
MS132-1.0 - 1 6 - 1 6 - 1 6 1/2 1 6
MS132-1.6 - 1.6 9.6 - 1.6 9.6 3/4 1.6 9.6 3/4 1.6 9.6
MS132-2.5 - 2.5 15 1/2 2.5 15 1 2.5 15 1-1/2 2.5 15
MS132-4.0 - 4 24 1 4 24 2 4 24 3 - -
MS132-6.3 1/2 6.3 37.8 1-1/2 6.3 37.8 3 - - 5 - -
MS132-10 3/4 10 60 3 - - 5 - - 7-1/2 - -
MS132-16 2 16 84 5 - - 10 - - 10 - -
MS132-20 3 - - 5 - - 10 - - 15 - -
MS132-25 3 - - 7-1/2 - - 15 - - 20 - -
MS132-32 5 - - 10 - - 20 - - 25 - -
Type General purpose Protective devices

rating at max. Fuse K5 / RK5 Circuit breaker
600 VAC [A] [A] [A]
MS132-0.16 0.16 250 250
MS132-0.25 0.25 250 250
MS132-0.4 0.40 250 250
MS132-0.63 0.63 250 250
MS132-1.0 1.00 250 250
MS132-1.6 1.60 250 250
MS132-2.5 2.50 250 250
MS132-4.0 4.00 250 250
MS132-6.3 6.30 250 250
MS132-10 10.0 250 250
MS132-16 16.0 250 250
MS132-20 20.0 250 250
MS132-25 25.0 250 250
MS132-32 32.0 250 250

Manual Motor Starter MS325
Ordering details
Type Setting range Order code Weight/ Packing Price

piece Unit
A...A kg piece
MS325 with thermal and electromagnetic trips, short-circuit-proof up to 100 kA

MS325 – 0.16 0.10 ... 0.16 1SAM 150 000 R1001 0.347 1
MS325 – 0.25 0.16 ... 0.25 1SAM 150 000 R1002 0.347 1
MS325 – 0.4 0.25 ... 0.40 1SAM 150 000 R1003 0.347 1
MS325 – 0.63 0.40 ... 0.63 1SAM 150 000 R1004 0.347 1
MS325 – 1 0.63 ... 1.00 1SAM 150 000 R1005 0.347 1
SST01497
MS325 – 1.6 1.00 ... 1.60 1SAM 150 000 R1006 0.347 1
MS325 – 2.5 1.60 ... 2.50 1SAM 150 000 R1007 0.347 1
MS325 – 4 2.50 ... 4.00 1SAM 150 000 R1008 0.347 1
MS325 – 6.3 4.00 ... 6.30 1SAM 150 000 R1009 0.347 1
MS325 – 9 6.30 ... 9.00 1SAM 150 000 R1010 0.347 1
MS325
MS325 – 12.5 9.00 ... 12.50 1SAM 150 000 R1011 0.347 1
MS325 – 16 12.50 ... 16.00 1SAM 150 000 R1012 0.347 1
MS325 – 20 16.00 ... 20.00 1SAM 150 000 R1013 0.347 1
MS325 – 25 20.00 ... 25.00 1SAM 150 000 R1014 0.347 1
MS325 with thermal and electromagnetic trips, short-circuit-proof up to 100 kA,

with auxiliary switch 1 NO + 1 NC front mounted
MS325 – 0.16 0.10 ... 0.16 1SAM 150 005 R0001 0.359 1
MS325 – 0.25 0.16 ... 0.25 1SAM 150 005 R0002 0.359 1
MS325 – 0.4 0.25 ... 0.40 1SAM 150 005 R0003 0.359 1
MS325 – 0.63 0.40 ... 0.63 1SAM 150 005 R0004 0.359 1
MS325 – 1 0.63 ... 1.00 1SAM 150 005 R0005 0.359 1
MS325 – 1.6 1.00 ... 1.60 1SAM 150 005 R0006 0.359 1
SST 02899
MS325 – 2.5 1.60 ... 2.50 1SAM 150 005 R0007 0.359 1
MS325 – 4 2.50 ... 4.00 1SAM 150 005 R0008 0.359 1
MS325 – 6.3 4.00 ... 6.30 1SAM 150 005 R0009 0.359 1
MS325 – 9 6.30 ... 9.00 1SAM 150 005 R0010 0.359 1
MS325 with MS325 – 12.5 9.00 ... 12.50 1SAM 150 005 R0011 0.359 1
auxiliary contacts HKF-11 MS325 – 16 12.50 ... 16.00 1SAM 150 005 R0012 0.359 1
front mounting MS325 – 20 16.00 ... 20.00 1SAM 150 005 R0013 0.359 1
MS325 – 25 20.00 ... 25.00 1SAM 150 005 R0014 0.359 1
Auxiliary switches, for front mounting

HKF-11 1 NO + 1 NC 1SAM 101 928 R0001 0.020 10
HKF-20 2 NO 1SAM 101 928 R0002 0.020 10
Auxiliary switches, lateral attachment at left, max. 2 pieces attachable

HKF-11 1 NO + 1 NC 1SAM 101 901 R0001 0.031 10
HKF-20 2 NO 1SAM 101 901 R0002 0.031 10
HKF-02 2 NC 1SAM 101 901 R0003 0.031 10
2CDC 241 008 F004
Signal switch for general “tripped” signal, lateral attachment at the left
max. 1 piece attachable
SK-11 1 NO + 1 NC 1SAM 101 904 R0003 0.031 10
UL 508 Type E Accessories

S3-M3 High insulation 1SAM 101 938 R0004 0.030 10
infeed block
Signal switch for short circuit tripping, lateral attachment at right

CK-11 1 NO + 1 NC 1SAM 101 943 R0001 0.030 10
2CDC 241 004 F004
8
Manual Motor Starters MS325
Accessories
Ordering details
Retrofittable accessories
These parts can be procured in addition to the MS325; they must be installed by the user.
Type Setting range Order code Weight/ Packing Price

piece Unit
63-00
kg piece
Auxiliary switches, for front mounting

HKF-11 1 NO + 1 NC 1SAM 101 928 R0001 0.020 10
HKF HKF-20 2 NO 1SAM 101 928 R0002 0.020 10
Auxiliary switches, lateral attachment at left, max. 2 pieces attachable

HK-11 1 NO + 1 NC 1SAM 101 901 R0001 0.031 10
HK-20 2 NO 1SAM 101 901 R0002 0.031 10
HK-02 2 NC 1SAM 101 901R0003 0.031 10
Signal contact for general “tripped” signal, lateral attachment at the left
max. 1 piece attachable
SK-11 1 NO + 1 NC 1SAM 101 904 R0003 0.031 10
SST 009 95 R
Undervoltage release, slide-in

AS
UA, power infeed at bottom, Uc 400 V~ 1SAM 101 902 R0400 0.0210
SST 016 97
UAF, power infeed at top,

HK resp. connectionU 24 V~ 1SAM 101 903 R0024 0.0210
SST 290 92 R
of external voltage 48 V~ 1SAM 101 903 R0048 0.0210

60 V~ 1SAM 101 903 R0060 0.0210
110 V~ 1SAM 101 903 R0110 0.0210
SK
230 V~ 1SAM 101 903 R0230 0.0210
400 V~ 1SAM 101 903 R0400 0.0210
415 V~ 1SAM 101 903 R0415 0.0210
500 V~ 1SAM 101 903 R0500 0.0210
SST 309 92 R
SST30992R
Open circuit shunt release, slide-in

AA 24 ... 60 V AC/DC 1SAM 101 909 R0001 0.02 10
AA 110... 240 V AC/DC 1SAM 101 909 R0002 0.02 10
Terminal support, lateral attachment at left to MS325, HK and SK

AS, for UA, AA or as N/LS terminal 1SAM 101 905 R0001 0.031 10
UA for power in feed at top, AA
Locking device for MS325
SA1, lock adapter GJF1 101 903 R0001 0.004 10
SA2, padlock + 2 keys GJF1 101 903 R0002 0.004 10
SA3, lock adapter + padlock + 2 keys GJF1 101 903 R0003 0.050 1
SST 032 95 R
Printadapter, for soldering on electronic plates

PA25, for MS325 and 1SAM 101 933 R0001 0.030 1 kit
2 aux. contacts
UA for power in feed at bottom
Not simultaneously with UA/UA and AA, not suitable for distributor installation
Max. 1 piece in conjunction with SK. SK must be mounted on first position
Pre-mating normally open contacts
S0109B91 + SK0150B91
Can be used together with UAF (power infeed at top) for safety circuit with Emergency Stop button
(further information available on request)
Other voltages, in particular DC, on request
In particular if used with socke busbar system smissline-S (see Page 19)
Recommendation: Connection of external voltage via terminal support AS
Padlock + 2 keys + lock adapter
9
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
3VU13 and 3VU16
3VU13/3VU16 is suitable for use in fuseless motor feeders upto 11KW/22KW (25A/63A) respectively. 3VU
motor protection circuit breakers are used for protection of motor against overload, single phasing and
short-circuit faults.
Applications
• Motor Protection
Circuit breakers type 3VU13 & 3VU16 offer overload, short
circuit and phase loss protection for 3 phase motors upto 11kW
and 22 kW respectively. The breaker has a toggle switch for
ease of operation and can be offered with auxiliary contacts,
trip indicating contacts, U/V or Shunt release. High breaking
capacity of 100kA is available in 3VU13 upto 6A and in 3VU16
upto 25A.
• Distribution Feeder Protection

Standard version of 3VU13 and 3VU16 has adjustable O/L and
fixed S/C release. Main application is for disconnection and 3VU13/16
protection of the distribution feeders, upto 25A and 63A
respectively. A large number of overlapping ranges are
available for offering closer protection to various loads. Standard
• Transformer protection 3VU motor protection circuit breakers confirm to IS/IEC 60947-1,
IS/IEC 60947-2, IS/IEC 60947-4-1, DIN VDE 0660
A separate 3VU13 range can be offered to protect the primary
side of the transformers. The range is available upto 20A. To
take care of the inrush current due to transformer switching, Range
the S/C release is set at 19 times the rated current unlike 12
times of the rated current available in standard range. 3VU13: 0.16 - 25A
• Fuse Monitoring 3VU16: 10 - 63A

3VU1340-1MS00 is offered for Fuse Monitoring application.
This device is connected in parallel to the fuses. In case one of Benefits and features
the fuses blows, the rated current will flow through the
corresponding phase of this MPCB. MPCB, through its auxiliary
contacts, provides a tripping signal to the contactor and thus High performance
the motor will be switched off. Hence, the motor will be • Instantaneous Tripping
protected from single phasing. (Refer page 51 for connection 3VU circuit breakers operate on the Current Limiting
diagram) Principle.
Current Limiting Principle

In case of short-circuit condition motor protection circuit
breaker trips before the short-circuit current reaches the
prospective peak. Hence, for circuit breaker to be current
limiting it must interrupt the short-circuit current in half cycle
or less as shown below.
Fuse Monitoring MPCB - 3VU1340-1MS00
45
Current Limiting is achieved in 3VU as follows 3VU13 Circuit - breakers with 1NO+1NC auxiliary contacts for
In case of a short circuit, the contacts are opened electro- line-side protection of transformers with high inrush current
dynamically by the short circuit current. The instantaneous Rated Overload Shortcircuit Type Std.
overcurrent release, through the switching mechanism, trips all Current release release pkg.
the three poles of the breaker. A large arc voltage is quickly In range setting (nos.)
built up in the arc chamber limiting the short circuit current. A A A
Thus ensures faster fault clearing. 0.6 0.4-0.6 12 3VU1340-1TE00
o
• Ambient temperature compensation upto 55 C hence no 1 0.6-1 15 3VU1340-1TF00
deration required upto 55oC. 1.6 1-1.6 29 3VU1340-1TG00
2.4 1.6-2.4 48 3VU1340-1TH00

Safety
4 2.4-4 72 3VU1340-1TJ00 1
• Trip Free Mechanism
6 4-6 120 3VU1340-1TK00
The breakers have a trip-free mechanism. Even by holding the
toggle, tripping operation can not be stopped or blocked once 10 6-10 190 3VU1340-1TL00
it is started. Thus ensure positive opening in the event of fault. 16 10-16 300 3VU1340-1TM00
• Positive ON/OFF indication through toggle switch 20 14-20 300 3VU1340-1TN00
• Compact and space saving
User friendliness and safety Fuse monitoring motor protection circuit - breakers with
1NO+1NC auxiliary contacts
• SIGUT® connection technique ensures ease of wiring (can
obviate use of lug) Rated Overload Shortcircuit Type Std.
Current release release pkg.
• Fingers touch proof terminals ensures operator safety In range setting (nos.)
A A A
• Separate trip indication on short circuit and overload fault
using alarm contact 0.2 0.2 1.2 3VU1340-1MS00 1
Flexibility
• Can be used as a main and EMERGENCY STOP switch. 3VU16 Circuit - breakers with 1NO+1NC auxiliary contacts for
motor and plant protection
• Identical accessories reduce stock levels
Rated Overload Shortcircuit Type$ Recommended Std.
Current release release 415V Motor pkg.
Selection and ordering data In range setting Rating in (nos.)
A A A Kw/HP (DOL)
3VU13 Circuit - breakers with 1NO+1NC auxiliary contacts for 10 6-10 120 3VU1640-1ML00 4/5.4
motor and plant protection
16 10-16 190 3VU1640-1MM00 7.5/10
$
Rated Overload Shortcircuit Type Recommended Std.
25 16-25 300 3VU1640-1MN00 11/15 1
Current release release 415V Motor pkg.
In range setting Rating in (nos.) 32 22-32 380 3VU1640-1MP00 15/20
A A A Kw/HP (DOL)
40 28-40 480 3VU1640-1MQ00 18.5/25
0.16 0.1 - 0.16 1.9 3VU1340-1MB00 –
52 36-52 600 3VU1640-1MR00 22/30
0.24 0.16 - 0.24 2.9 3VU1340-IMC00 –
0.4 0.24-0.4 4.8 3VU1340-1MD00 –

0.6 0.4-0.6 7.2 3VU1340-1ME00 – 3VU16 Circuit - breakers for plant protection
1 0.6-1 12 3VU1340-1MF00 0.25/0.33 $
Rated Overload Shortcircuit Type Std.
1.6 1-1.6 19 3VU1340-1MG00 0.37/0.5 Current release release pkg.
In range setting (nos.)
2.4 1.6-2.4 29 3VU1340-1MH00 0.75/1
A A A
3.2 2-3.2 38 3VU1340-1NH00 1.1/1.5
63 45-63 600 3VU1640-1LS00 1
4 2.4-4 48 3VU1340-1MJ00 1.5/2 1 $
The 3VU13 and 3VU16 circuit breakers are also available without auxiliary
5 3.2-5 60 3VU1340-1NJ00 2.2/3 contacts. To order the same, the 8th place of the type number is to be replaced
6 4-6 72 3VU1340-1MK00 3/4 with the digit 0.
8 5-8 96 3VU1340-1NK00 3.7/5
10 6-10 120 3VU1340-1ML00 4/5.4
13 8-13 156 3VU1340-1NL00 5.5/7.5

16 10-16 190 3VU1340-1MM00 7.5/10
20 14-20 240 3VU1340-1MN00 9.3/12.5

25 18-25 300 3VU1340-1MP00 11/15
46
Technical Data
According to DIN VDE 0660; IS/IEC 60947-1; IS/IEC 60947-2; IS/IEC 60947-4-1
Type 3VU13 3VU16
Number of poles 3 3
Max. rated current In
• motor protection A 25 52
• distribution A 25 63
Permissible ambient temperature
• at full rated current °C -20 ... +55
• in storage °C -50 ... +80
Rated operational voltage Ue V 690

Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 750

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Utilization category
• to IS/IEC 60947-2 (motor starter protection) A
• to IS/IEC 60947-4-1 (motor starters) AC-3
Mechanical endurance Operating cycles
• up to 25 A 1/h 100,000 100,000
• 25 A upwards 1/h – 30,000
Number of operating cycles/h (on load) 1/h 25 25
Degree of protection
with open terminals/with conductors connected IP00/IP20
Temperature compensation to IS/IEC 60947-4-1 Yes
Phase failure sensitivity to IS/IEC 60947-4-1 Yes

Auxiliary contact for 3VU13 and 3VU16
Rated operational voltage Ue AC V 230 400 500

Rated operational current Ie A 3 1.5 1.2
Utilization category AC-15
Rated operational voltage Ue DC L/R 200 ms DC V 24 60 220

Rated operational current Ie A 2.3 0.7 0.3
Utilization category DC-13
Wattloss Per Breaker

Current Watt Current Watt
rating rating
0.6 5 2.4 8
4 6 6 7
6 7 25 14
25 9 63 23
Cross-section for main conductors

2
Solid or stranded mm 2 x (1 ... 6) 1 x 1.5 ... 2 x 16
or 1 x 25 + 1 x 10
2
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 2 x (1 ... 4) 1 x 1.5 ... 2 x 10
or 1 x 16 + 1 x 10
Cross-sections for auxiliary and control connecting leads
2
Solid or stranded mm 1 x 0.5 ... 2 x 2.5
2
Finely stranded with end sleeve mm 1 x 0.5 ... 2 x 2.5
47
Technical data for accessories:
3VU13 3VU16
Undervoltage Release
Consumption During Pick-up VA/W 10/6
Consumption During Running VA/W 4.7/2

Dropout V 0.7 to 0.35 X Ue
Pickup V 85 to 110% of Ue
Max Operating Time ms 20
Shunt Release
Consumption VA/W 10/6

Max Continuous Rating Sec 5
Pickup V 0.7 to 1.1 X Ue

Current Limiter for 3VU13
Rated current In 56 Amps
Rated Voltage Ue 500 V, 50 / 60 Hz.

2
Power Connection mm 2 x (1 to 6)
Mounting
on DIN Rail in any position.
Table 1 3VU13/3VU16 breaking capacity at 415V
3VU13
Rated current A 0.16-1 1.6 2.4 3.2-4 5-6 8-10 13-16 20-25
Rated Short circuit breaking capacity @ 415V

Icu kA 100 100 100 100 100 10(50) 6(50) 6(50)
Ics kA 100 100 100 100 100 10(50) 6(50) 6(50)
Maximun back up fuse (gL/gG)

Diazed A * * * * * 80 80 80
NH A * * * * * 80 80 80
( ) Values in bracket are with current limiter; * Fuse not required
For 3VU13 breakers of ratings 8A & above, in place of fuses, the Current Limiter can be used to increase the S/C breaking capacity.
Rated Breaking Capacity DC; t = 15ms

1 Contact 2 Contacts 3 Contacts
in series in series 10 kA
110-150V 220-300V 330-450V
3VU16
Rated current A 1.6-2.4 4 6 10 16 25 32-63

Rated Short circuit breaking capacity @ 415V
Icu kA 100 100 100 100 100 100 35
Ics kA 100 100 100 100 100 50 17

Maximun back up fuse (gL/gG); * Fuse not required
Diazed A * * * * * * -
NH A * * * * * * 200
Rated Breaking Capacity DC; t = 15ms, upon enquiry
48
Characteristic Curves
Times set current Short circuit current Ik (effective)

Time current characteristics of 3VU13 Cut off characteristics of 3VU1300-0MK00
Times set current Short circuit current Ik (effective)

Time current characteristics of 3VU16 Cut off characteristics of 3VU1600-0MN00
49
Accessories:
RHS Alarm contact When short circuit (and not overload) occurs, alarm contact 1NO+1NC changes over which can be used to give
(1NO + 1NC) indication. We need to reset it manually after clearing of short circuit. It performs a function of reclosing lockout.
and/or
Auxiliary Contact This contact can be added to the MPCB with or without built -in 1NO+1NC contact.
(1NO + 1NC)
LHS Shunt Release Shunt trip is used for remotely tripping the MPCB.
or
Undervoltage Release It trips the MPCB on voltage interruption, preventing the undesirable restart of the motor.
On Top Current Limiting For increasing breaking capacity of 3VU13 to 50kA for 8 - 25A
(applicable Module
to 3VU13 only) (independent
mounting)
50
Current-Limiter Connection diagrams
a) Shunt release
b) Under voltage release
c) Integral auxiliary contacts
d) Additional auxiliary contact for separate mounting
e) Short circuit signaling contact
f) Auxiliary contact of current limiter
Diagram for 3VU13/16 and current limiter (applies for 3VU13 only)
The breaking capacity of 3VU13 is 100kA upto 6A. However for

3VU circuit breakers with rated current of 8A and 10A the short-
circuit breaking capacity is 10kA. For circuit breakers with rated
current from 16A to 25A the short-circuit breaking capacity is 6kA.
In order to enhance the breaking capacity to 50kA, for these
ratings (8A to 25A), the current limiter can be used. Thus the
need of back up fuses is obviated.
The current limiter is connected in series with 3VU13 MPCB.
When a short circuit occurs, the limiter trips and in turn opens the
downstream MPCB. The auxiliary contacts of the current limiter
(1NO+1NC) can be used for signaling whether the limiter has
tripped or not.
Several MPCBs can also be connected at the output of a current

limiter. However the summation of current ratings of individual
MPCBs should not be greater than 56A.
Fuse Monitor 3VU1300-IMS00
Shunt release Wiring diagram for under voltage

Wiring diagram for Shunt release release of 3VU13/16
for 3VU13/16
51
Accessories and ordering data
3VU9131-3AA0 3VU9131-7AA00 3VU9132-0AB15

Add on Auxiliary block S/C Trip indicating contacts 220/230V 50Hz
1NO + NC 1NO + 1NC Under Voltage release
• 3VU9132-0AB55, 220/230V 50Hz 3VU9168-0KA00

• 3VU9132-0AB50, 24V/50Hz Padlocking for Toggle
• 3VU9132-0AB73, DC 110-240V Handle 3VU13/16
Shunt release
3 ∅ Insulated Bus-bar System for 3VU13
Also available
• 3VU9135-1AB03
3 ∅ Busbar for 3 breakers
• 3VU9135-1AB04
3 ∅ Busbar for 4 Breakers
3RV19 25-5AB 3VU9135-1AB02 3VU9135-1AB05
3 ∅ feed-in Terminal, max rating 3 ∅ Busbars for 2 Breakers 3 ∅ Busbar for 5 Breakers
63A, for bus-bar system Max. 63Amps Max 63 Amps
Door operating mechanism for 3VU13/16*
8UC61 3VU9133/63
1. Handle with masking frame 5. Drive coupling

2. Gasket 6. Extension shaft - 300 mm
3. Door 7. Adapter
4. Fixing screws 8. Breaker operator
Breaker Operator Kit for 3VU13 - 3VU9133 * For complete assembly, please order both front drive and breaker operator kit.
Breaker Operator Kit for 3VU16 - 3VU9163
Note: All the above accesories have standard package no. = 1
52
Dimensional Drawings
3VU13 circuit-breakers and accessories
3VU13 circuit-breakers
can be combined with
3VU9 138–2AB00 limiter
a) undervoltage or shunt release and/or
The limiter has the same dimensions as the
b) short-circuit signalling switch and/or
standard version of the 3VU13 circuit-breaker
c) auxiliary contacts
3VU9 135–1AB02, 3VU9 135–1AB03, c For 2 devices: 3VU9 135–1AB02

3VU9 135–1AB04, 3VU9 135–1AB05 d For 3 devices: 3VU9 135–1AB03
three-phase busbar e For 4 devices: 3VU9 135–1AB04
f For 5 devices: 3VU9 135–1AB05
3VU16 circuit-breakers
can be combined with
a) undervoltage or shunt release and/or
b) short-circuit signalling switch and/or
c) auxiliary contacts
53
Door operating mechanism with extension shaft (300mm) with door interlock & padlocking facilities.
Mounting bracket of 3VU 13/16

3VU9133-1PA01 for 3VU 13
Handle
3VU9163-1PA02 for 3VU 16
(Figures in bracket are for 3VU 16)

Mounting bracket
Required space above arc chutes for 3VU13 and 3VU16

Minimum clearance to adjacent parts as well as non-insulated live parts.
3VU13 3VU16
54
Presentation and characteristics Protection components
Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers
GZ1 E
Presentation
GZ1 E motor circuit-breakers are 3-pole thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers
specifically designed for the control and protection of motors, conforming to
standards IEC 60947-2 and IEC 60947-4-1.
Connection
These circuit-breakers are designed for connection by screw clamp terminals. This
technique ensures secure, permanent and durable clamping that is resistant to harsh
environments, vibration and impact and is even more effective when conductors
without cable ends are used. Each connection can take two independent conductors.
Pushbutton control.
!"#$%&'(%)!*%&*+)!(#),,"-*.'!/',,0*10*)2"#'(%!$*(3"*4('#(*1/(()!*567*1. De-
"!"#$%&'(%)!*%&*+)!(#),,"-*.'!/',,0*10*)2"#'(%!$*(3"*4()2*1/(()!*587*2, or
automatically by the thermal-magnetic protection elements or by a voltage trip
attachment.
Protection of motors and personnel
Motor protection is provided by the thermal-magnetic protection elements
incorporated in the motor circuit-breaker.
The magnetic elements (short-circuit protection) have a non-adjustable tripping
threshold, which is equal to about 13 times the maximum setting current of the
1 thermal trips.
The thermal elements (overload protection) include automatic compensation for
ambient temperature variations.
2 The rated operational current of the motor is displayed by means of a graduated
knob 3.
3
Personnel protection is also provided. All live parts are protected against direct finger
contact.
GZ1 E motor circuit-breakers are easily installed in any confi guration thanks to their
universal fi xing arrangement: screw fi xing or clip-on mounting on symmetrical,
asymmetrical or combination rails.
Environment
Circuit-breaker type GZ1 E
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-2, IEC 60947-4
Protective treatment 59:7
Degree of protection In GV2 MC01 enclosure: IP 41
In GV2 MC02 enclosure: IP 55
Ambient air temperature Storage °C ;*<=>?*@=
Operation ;*A=>?*B=
Flame resistance Conforming to IEC 60695-2-1 °C 960
Maximum operating altitude m 2000
Cabling Min. Max.
Number of conductors
Solid cable mm2 2x1 2x6
and c.s.a.
Flexible cable without cable end mm2 2 x 1.5 2x6
Flexible cable with cable end mm2 2x1 2x4
Suitable for isolation Conforming to Yes
IEC 60947-1 § 7-1-6
Tightening torque N.m 1,7
Rated operational voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-2 V 690
(Ue)
Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-2 V 690
(Ui)
Rated operational frequency Conforming to IEC 60947-2 Hz 50/60
Rated impulse withstand Conforming to IEC 60947-2 kV 6
voltage (U imp)
Total power dissipated per W 2.5
pole
Mechanical durability C.O. 100 000
(C.O.: closing, opening)
Electrical durability For AC-3 duty CF.O. 100 000
Duty class C.O./h 25
(maximum operating rate)
54
Characteristics (continued) Protection components
GZ1 E
Breaking capacity
Circuit-breaker type GZ1 E
01 to 06 07 08 10 14 16 20 21 22 to 32
Rating A 0.1 to 1.6 2,5 4 6.3 10 14 18 23 25 to 32
Breaking capacity 230/240 V Icu kA g g g g g g g 30 30
conforming to IEC 60947-2 Ics % (1) g g g g g g g 100 100
400/415 V Icu kA g g g g g 10 10 10 10
Ics % (1) g g g g g 50 50 40 40
440 V Icu kA g g g 30 10 6 6 5 5
Ics % (1) g g g 100 100 50 50 50 50
500 V Icu kA g g g 30 8 5 5 3 3
Ics % (1) g g g 100 100 75 75 75 75
690 V Icu kA g 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ics % (1) g 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
g > 100 kA.
(1) As % of Icu.
Tripping curves
Average operating times at 20 °C related to multiples of the setting current
Time (s)
10 000
1000
100
1
10
2
3
0,1
0,01
1 3 poles from cold state

0,001 2 2 poles from cold state
1 1,5 10 100
x the setting current (Ir)
3 3 poles from hot state
55
References Protection components
GZ1 E
Motor circuit-breakers
Pushbutton control
Standard power ratings Setting Magnetic Reference Weight
of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz range of tripping
in category AC-3 thermal current
trips Id ± 20 %
230 V 400 V 440 V 500 V 690 V
kW kW kW kW kW A A kg
C C C C C =DE>=DEB 1.5 GZ1 E01 0.260
C C C C C =DEB>=DAF 2.4 GZ1 E02 0.260
C C C C C =DAF>=D<= 5 GZ1 E03 0.260
GZ1 E C C C C 0.37 =D<=>=DBG 8 GZ1 E04 0.260
C C C 0.37 0.55 =DBG>ED= 13 GZ1 E05 0.260
C 0.37 0.55 0.75 1.1 E>EDB 22.5 GZ1 E06 0.260
0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 EDB>ADF 33.5 GZ1 E07 0.260
0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 ADF>< 51 GZ1 E08 0.260
1.1 2.2 3 3.7 4 <>BDG 78 GZ1 E10 0.260
2.2 4 4 5.5 7.5 B>E= 138 GZ1 E14 0.260
C 5.5 5.5 9 11 H>E< 170 GZ1 E16 0.260
4 7.5 9 10 15 EG>E@ 223 GZ1 E20 0.260
5.5 9 11 11 18.5 EI>AG 327 GZ1 E21 0.260
5.,5 11 11 15 22 A=>AF 327 GZ1 E22 0.260
7.5 15 15 18.5 22 A<>GA 416 GZ1 E32 0.260
56
References Protection components
GZ1 E
Contact blocks
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Mounting Maximum Type of Sold in Unit Weight
number contacts lots of reference kg
Side 2 N/O + N/C 1 GZ1 AN11 0.050
LH side N/O + N/O 1 GZ1 AN20 0.050
Electric trips
Montage Type Tension Reference Weight
kg
GZ1 AN11 Side Undervoltage EE=>EEF*J 50 Hz GZ1 AU115 0.105
(1 block on trip
AA=>A<=*J 50 Hz GZ1 AU225 0.105
RH side of
circuit- G@=><==*J 50 Hz GZ1 AU385 0.105
breaker) Shunt trip EE=>EEF*J 50 Hz GZ1 AS115 0.105
AA=>A<=*J 50 Hz GZ1 AS225 0.105
Mounting accessory
Description Application Sold in Unit Weight
lots of reference kg
Adapter plate For screw 10 GV2 AF02 0.021
fixing
of a GZ1 E
GZ1 AS115
57
Dimensions and mounting Protection components
GZ1 E
Dimensions
GZ1 E GZ1 AN, GZ1 AU, GZ1 AS
Block GZ1 AN
X1
Block GZ1 AU, AS
=
45
89
16 44 44,5 12 9,3 9,3 18

X1
12 66 84 (1)
X1: electrical clearance = 40 mm for Ue y 690 V. (1) max.
Mounting
GZ1 E on 35 mm y rail
4,2
44,5
50/60
44,5
35
c 80
c = 78.5 on AM1 DP200 (35 x 7.5).

c = 86 on AM1 DE200 and AM1 ED200 (35 x 15).
GZ1 E on pre-slotted mounting plate GZ1 E on rails DZ5 MB201, DZ5 ME8 or GV2 AF02
AM1 PA GV2 AF02

AF1 EA4 DZ5 MB201 DZ5 ME8
50/60
50
60
35 15 35
60
t
L- AC VOLTAGE & CURRENT RECTIFIER TYPE
Hg14_at-aflls- s.[$$gegp
srnqE p-..r.ds_L
l -[ransducer,
conve'rting a sinusoi.rlar alternating current
I ' or
volt*ge into a DC currenl output,
-1 F,roportir:nal to the R l,,lg
valus 0f input. These units are avera,f,e Eensing, but R Hs
calibrated for sine wave r,vith lesE than 12.
-t ing:'ut sLgn.lr^ iE
iiig'Lortion. T h e
convert,ecl t., a DC volt,ar,;e wriicti tfren
Frrclvides bolh i n p u t a n d F , o w e r s u F , F , l yf o r a single
arlrplifier. stage
The average value of input is rreasured
ancl a Dc
out'pu't producecl, Frroprsr'[ionat to the Rl"l$
I
value n,F iriput.
F r:x"]il[m
*.'"i 11rr:[J-lr*
r AC VOLTAGE & CUFTRENT RMS TYPE
[i1,I', Ll-o-I'r:Sjlgg-e-!d_s_L tdav p-:[-qtt115_-
Designed for use on wavefornis witfr

conlen'1.
circuit and
l-he inpul EignaI is fed
the result,ant DC volt,
Rt"t$
u F , t o B A Z ,o f 3 r r l
to an
ha rmoni c
Rl{S de'[ectlon
F , r o d u c e da r e a I inear
'furiction of the Rt{s varue of inpur w"ue.[orm.
voltage T h is DC
F
is converllerl to a nrilliarrp, oul,pul via an o u t , p ut
amplificat ion circuit.
x"
'n[ _;*lll[r
su p o '
lllt I
__JilC_
-----llli-r--:----r
r.-l
r:::;;'"';n:,.
lllt-_*t_rr_r-P-
Jllf '
DATA SHEET:8020
TRANSMITTER(ISOLATED)
DC VOLTAGE/CURRENT
FEATURES
o HIGHACCURACY
o FULLYISOLATED
r FORINTERFACINGWITH ANALOG DATA
TELEMETERING
ACOUISITION, & PROCESS
CONTROLAPPLICATIONS.
t- r FLAME RETARDENTPOLYCARBONATE
ENCLOSURE FORDIN RAIL^//ALLMOUNTING
T
i
J SPECIFICATIONS
3
I
PRINGIPLE:
Inputvoltage& currentsuitablyconditioned,chopped.
transformeiisolatedand convertedbacktoloadindependent
DC Current.
MAXIMUM OUTPUTVOLTS:
15VDC underopen circuit
STABILITY:t 0.25%per annum non-cumulative
3 INPUTSIGNAL: MillivolWolVMilliampDC
INPUTRANGE:
TEST: 2KV rms
DIELEGTRIG
IMPULSETEST: 5KVtransient
SURGEWTHSTAND: To ANSI C37-90a
10mVto 1000VDC
J 100pAto 50mA direct

Othercurrentrangeswith externalshunt.
Consultus for any other ranges.
TEMPERATURE RANGE:
Storage-20 to + 70'C
Operating0 to 60"C
OUTPUT: TEMPERATURE 0.025%fC tvpical
CO-EFFICIENT:
Eil CURRENT
0-1mA + 0- 1 0 Ko h m s
VOLTAGE
0-5v Dc
HUMIDITYRANGE:Upto 95% RH
0- 1-5V DC
u
0-5mA + 2K ohms ISOLATION:
0- 1OmA + 0- 1K ohms 0-10vDc Input/OutpuVSupply/Case. Input& transrhitteroutputsignals
0-20mA + 0- 500 ohms 2-10VDC are galvanicallyisolatedfrom eachother; neithersharea
4-2OmA + 0- 500 ohms (Limitto 20mA) common reference. With a common mode voltagesourceof
ACCURAGY: 120VAC RMSat 50Hzand 100H2betweeninput and output
common,.rejection for ACfeedthroughis greaterthan 100db'
tr: ! 0j% of output span for combined effects of linearity, and for DC shift is greaterthan 120db.
B hysteresis and deadband
POWERSUPPLY:
ZERO& SPANADJUSTMENT:
AC 63.5V,110V,240V.415V,+'2oo/o{Burdenupto 3VA)
+ 2 % m i n i m u ma t z e r o
+ l O Y om i n i m u ma t s p a n HOUSING:
or Bulkheadmounting- Refer
FlameretardentDIN RailArVall
OUTPUTPROTECTION:
to PP75in EnclosureDataSheet8000
Fullvorotectedaqainstopen or short circuitedoutput
WEIGHT:0.5 Kg
OUTPUTRIPPLE:05% ot full ratedoutput
' '.r* Tfrrrd. .liX&
x x : ft-r*F 2 dr?.i3 toclico.0i tfrr rnV VaL!0-
^{-ndic-Ia fd'-
INFORMATION
ORDERING
t-tr-r-mbey
1 g&r-'-* t /r{- orstd-d ' l-f\l' ,"f.9.,*"ye
CoorlDC C looo0 -rib.-€
I rcr-nrrni t
CODE CODE CODE

152 0-5V 101 0 - 50mV 12 63.5VAC No damping O NoL tuX*
153 0- 10V 102 0 - 75mV 13 1i0 VAC DampingAdjust l. Rolurred
1 6 1 1- 5 V 152 0-5V 17 240 VAC r'
162 2- 10V 153 0- 10V 1 8 4 1 5V A C
2O1 0 - 1mA 201 0- 1m,A *33 24VDC
2O2 0- SmA 204 0 - 20mA 09 Any other
203 0 - 1OmA 220 4-2OmA 34 Atvoc
204 0 - 20mA 009 Any other llo V)c
220 4-2OmA ta3-'lS4 ) to \,'DC 3 q
222 4- 20mA. " ? fo -7so vD A t Z2avDc'
dualt> A l1 2 t 1 a ucA
009 Any other
8 0 2 0
(Type8020with : 4 - 20mA output,4 - 2OmA. inpu!,240VAC power Qupplyand with

dampingadjustmentt ortd tr:'rfhot^l-trLcurxrrr-tbfur-7o*'.
" o)ry)
WIRINGDETAILS $ozo/r-" r l " ' ^ t s q l o [.o

-E€_
-ic)
o/P2 olP1
"i;#i^^ûJ
++-t-l-t-f.,
€ttPPtrt&
+ + frt'
t-
60@&coi
t% ll I
(r/*l | 2- i
E
l_ _
8
_fL-L
E 9
l_- I
i
l- Ll lHt lE
lP 338'f&
A c& D c
0,,Southern
Manufactured Transducgrs
1 2 2 l l , N e e l a n g a r a i , P . B . N o . S S E S , T h i r u v a n m i y u r P . O . , M a d r a s 6 0 0 O 4 l , l N D l A P h o n e : 4 11142l i2n7e s l o T e l e x : 0 4 1 - 2 1 0 9 8 S E T X l NG r a m : F E E D B A C K
Marketed by: ProcessInstruments Division

LARSEN& TOUBROLIMITED
P.O. Bag 6903, Madras 600 018. Phone: 453273,453289
Begional Oflices:
P . O . B o x 1 1 9 , P u n e 4 1 1 O 0 1 . P h 1 6 4 4 4 7 . P . O .B o x 6 2 2 3 , N e w D e l h i 1 1 0 0 1 5 . P h : 5 3 1 3 0 2
P.O. Box 619, Calcutta 700 001. Ph: 44230115. Post Bag 5247, Madras 600 002. Ph: 46214119
Product development is a c6ntinuous process. Information given in this publication is, therefore, subiect to change.
DATASHEET:8061
AC VOLTAGETRANSDUCER
FEATURES
. WIDE AUXILIARYPOWERSUPPLY
RANGE
o LOW TEMPERATURE CO-EFFICIENT
a TRANSIENTPROTECTION a pssenTffi
o FULL RANGEOF OUTPUTS
I a COMPACTFLAME RETARDENT
FolvcnRBoNATEENcLosuREFoR
I
\
DIN RAILMALL MOUNTING
_),. SUPPRESSED ZEROVOLTAGE
l
II UNITS AVAILABLE
il:,
]l
I
_t
I
,L
lil SPECIFICATIONS
oulp'l
ofllIglgs
: o.5o/o
OUTPUTRIPPLE
: RectifiedRMS calibrated
PRINCIPLE circuit
MAX|MUMoUTPUTVoLTS: 15VDC underopen
- (Sp"tify "tttt "tltd
INPUT VOLTAGE: 50 480V
S TA B ILfTY+: 0.25Y P
o erannum' @
BURDEN:Lessthan 0.5VAfor Aux' powered TEST: 2 KV rms (50 Hz)for 1 mt'
DIELECTRIC
Lessthan 2VA for self PoL
LI OUTPUT:
CURRENT
** VoLTAGE
IMPULSETEST:SKVtransient
SURGEWITHSTAND:To aNqlFT: t0"
0 - 1m A - - + 0 - 1 0 Ko h m s o-sv DC
0 - 5mA --+ 0 - 2K ohms 1-5V DC oV E R LOA D C A P A C ITY :l .2S xratedvol t agecont inuous
LI 0-10mA-+ 0-1K ohms
0-20mA-+ 0-500 ohms
x*4- 20mA--+ 0 - 500 ohms
0-10vDc
2-10vDc
(Limitto 20mA)
1.5 x rated voltage for 10 sec'
TEMPERATURE RANGE:Storage- 20 to + 70"C
Operating0 to 60"C
** (forAu". po*"Ieq r"ttl?!!injyl
I A CCURA CYRan : g eO-1 2 5 %
CfassA1 : + 0.5%of sPan
TEMPERATURE
HUMIDITYnmCf , UPto
' O'OS%/'C
CO'EFFlCletUf
gS"Z"nH
tvpitd
Clas sA 2: ! 0. 2%o f s P a n ISOLATION pply/Case

: InpuVOutpuUSu
Consultus for higheraccuracies
il ZERO& SPANADJUSTMENT:
+ 2Yo minimum atzero
AUXfLIARYSUPPLY:AC 63'5V,110V'240V' 415V
+ 2OVo(BurdenuPto 3VA)
+ l o o / om i n i m u m a t s p a n H OU S IN G:
Lt RESPONSE
-dettertfranTIME:
500 msecto 99% rated output
F|ameretardentD|NRailMallorBulkheadmounting_R
OUTPUTPROTECTION: output WEIGHT:0'6 Kg
{r Frffv piotectedagainstopen or short circuited
I
ORDERINGINFORMATION
TYPENO. OUTPUT INPUTVOLTAGE FREOUENCY POWERSUPPLY ACCURACY OPTION
XXXX XXX XXX XXX XX XX X
CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE

8061 # 152 0-5V 170 0-75V AC 352 50Hz 12 63.5V AC 41 0.5% 0 N od a m p i n g
# 153 0-10V 173 0-150V AC 354 60Hz 13 110V AC A2 0.2% 1 Damping
# 161 1-5V 175 0-300V AC 17 240V AC Adjust
# 162 2- 10V 177 0-450V AC 18 415V AC
201 0 - 1mA 009 Anyother * 33 24t48V DC
2O2 0 - 5mA f36 12-sov DC
203 0 - 10mA 2wire
2O4 0 - 20mA 40 Self powered
# 220 4- 20mA 09 Any other
# 222 4 - 20mAdual
009 Anyother
# with Auxiliary Power supply only

* Open collectoroutput
f Output 4 - 20 mA only with self powered input
CODE:
S A M P L EO R D E R I N G
Tl 0l6lll tET'Tcl /FTsT4tJT) /FTf /E
/FTiTt-l
( T y p e8 0 6 1w i t h i 4 - 2 0 m A o u t p u t , 1 5 0 VA C i n p u t , 6 0 H z f r e q u e n c y ,2 4 0 VA C A u x i l i a r y
P o w e rS u p p l y , 0 . 5 y oa c c u r a c ya n d w i t h n o d a m p i n g a d j u s t m e n t )
WIRING DETAILS
DC
O/Pz SUPPLY O/P1
+ + +
r
*648il6i il
I
L
??
POWER
J
t
r- oE
SUPPLY
(AUX.) L
S ' LOAD
I
by:Southgrn
Manuractured Tra nsducers
1 2 2 1 ,1 N e e l a n g a r a i .P . B . N o . 8 5 8 9 , T h i r u v a n m i y u r P . O . ,M a d r a s 6 0 0 0 4 1 , I N D I A P h o n e l ' 4 1 1 2 2 7{ 4 l i n e s ) r T e l e x : 0 4 1 - 2 1 0 9 8S E T X l N Gram: FEEDBACK
Marketed by: Process Instruments Division

LARSEN& TOUBRO LIMITED
P.O. Bag 6903, Madras 600 018. Phone: 453273,453289
Regional Offices:
P . O .B o x 1 1 9 .P u n e 4 1 1 0 0 1 . P h : 6 4 4 4 7 r P . O .B o x 6 2 2 3 ,N e w D e l h i 1 1 0 0 1 5 .P h : 5 3 1 3 0 2
P.O. Box 619, Calcutta 700 001. Ph: 44230115r Post Bag 5247, Madras 600 002. Ph: 862141/9
Product development is a continuous process. lrtformation given in this publication is, therefore, subject to change
sDR3888 :l
DATASHEETT8066
AC CURRENT
TRANSDUCER
FEATURES
o FULLY ISOLATED
o SELFOR AUXILIARYPOWERED
o HIGH ACCURACY
o OPTIONAL- ADJUSTABLE
DAMPING,DUAL OUTPUT
o FOR USE WITH INDICATORS.
e RECORDERS, fuD CONVERTERS,

INPUTS,ETC,.
o AVAILABLElN 1, 2 AND 3
CIRCUITSIN ONE HOUSING
I
u
SPECIFICATIONS
PRINCIPLE
: RectitiedRMSCalibrated OUTPUTPROTECTION:
Fullyprotectedagainstopen or shortcircuitedoutput
INPUT:
1A or 5A CT stlcondaries OUTPUTRIPPLE:0.5% of full rated outout
0.2to 10Adirect(Specifyexactvalue) MAXIMUMOUIPUTVOLTS:15VDC underopen circuit
tt BURDEN:
Better than 0.5VAfor Aux. powered
Better than 2VA for self powered
STABILITY:t 0.25%Derannum,non-cumulative.
DIELECTRIC
TEST: 2 KV rms {50 Hz}for 1 mt.
IMPULSETEST: 5KV transient
OUTPUT:
I CURRENT ** VOLTAGE
0 - 1 m A + 0 - 1 0 K o h m s 0-5V DC > 250ohms
0-5mA - 0 - 2 K o h m s 1- 5V DC > 250ohms
SURGEWITHSTAND:To ANSI C37- 90a
OVERLOADCAPACITY:2 x rated current continuous
15 x ratedcurrentfor 10 sec.
0 - 10mA --+ 0 - 1K ohms 0 - 10VDC > 500ohms
LL 0-20mA + 0-500 ohms
**4- 20mA--+ 0-500 ohms
** (forAux poweredversionsonly)
2-l0VDC > 500ohms
(Limitto 20mA)
TEMPEBATURE
TEMPERATURE
RANGE:Storage- 20 to + 70'C
Operating0 to 60'C
CO-EFFICIENT:
0.03%/'C tvoical
j[. ACCURACY:Range0 - 125%

C l a s sA l : I 0 . 5 %o Js p a n
HUMIDITYRANGE:Uoto 95% RH
ISOLATION: InpuVOutpuVSupply/Case
Class42: t 0.2o/ooI span
AUXfLfARYSUPPLYT AC 63.5V,1'!OV,240V,415V,50160
Hz
Consultus for higheraccuracies A 20olo(Burdenupto 3VA)
I
I ZERO& SPANADJUSTMENT:t 2% minimum atzero HOUSING:
Li
i 107ominimum at span FlameretardentDIN Rail/Wallor Bulkheadmounting- Refer
RESPONSETIME: to PP75in EnclosureDataSheet8000
ti Better than 500 msec to 99% rated outout WEIGHT:0.6 Kg

J
INFORMATION
ORDERING
TYPENO. OUTPUT INPUTCURRENT FREOUENCY POWEB
SUPPLY ACCURACY OPNON
xxxx XXX XXX XXX XX XX X

8066 +152 0-5V 25r 0-rA 352 SOHZ 12 63.5VAC 41 0.50/0 0 No damping
# 153 0 -'tov 253 0-5A 354 60 Hz 1 3 1 1 0 VA C M 0.20/0 l Damping
#161 ' l-5V 009 Any 364 zl00Hz 17 240V AC Adjust
#162 2 - 10V other 18 415VAC
201 0- lmA * 33 24l48VDC
202 0-5mA f36 12- 50VOC
203 0- 10mA 2wire
2M 0 - 20mA 40 Selt
#220 4 - 20mA powered
#222 4-2OmA 09 Any other
oual
009 Any other 41 22o lDc
* ODenCollectoroutput
# With Auxiliary Power Supply only
f Output 4 - 20 mA only with self powered input
O R D E R I NCGO D E :
SAMPLE
8 0 6 o tfrfrf ol,FTsTg tr'lruF-i]l' E
lrFTaT4/
(Type8066with : 4 - 20mAoutput,0 -5A inputcurrent,60 Hzf requency,63.5VAC power
supply,0.5%accuracyand with dampingadjustment)
WRING DETAILS
DC
O/P2 SUPPLYO/P1
- + - + - +
J_LLl_l_l_ II
T
d66666i I
POWER
SUPPLY
(AUX.) iil
R
LOAD
S
T "l
CAUTION:CurrentTransformerCircuitedmust not be opencircuitedat load. J
Manurac,ured
bv,Southern Tra nsducers
1 2 2 1 1 , N e e l a n g a r a i , P . B . N o . 8 5 8 9 , T h i r u v a n m i y u r P . O . , M a d r a s 6 0 0 0 4 l , l N D | A P h o n e : 4 1 1 2 2 72(140l 9
M8rketed bv: Process Inst.uments Division

i n8eSsE) .TTXellNeGxr:a0m
4 :1F E E O 8 A C K "J
P.O.aag 6903,Mad6s 600018.Phoner453273,453?89
Regionll Oflices:
, e w D e l h i1 1 00 ' 1 5P
P . O .B o x 1 1 9 ,P u n e4 1 10 0 1 .P h : 6 4 4 4 7 .P . O .B o x6 2 2 3 N . h:531302
U
P.O.Box 619,Calcuna7000o'1.Ph| 2142301/5 . PostBag 5247,Madras600 002.Ph: 862141/9
Product d€velopmenl is a continuous process. Informarion given in lhis publicallon is, ther€forc, subj€cl to change,
,i
DATASHEET:&)72
(WATT}
ACTIVEPOWERTRANSDUCER
FEATURES
o PRECISIONMEASUREMENTS
EVEN
FOR DISTORTEDWAVEFORMS
o FULLY ISOLATED
o OPTIONALDUAL OUTPUT
LOW TEMPERATURE
CO.EFFICIENT
CAN BE CONNECTEDDIRECTLYTO
INSTRUMENTATIONFOR DISPLAY.
lll METERING.DATA ACOUISITION,
Lr CONTROL,ENERGY MANAGEMENT
AND TELEMENTRY.
o HIGH IMMUNITYTO EXTERNAL
NOISE
SPECIFICATIONS
PRINCIPLEI RESPONSE TIME:
,[l Provenpulsewidth pulseheightmultiplier

INPUTVOLTAGE:
Beter than 500 msec to 99% rated outDut
OUTPUT PROTECTION:
50 - 480V (Specifyexact value) Fullyprotectedagainstopenor shortcircuitedoutput
RANGE:
ltl t 20 %.0- 120%{with Aux power supply}

BURDEN:
Betterthan 0.5VAfor Aux Dowered
OUTPUTBIPPLE:0.5% of full rated outout
MAXIMUM OUTPUTVOLTS: 15V DC under oDencircuit
STABILITY:t 0.257oDerannum,non-cumulative.
lJ Betterthan 2VA for self powered (at one phase only)

CURRENT:,
0.2to 10Adirect.(Specifyexactvaluel
1A or 5A CTsecondaries,
TEST: 2 KV rms (50 Hz)for 1 mt.
DIELECTRIC
IMPULSETEST: 5KV transient
SURGEWITHSTAND:To ANSI C37- 90a
RANGE:0 - 125%
tl BURDEN:Lessthan 0.5VA
PF RANGE:Cos@ Unity to 0 leadand lag
OVERLOADCAPACT]IY:
2 x rated current or
1.25x ratedvoltagecontinuous
15 x ratedcurrentor 1.5 x ratedvoltagefor 10 sec.
il FBEOUENCY
OUTPUT:
CURRENT
CO-EFFICIENT:
Lessthan 0.05%/Hz
VOLTAGE
TEMPERATURE RANGE:
Storage-20 to + 70'C
Operating0 to 60"C
0-lmA 0 - 1 0 Ko h m s 0 - 5 v D c > 250ohms
tl 0-5mA 0-2K ohms

0 - lomA --) 0 - 1 K o h m s
0 - 20mA --+ 0 - 500 ohms
4 - 20mA --+ 0 - 500 ohms
1 - 5 V D C > 250ohms
0 - 1 0 v D c > 500ohms
2 - 1 0 V D C> 500ohms
TEMPERATURE
CO-EFFICIENT:
O.03%/"Ctypical
HUMIDITYMNGE: Upto 957oRH
{Limitto 20mA) ISOLATION:
o - E t m A - - 0 - 1 0 Ko h m s pply/Case
InpuUOutpuVSu
0 - t 1omA---> 0 - 1 K o h m s
ACGURACY: AUXILIARYSUPPLYT
Range0 - 125% AC 63.5V,1'r0V,240V,415V,50/60Hz
Ir Class41 : A 0.5%of span

ClassA2: t 0.2%of span
t 20% {Burdenupto 3VA}
HOUSING:
or Bulkheadmounting- Refer
FlameretardentDIN RailA&all
to PPl50in EnclosureDataSheetENPP
t 2%r minimumat zero
I I 10%minimumat soan WEIGHT:1.5Kg

ORDERING
INFORMATION
ryPENO. OUTPUT INPUTVOLTAGE
INPUTCURRENT
FREOUENCY POWERSUPPLY ACCURACY OPTION
XXXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XX XX X
CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE
8'672 152 0-5V 171 63.5V AC 251-0 - 1A 352.40H2 12 63.5VAC A1 0.5% 0 No damping
8073 153-0 - 10V 172-'1.10V AC 253 0-5A 354 60Hz 110VAC A2 0.2% '1 Damping
8074 1 6 1 r1 - 5 V 174 240V AC 009 Any other 364 400H2 1 7 240V AC Adjust
162 2-10V 176 415V AC 18 415VAC
8076 2Ol O- lmA 009 Any other 33 -24l48V DC**
4077 202 0-smA 40 Selfpowered
203 0 - 'lomA 09 Any other
204 0 -2OmA '229'J Dl
220 4-2OmA /, !
'222 4-2omA
oual
231 0-1'lmA
232 0 - 11omAl
009 Any other
Also specifyPT Ratio.CTRatio& Range * An integratedoutput4 - 20 mA as a secondoutDutCODE223
* * OpenCollect6routput for 15 minutesandCODE224lot 30 minutesintegration
SAMPLE
ORDERING
CODE:
I 0 7 t. ---T---r-_]
1 2 1 2 l 0T---r---tr--l
l 1t l71l 2 lT---r---r-----l T----T----r------r r---T----'t r---r----r r------l
l 1 2 l 5l l/ 31 3 l 5 l 4 l 1 t l7l l l el z l r l g J
PTRatio:11KV/110V; CT Ratio:600/54; WATT : r/dvl. cosO
Range:0-10MW MAX WATT : 1.732x 11000x 600
(Type8073with: 4 - 20mAoutput,110VAC VoltaqeinDut, 11.4312MW
0 - 5A Currentinput,60 Hzfrequency,
240VAC p6wersupply, H a n g e : 0 - 1oMW(Asselected)
0,2%Accuracy& witho.utdampingadjustment.SpecifiedpT
Ratio11KV/110V,CT Ratio600/54& Range0 - 1oMW)
WIRINGDETAILS TYPE:8073
rYPE:8072 3 PHASE3 WIREBALANCED
SINGLE
PHASE
TYPE:8075 TYPE:8076 ryPE:8077

3 PHASE
3 WIREUNBALANCED 3 PHASE
4 WiREUNBALANCED 3 PHASE4WIREVOLTAGE& CURRENT
i
-1.+.1-f
I t-
6@@@o@l
I
I
I
Caution: CurrentTransformercircuit must not be open circuitedat load.
M.nur,ctur€d
by:Southern Transducers
u
1 2 2 l ' 1N
, e e l a n g a r aPi ,- 8 .N o . 8 5 8 9T, h i r u v a n m i y uPr . O . , l v l a d r a6 s0 0 O 4 t ,t N D | Ap h o n e r 4 l l 2 2 7 1 4t i n e s ) .T e t e x r0 4 1 _ 2 l O g B S E T X t G
N r a m :F E E D B A C K
Marketedbyr Proc6s lGtrum€nts Division

P.O.Bag6903,Madras600018.Phone:453273,453289
BegionalOlfices:
P . O .A o x 1 ' 1 9P, u n e4 1 10 0 1 .P h :6 6 4 2 9 7. P . O .B o x6 2 2 3 N
P.O.8ox 619,Calcutta700 001.Ph| 2t42301,5
, e w D s l h i1 1 0O t 5 .P h : 5 3 1 3 0 2
. PostBag 5247,t\radras600 OO2.p A62141tg
I
Productdsveiopment is a continuousprocess.Intormariongiveh in rhis pobticarionis, therefor€,subiectro chanoe.
tJ
DATASHEET:8082
REACTIVE (VAR)
POWERTRANSDUCER
FEATURES
o COMPACTSPACESAVING
CONSTRUCTIONWITH FLAME
RETARDENTPOLYCARBONATE
ENCLOSURE
o UNIPOLAROR BIPOLAROPTIONS
o SUITABLEFOR SINGLEOR THREE
PHASEBALANCED OR UNBALANCED
LOAD SYSTEMS
o FULLYISOLATEDINPUTSFOR
AUTOMATICCONTROLFUNCTIONS
o OPTIONALDUAL OUTPUT
o COMPACT,RUGGEDAND EASYTO
INSTALLDESIGN
SPECIFICATIONS
J RESPONSE
TIME: Betterthan 500 msec to 99o/orated output
PRINCIPLE:
Pulsewidth pulseheightmultiplierwith proveninternalphase OUTPUTPROTECTION:
shiftingnetwork. Fullyprotectedagainstopen or shortcircuitedoutput
INPUTVOLTAGE: OUTPUTRIPPLE:0.5%offull rat€doutDut
50 - 480V(Specifyexactvalue)
MAXIMUMOUTPUT VOLTS:
RANGE:t 20%
0 - 120%(with Aux. power supply) 15VDCunderooencircuit
BURDEN: STABILITY:a 0.25%Derannum,non-cumulative.
Betterthan 0.5VAfor Aux. powered; Betterthan 2VA for self TEST: 2 KV RMS (50 Hz)for 1 mt.
DIELECTRIC
powered(at one phaseqnly)
IMPULSETEST:sKVtransient
CURRENT:
1A or 5A CTsecondaries SURGEWITHSTAND:To ANSI C37- 90a
0.2 to 10A direct (Specifyexact value)
OVERLOADCAPACITY:
MNGE: 0 - 125% 2 x ratedcurrentor
BURDEN:Lessthan 0.5VA 1.25x ratedvoltagecontinuous
15 x ratedcurrentor 1,5 x ratedvoltagefor 10 sec.
PFRANGE;
TEMPERATURE MNGE:
Cos @Unity to 0 lead and lag
Storage:- 20 to + 70'C
OUTPUT: Operating:0 to 60"C
CURBENT VOLTAGE
TEMPERATURE
CO-EFFICIENT:
0.03%/"Crypicat.
0- 1mA + 0 - 1 0 Ko h m s 0 - 5 v D c > 250ohms
0 - smA --+ 0 - 2K ohms 1 - 5 V D C > -500
250ohms HUMIDITYBANGE: Upto 95% RH
0- 10mA -; 0-]K ohms 0- 10vDc > ohms
0 - 20mA -+ 0 - 500 ohms 2 - 1 0 V D C > 500ohms ISOLATION: InpuVOutpuUSupply/Case
4-2OmA --+ 0-500 ohms (Limitto 20mA)
AUXILIARYSUPPLY:
0- t'lmA + 0-10Kohms
0-a10mA--+ 0-lK ohms AC 63.5V,110V, 240V,415V,50t60Hz
x 2OYo(Btnden upto 3VA)
ACCURACY:Range0 - 12570
ClassAl: t 0.5%of span HOUSING:
Class42: t 0.2oloof soan FlameretardentDIN Rail/wallor Bulkheadmounting- Refer
to PP150in EnclosureDataSheetENPP
ZERO& SPAN ADJUSTMENT:t 2olo minimum at zero
a 1070minimumat soan WEIGHT:L5 Kg
ORDERING
INFORMATION
TYPENO. OUTPUT INPUTVOLTAGE INPUTCURRENTFREOUENCY POWER
SUPPLY ACCURACY OPTION
XXXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XX XX x
8082 0-5v 171 63.5V AC 251 0 - 1 4 352 sOHz 1 2 63.5VAC A1 0.5% 0 No damping
8083 153 0 - 1 0 v 172 110VAC 253 0 - 5 A 354 60Hz 110VAC A2 0.20/0 l Damping
8084 161 1 - 5 V 174 24oV AC 009 Anyother 3M 400H2 17 240V AC Adjust
8085 2-10V 176 4'15V AC 18 415VAC
8086 201 0 - 1 m A 009 Any other 33 2q4AV DC*
8087 202 0 - 5 m A 40 Selfpowered
203 0 - 1 o m A 09 Any other
204 0 - 20mA
220 4 - 20tnA
*+ 222 4- 20mA
oual
231 0 - a ' l m A
232 0 - a 1 0 m A
009 Any other
Also specifyPTRatio.CTRatio& Range ** An integratedoutput 4 - 20 mA as a second
output CODE223
* OpenCollectoroutput for 15 minutesand CODE224lor 30 minutes inteoration
SAMPLE
8 0 8 / FTtfol,f 1f?fl, ETiTJ-l/
FT;T;-]/
FTrl,lnTi-lr
@
PT Ratio:11KV/110V;CT Ratio: 600/54; VAR : \6vt. srNO
R a n g e : 0 -1 0M V A R MAX VAR : 1.732x 11000x 600
(TVpe8083with : 4 - 20mAoutput,110VAC Vottageinpur, - 1't.4312
-
0 5A Currentinput,60 Hzfrequency, 240VAC Powersupply, Range : 0 - loMVAR(Asselected)
0.2t" Accuracy & withoutdampingadiustment.
SpecifiedPT Ratio11KV/110V, CT Rario600/5A& Range0 - 10MVAR)
WIRINGDETAILS ryPE:8083 TYPEr8084
TYPE:8082 3 PHASE3 WIREBALANCED 3 PHASE
4 WIREBALANCED
SINGLE
PHASE
:1- * +
i A,r.,.lr -l
e9qr9q9u!, i
TYPE:8086
3 PHASE
4 WIREUNBALANCED. 3 PHASE4WIREVOLTAGE&CURRENT
f - I l]]] l-l-
UNBALANCEDe,, s,Fllv
e1
il,
@o@@@ol
'rl
rl
, l
1i
'f ]|
j a " t
Caution: CurrentTransformercircuit must not be oDencircuitedat load.
T
:h
Manu,aciuredby:
Southern Transducers i
1 2 2 1 1N, e e l a n g a r aPi ,. B .N o . 8 5 8 9T, h i r u v a n m i y uPr. O . l,v l a d r a6s0 00 4 1 ,I N D I AP h o n e 4
: 1 1 2 2 7{ 4 t i n e s .) T e t e x l041-21098SETXtN G r a m :F E E D B A C K
Marketedby: ProcessInstrumentsDivision
P.O.Bag 6903,Msdras600018. Phoner453273,453289
B€sionllOffic€s:
P.O.Box 119,Pune4l I 00'1.Ph: 5642147
. P.O.8ox 6223,New Delhi 110015.Ph; 531302
P.O.Box 619,Calcutta700001.Ph: 442301/5. Post8ag 5247,Madrcs600002.ph: 862141/9 k i
Prodlct development is a contn!ous pocess. Infohaion given n $is pubti.aiion ts,lherefore, subjectro change.
DATA SHEET:8091
TRANSDUCER
POWERFACTOR
FEATURES
FREOUENCY INDEPENDENT
FULLY ISOLATED
OUTPUTCALIBRATED IN TERMS
OF POWER FACTOR
CURRENTOUTPUTWITH TRUE
AND 'LIVE' .ZERO
SINGLEPHASEOR POLY PHASE
l, SYSTEMS
h
I
\
SPECIFICATIONS
J
PRINCIPLE: t 2% minimumat zero
tt
t l07ominimumat span
RESPONSE TIME:
? MNGEr t 20% of nominal

BURDEN:Betterthan 0 sVA for Aux' powereo
o-+-' +h.h ?VA for self oowered (at one pnase only'
OUTPUTPROTECTION:
short circuitedoutput
Fully protected againstopen or
OUTPUTRIPPLE:0.5% oi Jull rated output

CURRENT: circuit
wteXtUUUOUfpUTVOLTS:15VDCunderopen
I 1A or 5A CT secondaraes,
'2 xalgl-r!
TEST: KV,rn9-1!9
DIELEGTRIC
tl BURDEN:Lessthan 0.5VA
lag
0.8 lead/1/0.2
TEST:5KVtransaem
IMPULSE
SURGEWTHSTAND: To ANSI C37 90a
-
OUTPUTS: OVERLOADCAPACITY:2 x rated current or
I PFRANGE
0.5 1
LAG
0.5
1.25 x rated voltage continuous
ii-t ,"t"J "utt"nior 1.5 x rated voltage for 10 sec'
fftUpfRlfUne MNGE: Storage
-20'to + 70'C
0.8 1 0.2 Operatingo'to 60"C
co'EFFlclENrill:93%/"(Iyq!991-
TEMPERATURE
BIPOLAR
to 0 to +1 mA
- 1 0 to 0 to +10 mA
UNIFOI.AR ISOLATION: InpuVOutpuUSupply/case
0.5 to 1 mA
0 t o
mA AUXILIARYSUPPLY:AC 63 5, 11OV'240V'415V
0 t o 2.5 to 5
0 t o 5.0 to 10 mA
0 t o 10.0 to 20 mA HOUSING: -
4 t o 12.Oro 20 mA iliil'rui"ro"", orn Rail/Wallor B,u-lkieadmountins Refer
DRIVECAPABILITY:10V
ACCURACY:I 0.02 PF
INFORMATION
ORDERING
TYPENO. SERVICE OUTPUT INPUT INPUT FREOUENCY POWER ACCURACY omoN
VOLTAGE VOLTAGE/ SUPPLY
CURFEI{T
xxxx x xxx xxx XXX xxx XX XX X
cooE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE

8091 1 Single 152 0-5v 171 63.5VAC 171 63.5VAC 352 50Hz 12 63.5VAC At o.5% 0 Nodamping
pnasg 153 0- 10v 172 110VAC 172 flov AC 354 60Hz 13 r10V AC A2 0.2y. 1D€mping
2 3 Phase 161 t-5v 174. 2NV AC 174 2qV AC 3dt ,OoHz 17 24oV AC Adiust
3 Voltage 162 2 -10V 176 415V AC 176 4't5V AC 18 415V AC
Synchroni- 201 0- 1mA 0O(l Any oth€r 251 0-14 8 24t8\t OC*
sation 202 0-smA 253 0- 5A 40 S€ll
203 0 - 10mA 009 Anyother
2U 0 - 20mA Og Any other
220 4-mmA
222 4 -2O.n.A
231 0 - l l m A
232 0 - t'lomA
009
Also spBcity PT Rstio, CT Ratio & Rangs

r Opea colleclor output
* * In S€lf po/vered models, the auxil;erypow€r supply is paralleledto the input
SAMPLE
8 0 9 1 rVIII4 r[zTsTs-l
rf rETzTol rFTtTtl/ Ffz-lrF]l' @
PT Ratio:11KV/1 10V;CT Batio:600/54;Range:0.5lead/1/0.5lag
(Type8091SinglePhasewith : 4 - 20mA output. 110VAC Voltageinput,
0 - 5A Currentinput, 60 Hzfrequency,240VAC PowerSupply,+ O.iyoAccuracy&
Dampingadjustment.SpecifiedPT Ratio11KV/110V.CT Ratio600/54&
Range0.5lead/1/0.5 lag.)
WRING DETAILS
SINGLEPHASE THREEPHASE VOLTAGESYNCHRONISATION
3i i'Y 1"1
---l-ll-+-f+,
ir @6@@@oi
i
I
t l
l ^ ^
| 9 9 --- --T-T-tl
-------1-r--- V 9 9 V---- I
t t L
wT llLl
I
I
CAUTION:CurrentTransformercircuitmust not be opencircuitedat load.
I
by:So uth grn
Mlnu'.crur.d Transducers
1221, Nsslangarai,P.a.No. 8589,ThiruvanmiyurP.O.,Madras600041 INDIAPhon€:411227(4lin€s). Tsl€x: 041-21098
SETXlN Gram: FEEDBACK
Markalad by: ?roc63 lnrtrumant. Diyi3ion

LARSEN& TOUBROUMITED
P.O.Bag 6903,Madras600018.Phone:453273,453283
R.!ion.l Ollic..:
P,O.Box 119.Puno4lt 001. Ph: 64447. P.O.Box 6223,N€w Delhi 110015.Ph: 531302
P.o. Box 619,calcuna 700 001.Ph: 4423016. Postaag 5247,Madras600 002.Ph: 862'141/3
Prcducrdevelopm.ntas! @.tinuous proc..!. Infom.lion siv.n in rhir publidnon is, rhsr6foro,subjeclto ch8noo.
DATASHEET:ENPP
MOUNTING
& DIMENSIONS
FORENCLOSURES
PP150,PP1OO,
PP75 & PP55
ENCLOSURE:
PPt5o Soldar€dconn€ollonfor gab or who
Tophal rarl
D r NE N 5 0 0 2 2 , 3 5
O Wilh.cov€r
t Casematerial:
@ with cover same heighl
y'-O,giey
Polyca.bonate/GV
l Casefixing: 1 ) Snapmountingon top hat rail

DtN EN 50 022-35
2l Screwmounting
2.11DistancebetweenM4-screws13Sx 50
2.21DistancebetweenMs-scrows135 x 60
ENCLOSURE:
PP1OO
Iop hal rail

DtN EN 50022-35
tor flat conn€ctor
I Casemat6rlal: Polycarbonats/cvy'-O,gray
Casefixing; 1) Snapmountingon top hat rail

DIN EN 50 022-35
Screwmounting
2 . 1 1DistancebetweenM4-screwsgS x 50
2.21 DistancebetwsenMs-screwsgE x 60
Sglderedconnectionfor pcb oawire
PP75
ENCLOSURET
s
I
Top hat rail

DtN EN 50022'35 O Withcover
@Withcoversameheight
Casematerial: graY
Polycarbonate/GV/V-O,
'l Snap mounting on top hat rail

Casefixing : )
DIN EN 50 022-35
Screw mounting
2 . 1 1Distance between M4-Screws 50 x 60
2.21 Distance between M5-screws 60 x 60
PP55
ENCLOSURE:
Too hat rail

Ottt EtttSOOZZ-gS O Wathcover
O With cover same height
gray
Casematerial: Polycarbonate/Gv^y'-O,
- 1)
Casefixinq; Snap mounting on top hat rail
B DIN EN 50 022-35
: :
Iis6,
t\r;;"*,_**,,
t'::5*; SouthernTransd-ucers phon€:411ifi( sErxrN
041'21oss
rerex:
rines).
ii.'!'ffi ili,,ri,rfr,, pb] ru".ts6cro
04r,rNpra
M.rkst€d W: Proc66sInstrumotns Divbion ioxr 0 t l - r - l . a t1 t 1 0 3

n.,,,
%.,,.
Î"9,Y"'JP.#H'"T"
!fHru$ I
Box6223, Ph:531302
N6wDerhi110015 -
FSIHXffiE;" " t 0"1.Ph:664447.P.o. 6000o2Ph:862141rs
Madras
' PosiBas5247'
i'.5.ti" oig,b"i"i,nizooool Ph:442301/5
I
inthispublication is'thereiore subjecltochan0e
ProductdevelopnBntisa conlinuousprocess lnformationsiven . l
RISH Ducer C11
Phase Angle Transducer (Power Factor)
Data Sheet
Transducer for measuring
phase angle (Power Factor)
Fig. 1. RISH Ducer C11 Fig. 2. RISH Ducer C11

transducer in housing E16 transducer in housing E16 screw
clipped onto a top-hat DIN rail. hole mounting brackets pulled out.
www.rishabh.co.in Page 1 of 8 Version : 1 / 04 / XI / 0112 / B

Application Technical Data
The transducer RISH Ducer C11 (Fig. 1 and 2) measures the General
phase angle between current and voltage of a single or 3 phase Measured quantity: Phase angle between current and voltage
balanced network having a sine wave form. Measuring principle: Measurement of the zero crossing interval
The output signal, in the form of a load independent DC current or Measuring input E
voltage, is proportional to the phase angle between the 2 Standard measuring
measured quantities current and voltage. ranges 1 : 0.9–cap–1–ind–0.5
The measuring range scales of the connected instruments, such 0.8–cap–1–ind–0
as indicators, recorders, controllers etc., are calibrated in cos 0.5–cap–1–ind–0.5
values of the angle. 0.5–ind–0–cap–1–ind–0–cap–0.5
180 120 80 0 60 120 180 0el
Features / Benefits ind (lag) cap (lead) ind (lag) cap (lead)
1 0.5 0 0.5 0.8 0.9 1 0.5 0 0.5 1 cos j

• Measuring inputs: Sine or distorted wave-forms of nominal
input current and nominal input voltage
Measured Nominal input Nominal input Measuring range

variable current voltage limits Nominal frequency fN 2 : 50 or 60 Hz
Phase 0.01 to 10 A 10 to 660 V 0 to 30 & 0...175° el Nominal input voltage : 100/ 3, 110/ 3, 100, 110, 200, 230,
w w
Angle ± 15 to < ± 175° el UN 3 400 or 500 V

Nominal input current : 1, 2 or 5 A
• Measuring output :
IN 4
DC current signal ( load - independent ) or DC voltage
signal (not super-imposed) Power consumption: : < 0.1 VA per current path
UN × 1 mA per voltage path
• Measuring principle : Measurement of the zero crossing
Sensitivity: : < 0.05% of range end value
interval
• Electric isolation between all transducer connection Overload capacity :
circuits / Prevents interference voltages and currents being
transmitted Measured Number Duration Interval between
• Narrow housing, 70 mm / Saves space and therefore costs quantity of appli- of one two successive
IN UN cations application applications
• Snaps onto a DIN rail or screws onto a wall or panel /
Adaptable to the circumstances at the place of installation 2 x IN contin. ——— ———
• Screw terminals suitable for multistrand or solid wires / 10 x I N 5 15 s 5 min.
Easy wiring without problems 5 1s 5 min.
20 x I N
• Two isolated outputs (Optional)
40 x I N 1 1s ———
• Electrical isolation between output 1 and output 2 is 500V contin.
1.5 x U N ——— ———
2 x UN 10 10 s 10 s
Mode of Operation (Fig.3)
The input variables – current and voltage – are matched to the 4 x UN 1 2s ———
internal instrument level via isolation transformers and led to an
Measuring output A
RS flip-flop. This bistable element generates constant-amplitude
rectangular signals whose length corresponds to the time between Output signals: Load-independent DC voltage U A
OR
the rising zero axis crossings of the two input variables. Parasitic
Load-independent DC current I A
zero axis crossings, due to superimposed ripple control frequencies
for example, are almost suppressed by a dead time (positive Standard ranges of UA 0...10 / 1...5 / –10...0...10 V
5 to 7 Load capacity 20 mA
feedback). The mean voltage of these rectangular waves is
External resistance
therefore proportional to the phase angle and inherently
for one output
independent of the input frequency. UAN [V]
Rext min. [k ] >
20 mA
UAN = Full scale output
For two outputs
Rext. [ k ] > 10 k / V
Standard ranges of IA 0...1/0...5/0...10/0...20/4...20 mA
8 to 10 –1...0...1/–2.5...0...2.5/–5...0...5/
–10...0...10/–20...0...20 mA
Burden voltage: ± 15 V for one output
U~ I~ ~ + - Burden voltage: ± 12V for two outputs
Measuring Input Power Supply Output
External resistance

Burden voltage Current influence between ± 0.3% for one output
Rext max. [k ] <
IAN [mA] 0.4 and 1.5 IN : ± 0.5% for two outputs
IAN = Full scale Value between ± 0.5 % for one output
0.1 and 1.5 IN : ± 0.7 % for two output
Voltage limit under Approx. 40 V
Rext =  Frequency influence ± 0.5% for one output
45 – 200 Hz : ± 0.7% for two outputs
Current limit under Approx. 1.3  IAN with current
overload Approx. 30 mA with voltage output External field influence
0.5 mT : ± 0.2%
FSO variation: Approx. ± 2%
Power supply influence
Ripple in output  2% p.p. : ± 0.2%
UHN ± 20%
current 11
Influence of common mode
Response time < 300 ms
voltage 220 V, 50 Hz or
1 to 11 see section “Special features” 10 V, 1 MHz : ± 0.2%
HF surge voltage influence
Accuracy (acc. to DIN/IEC 688-1)
acc. to IEC 255-4 Class III,
Reference value : Output span 2.5 kV, 1 kV, 200
Basic accuracy : Class 0.5 1 MHz, 400 Hz : ± 4.0%
Reference conditions acc. to ANSI/IEEE
Ambient temperature : 230C, 5K
C 37.90-1978 2.5 kV, 150 
Input current : 0.8...1.2 IN 1 MHz, 50 Hz : ± 1.0%
Input voltage : 0.8...1.2 UN Power Supply
Frequency : fN 10% AC voltage : 24, 115, 120, 230 or 240 V, ± 20%,
Wave form : Sine-wave 12 13 42 to 70 Hz
Power supply UHN ± 15% (AC),
: Power input approx. 4 VA for one output
UHN –15 / +33% (DC) Power input approx. 8 VA for two outputs
Output burden : 0...Rext max. with current output DC voltage : 24...90 VDC (24...60V for two outputs) or
Rext min. ... with voltage output 90...240 VDC, –15 / +33%,
Influence effects (maximum values): 85...230 VDC, –15 / +33% (for 2 output)
(included in basic error) Power input approx. 4 W for one output
Power input approx. 8 W for two outputs
Linearity error : ± 0.2% for one output
± 0.4% for two outputs
frequency influence fN ± 5% : ± 0.05% Environmental conditions
Dependence on external Climate rating 14 : Climate class 3Z acc. to VDI/VDE
resistance ( Rext max.) : ± 0.05% 3540, but temperature continuously
Power supply influence – 25 to +55°C.
UHN ± 10% : ± 0.05% Relative humidity  75% annual
Additional errors (maximum values) mean (application class HVE acc. to
Temperature influence ± 0.2% / 10 K for one output DIN 40 040)
(–25...+55°C) : ± 0.3% / 10 K for two outputs Storage temperature 0
range : – 40 to +70 C
Voltage influence between ± 0.3% for one output
0.5 and 1.5 UN : ± 0.5% for two outputs 12 to 14 see section “Special features”
Table 1 : Electromagnetic compatibility

The basic standards EN 50 081-2 and EN 50 082-2 were taken in account
Conducted interference from the instrument EN 55 011 Group 1, Class A

HF radiation from complete instrument EN 55 011 Group 1, Class A
Electrostatic discharge IEC 801-2 ± 4 kV contact, ± 8 kV air
HF field influence on instrument IEC 801-3 80 to 1000 MHz, 10 V/m, 80 % AM 1 kHz
Transient burst via connections IEC 801-4 ± 2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, > 1 min. capacitively coupled
Transient surge on power supply IEC 801-5 ± 2 kV, 1.2/50 ms, symmetrical
± 4 kV, 1.2/50 ms, asymmetrical
HF interference via connections IEC 801-6 0.15 to 80 MHz: 10 V, 80% AM 1 kHz, source 150  
The limits given in the standards mentioned are observed. During the interference test, occasional impairment of operating behaviour was
permitted, but no change of operating mode and no loss of data.

Regulations Nature of special features
HF surge compatibility : 2.5/1 kV, 1 MHz, 400 surges/s
acc. to IEC 255-4 Cl. III Nominal input voltage UN
Electrical standards : Acc. to IEC 348 3 between 10 and 660 V, other than the standard
values 100/ 3 , 110/ 3 , 100, 110, 200, 230, 400
w w
Housing protection : IP 40 acc. to IEC 529

or 500 V.
Terminals IP 20
Limitation:
Test voltage : Input versus Output : 4KV, 50Hz, 1min
at UN> 500 V overload capacity 2000 V, 2 s
Input versus Housing : 4KV, 50Hz, 1min
Output versus Housing : 4KV, 50Hz, 1min Nominal input current IN
Output1 versus Output2 : 500V, 50Hz, 1min 4 between 0.01 and 10 A, other than the standard
values 1, 2 or 5 A
Limitations at IN > 5 A:
Installation Data Power consumption < 0.3 VA per current circuit
Mechanical design : Housing type E16 Overload capacity of current circuit
Dimensions see section “Dimensional 2 IN continuous
drawings” (Page 5)
10IN for 10 s maximum 5 times at 5 minute intervals
Material of Housing : Lexan 940 (polycarbonate),Flammability 20IN for 1 s maximum 5 times at 5 minute intervals
Class V-0 according to UL 94,
40IN for 1 s max. 250 A, once only
self-extinguishing, non dripping, free of
fN ³ 40 Hz
halogen
Limitations at IN > 8.3 A
Mounting : For snapping onto top-hat rail
Reference conditions IE  10 A
(35 15 mm or 35 7.5 mm) acc. to
EN 50 022 OR Output signal A
directly onto a wall or panel using the 5 Unipolar load-independent DC voltage*
pull-out screw hole brackets
Ranges between 0...1 and 0...15 V, other than the standard
Mounting Position : Any range 0...10 V
Electrical connections : Screw - type terminals with indirect wire
Output signal A (continuation)
pressure,for max. 2 x 2.5 mm 2 or 1 x 6 mm 2 6 Live-zero*
Weight : Approx. 0.6 kg.
Ranges between 0.2...1 and 3...15 V, other than the
standard range 1...5 V
Table : 1 : Special features * Limitation at UAN < 4 V
Additional error:
Nature of special features Burden dependency
( Rext max). = 0.2%, reference conditions:
Measuring range
External resistance 2Rext min. ± 20%
1 for power factor measurement deviating from standard 7 Bipolar symmetrical load-independent DC voltage*
measuring ranges (e.g. 0.8...cap, 1...ind...0.1)
Ranges between –1...0...1 and –15...0...15 V,
OR
other than the standard range –10...0...10 V
measuring range between 0...30 and 0...60°el resp.
± 15 to < ± 60°el 8 Unipolar load-independent DC current
Ranges between 0...1 and 0...20 mA, other than the
Limitations:
standard range 0...1 / 0...5 / 0...10 and 0...20 mA
Measuring ranges < 60°el:
Additional error 0.5% 9 Live-zero
Ranges between 1...5 and 4...20 mA, other than the
Nominal frequency  50 Hz standard range 4...20 mA
Residual ripple  2% p.p.
10 Bipolar symmetrical load-independent DC current
Response time <1s
Ranges between
Nominal frequency fN –1...0...1 and –20...0...20 mA, other than the standard
2 between 16 and 400 Hz
ranges –1...0...1 / – 2.5...0...2.5 / – 5...0...5 /
–10...0...10 and –20...0...20 mA
apart from the standard ranges 50 or 60 Hz
Limitation at fN > 100 Hz: Residual ripple in output current
Additional error 0.2% 11  0.5% p.p. instead of  2% p.p.
Limitations:
Limitations at 16  fN< 50 Hz: possible only with nominal frequency 50 Hz and
possible only with measuring ranges measuring ranges 0...60 or > ± 60°el
 0...60 or > ± 60°el Response time <1s
Additional error 0.3% Power supply
Residual ripple  2% p.p. 12 without separate power supply connection
Response time <2s Power supply from voltage input signal
Nominal input voltage UN ( 24 V to 500 V, fN  50 to 400 Hz) for one output
3 between 10 and 660 V, other than the standard (> 24 V to 240 V, fN > 50 to 400Hz) for two outputs
values 100/ 3 , 110/ 3 , 100, 110, 200, 230, 400
w w
Limitation:
or 500 V. Reference conditions:
Limitation: Input voltage UN ± 15% With UN  170 V
Impulse withstand voltage acc. to IEC 255-4, Cl. II:

Nature of special features Nature of special features
1 kV, 1.2/50 s, 0.5 Ws or Climatic rating
overload capacity of the voltage input max. 680 V~, 2 s 14 Climate class 3Z acc. to VDI/VDE 3540, but temperature
The additional power taken from the input voltage continuously –25 to +55 °C.
signal is approx. 4 VA Relative humidity  90% annual mean (application
13 with AC voltage class HVR acc. to DIN 40 040)
any voltage between 24 and 500 V for one output,
& 24 and 240 V, ± 20%, 42 to 70 Hz. Power consumption
approx. 4 VA for one output & 8 VA for two outputs.
apart from the standard voltages 24, 115, 120, 230 & 240 V
Electrical connections
O/p1 O/p2
— + — + — +
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
U
I  = Measuring Inputs
= Measuring output O/p1 & O/p2 Front

= Power supply
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
U I
Measuring Inputs
Application Terminal allocation Application Terminal allocation
Phase angle measurement
in 3- or 4-wire
Phase angle measurement 3-phase network
in single-phase AC balanced
network U: L1 – L2
I: L1
Phase angle measurement Phase angle measurement

in 3- or 4-wire in 3- or 4-wire
3-phase network 3-phase network
U: L2 – L3 U: L2 – L3
I: L2 I: L2
Phase angle measurement Phase angle measurement
in 3- or 4-wire in 3- or 4-wire
3-phase network 3-phase network
U: L1 – L3 U: L1 – L3
I: L1 I: L1
Phase angle measurement
in 3- or 4-wire
3-phase network
U: L3 – L2
I: L3
Dimensional Drawings 19 6,5

4,5
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
125
140
125
130
154
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
70 126
12
Fig. 10. RISH Ducer C11 in housing E16 clipped onto a top hat rail 70
125
(3515 mm or 35 7.5 mm, acc. to EN 50 022). Fig. 11. RISH Ducer C11 in housing E16 with the screw hole brackets pulled out
for wall mounting.

Application Note
For phase angle or power factor measurement in equally – Current connection (e.g. in phase L1)
loaded three- or four-wire 3-phase networks the following – Voltage connection (e.g. between phases L1 – L3)
data are needed for calibrating the transducer:
Current connection L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
in phase
Voltage connection L1 - L2 L2 - L3 L3 - L1 L1 - L3 L2 - L1 L3 - L2
between phases
Vector diagrams
Connection diagram Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6 Fig. 7 Fig. 8 Fig. 9

Limitation*: 205 ... 0 ... 145° el 145 ... 0 ... 205° el
Max. meas. range current lagging current leading
Specification and ordering information
Order Code C11 —
Features, Selection *SCODE no-go
1.Mechanical design
3) Housing E16 B 3 . . . . . . . . .
2. Nominal frequency
1) 50 / 60 Hz C . 1 . . . . . .
3. Application
A) Single-phase AC . . A . . . . .
B) 3- or 4-wire 3/4-phase balanced U: L1-L2/I: L1 . . B . . . . .
C) 3- or 4-wire 3/4-phase balanced U: L2-L3/I: L2 . . C . . . . .
D) 3- or 4-wire 3/4-phase balanced U: L3-L1/I: L3 . . D . . . . .
E) 3- or 4-wire 3/4-phase balanced U: L1-L3/I: L1 . . E . . . . .
F) 3- or 4-wire 3/4-phase balanced U: L2-L1/I: L2 . . F . . . . .
G) 3- or 4-wire 3/4-phase balanced U: L3-L2/I: L3 . . G . . . . .
This feature selection “3. Application” and the later sections Application note”
and “Electrical connections” must be checked and specified with one another.
4. Nominal frequency 2
1) 50 Hz . . . 1 . . . .
2) 60 Hz . . . 2 . . . .
9) Non-standard [Hz] . . . 9 . . . .
 16 to 400
Watch for restrictions/additional errors!
5. Nominal input voltage (measuring input) 3

A) 100/ 3 V;
w
A . . . . . . .
B) 110/ 3 V;
w
B . . . . . . .
C) 100 V; C . . . . . . .
D) 110 V; D . . . . . . .
E) 200 V; E . . . . . . .
F) 230 V; F . . . . . . .
G) 400 V; G . . . . . . .
H) 500 V; H . . . . . . .
Z) Non-standard [V; V]: Z . . . . . . .
 10.00; to 660;
2 see section “Special features”

Order Code C11 —
Insert code figure

Features, Selection *SCODE no-go in the 1st field
on the next
page!
With a 3 phase system show the input nominal voltage as a
phase to phase voltage.
For transformer connection add semicolon with primary /
secondary voltage in V,
e.g. 6600/110 (in line D) or
120 ;14400/120 (in line Z, non-standard)
show 2 decimal places
6. Nominal input current (measuring input) 4

1) 1 A; . 1 . . . . . .
2) 2 A; . 2 . . . . . .
3) 5 A; . 3 . . . . . .
9) Non-standard [A;A]: . 9 . . . . . .
 0.01; to 10;
For transformer connection add semicolon with primary /
secondary current in A,
e.g.500/1 (in line 1) or
6.67;1600/6.67 (in line 9, non-standard)
show 2 decimal places
7. Measuring range 1
2) 0.9-cap-1-ind-0.5 . . 2 . . . . .
3) 0.8-cap-1-ind-0 . . 3 . . . . .
4) 0.5-cap-1-ind-0.5 . . 4 . . . . .
5) 0.5-ind-0-cap-1-ind-0-cap-0.5
. . 5 . . . . .
Z) Non-standard [°el]
e.g. 0.5-cap-1-ind-0 or 0…30 to 0…175,
– 15…0…15 to – 175…0…175
Watch for restrictions/additional errors!
8. Output signal (measuring output) output 1

1) 0...10 V, . . . 1 . . . .
2) 1... 5 V, . . . 2 . . . .
3) – 10 ... 0...10 V, . . . 3 . . . .
9) Non-standard [V]
. . . 9 . . . .
0…1.00 to 0…15 5
0.2…1 to 3…15 6
– 1.00…0…1.00 to – 15…15 7
8. Output signal (measuring output) output1 (continuation)
A) 0... 1 mA A . . . . . . .
B) 0... 5 mA B . . . . . . .
C) 0...10 mA C . . . . . . .
D) 0...20 mA D . . . . . . .
E) 4...20 mA E . . . . . . .
F) – 1 ... 0... 1 mA F . . . . . . .
G) – 2.5 ... 0... 2.5 mA G . . . . . . .
H) – 5 ... 0... 5 mA H . . . . . . .
J) – 10 ... 0...10 mA J . . . . . . .
K) – 20 ... 0...20 mA K . . . . . . .
Z) Non-standard [mA] Z . . . . . . .
0...> 1.00 to 0...< 20 8
1...5 to < (4...20) 9
> (–1.00...0...1.00) to < (–20...0...20) 10
9. Power supply
0) Internal from voltage measuring input . 0 . . . . . .
(24 to 500 V AC) 12
1) 24 V, 50/60 Hz . 1 . . . . . .
3) 115 V, 50/60 Hz . 3 . . . . . .
4) 120 V, 50/60 Hz . 4 . . . . . .
6) 230 V, 50/60 Hz . 6 . . . . . .
Continuation “8. Output signal” see next page!

1 , 3 to 7 see section “Special features”

Order Code C11 —
7) 240 V, 50/60 Hz . 7 . . . . . .
9) Non-standard 50/60 Hz [V] . 9 . . . . . .
24 to 500 13
A) 24... 90 V DC, –15 / +33% E . A . . . . . .
B) 90...240 V DC, –15 / +33% . B . . . . . .
C) 24...60 V DC, -15 / +33% (for 1 output) D . C . . . . . .
D) 85...230 V DC V DC, -15 / +33% (for 2 output) . G . . . . . .
10. Special features

0) Without Y . . 0 . . . . .
1) With . . 1 . . . . .
Without special features (line 0): Order code complete
With special feature (line 1): The features to be omitted must be
marked with / (slant line) in the order code until reaching the required feature.
11. Smaller residual ripple in measuring output 11

A)  0.5% p.p. instead of  2% p.p. Y . . . A . . . .
Watch for response time and mutual dependence of residual
ripple/response time!
12. Improved climatic rating (DIN 40 040) 14
A) Application class HVR instead of HVE (standard) Y . . . . A . . .
13. Output signal (measuring output) output 2
Same as Output signal (measuring output) output 1 in sr.no. 8 E
* Lines with letter(s) under “no-go” cannot be combined with preceding lines having the same letter under “SCODE”.
8 to 14 see section “Special features”
RISHABH INSTRUMENTS PVT.LTD.

F-31, MIDC, Satpur, Nashik-422 007,India.
Tel.: +91 253 2202160, 2202202 Fax : +91 253 2351064
E-mail : India :- [email protected]
International :- [email protected]
Web-site : www.rishabh.co.in
RISH Ducer E15 - With One or Two Output
AC current or AC voltage with different characteristics
Data Sheet
Transducer for AC Current
and AC voltage
Fig. 1 RISH Ducer E15 transducer Fig. 2 RISH Ducer E15 transducer
with two output. with one output.
(In E16 housing) (In E8 housing)
www.rishabh.co.in Page 1 of 9 Version : 1 / 04 / VI / 0112 / B

Application measuring output A
The RISH Ducer E15 transducer ( Fig. 1 and 2 ) is used where a Output variable : Load - independent DC voltage U A
sinewave AC current or voltage is to be converted into a DC OR
signal proportional to the measured value (load-independent Load - independent DC current IA
current or voltage). Standard ranges of U A : 0...10 / 1 ... 5 V
The transducer gives linear output proportional to the measured 6 7 Load capacity 20 mA
input (refer fig. 3 and 4 for output characteristics). External resistance
Depending on the version, part of the measuring range of interest UA [V]
may be amplified at the beginning or end (voltage magnifier).The Rext [kW
]³
section of no or minor interest is suppressed (refer fig. 7 to 9 for 20 mA
output characteristics). UA = Full output value
A live zero output signal is possible with all versions (refer fig. 5 Standard ranges of I A : 0...10 / 0 ... 5 / 0 ... 10 / 0... 20 /
and 6 for output characteristics). 8 9 4...20 mA
Burden voltage 15 V
Features / Benefits External resistance
• Different characteristics / Choice of the most suitable version
according to application
15 V
Rext max. [kW
]£
• Narrow housing, saves space and therefore cost IAN [mA]
• Provision for either snapping the transducer onto top - hat rails IAN = Full output value
or securing it with screw to a wall or panel Voltage limit under
• Manufactured in SMD technology / Compact and reliable Rext = ¥ : Approx. 40 V
• Electric isolation between input/output and power supply (4 kV)
/ Personal procreation assured Current limit under
• Screw terminals suitable for multistrand or thick solid wires overload : Approx. 1.3 x I AN at current output
• Two isolated output ( Optional ) in E16 housing Approx. 30 mA at voltage output
• Electric isolation between output 1 and output 2 is 4KV for Span adjustment : Approx. ±
2%
1 min.
• Applicable standards : DIN / IEC 60688-1 / IS 12784 Output current ripple 10 : 1% p.p.
£
Response time : < 300 ms
Technical Data
General
Measured quantity : AC current or AC voltage sinusoidal Output characteristic
Arithmetical mean measured,
calibration to rms with sine wave form
A A
Measured principle : Active rectifier
A3
Measuring input E
Nominal frequency f N 1 : 50 or 60 Hz
Nominal input current I N : 1 / 1.2 / 5 or 6 A
(measuring range end
value)
2 4 5 A1
A3 E A1 E
E1 E3 E1 E3
Nominal input voltage U N : 100/ 3 / 110/ 3 / 100 / 110 / 116.66
w w
Fig. 3. Characteristic A Fig. 4. Characteristic A "Standard
(measuring range end 120/ 3 / 120 / 125 / 133.33 / 150 /
w "Standard". and variable sensitivity".
value) E3 adjustable by max. 5%
250 / 400 or 500 V or 10%
3 4 5
Own consumption : < 0.2 VA at current transducer
< 1 mA at voltage transducer for one A A
output A3 A3
< 2 mA at voltage transducer for two
outputs
Response sensitivity : < 0.05% of full range value
Overload capacity :
A2 A2
Measured Number Duration Interval between
A1 E A1 E
quantity of applications of one two successive E1 E3 E1 E3
INU N application applications Fig. 5. Characteristic A Fig. 6. Characteristic A "Standard &
2xIN contin. ——— ——— "Standard and live zero". variable sensitivity and live zero".
Condition : A2 = 0.2 A3 E3 adjustable by max. 5%
10 x IN 5 15 s 5 min. or 10%
20 x IN 5 1s 5 min. Condition : A2 = 0.2 A3
40 x I N 1 1s ———
1.5 x UN contin. ——— ———
2 x UN 10 10s 10 s
4 x UN 1 2s ———

Influence effects (maxima)
A A
(include basic error)
A3 A3 Linearity error : 0.2 %
Frequency influence
f N 5% : 0.05 %
Dependence on external
resistance (D
R ext max.) : 0.05 %
A2
A1 E A1 E Power supply influence
E1 E2 EN E3 E1 E2 EN E3 U HN 15% 0.05 %
Fig. 7. Characteristic B Fig. 8. Characteristic C "main value
"Current resp. voltage magnifier in magnification in end range". Additional errors
end range". E1...E2(secondary measuring Temperature influence
E1...E2 suppressed completely range) suppressed ( - 25 ... +550C) 0.5 % / 10K
E2...E3 (main measuring range) E2...E3 (main measuring range)
magnified magnified Frequency influence
45 - 65 Hz 0.5 %
E3 E3
Condition : = 1.22...1.66 Condition : = 1.22...1.66 Stray field influence
E2 E2
0.5 mT 0.5 %
or, if power supply derived from A2 = (0.1 to 0.25) A3
voltage measuring input : Power supply
influence U HN ± 20% 0.2 %
E3 A2 — A1 £
0.95 E2
= 1.22...1.35 Influence of common mode
E2 A3 — A1 E3
voltage 220 V, 50 Hz or
10 V, 1 MHz 0.5 %
A
Power supply
A3
A2
AC voltage 24, 115, 120, 127, 230, or 240 V,
11 12 15%, 50 / 60 Hz
Power input approx. 5VA for one o/p
Power input approx. 8VA for two o/p
DC voltage For one output :- 24, 48, 60, 110V,
24-60V, 85-230V AC/DC
A1 E
E1 E2 E3 AC : +/- 15%, 50 / 60 Hz
Fig. 9. Characteristic D "Main value magnification in initial range". DC : -15 / +33%,
power input approx. 5 W
E1 ... E2 ( main measuring range ) magnified,
E2 ... E3 ( secondary measuring range ) suppressed For two output :- 24-60V, 85-230V
A2 — A1 1.05 . E2 AC/DC
Conditions : E2 = 0.025* to 0.5 and >
E3 A3 — A1 E3 AC : +/- 15%, 50 / 60 Hz
A2 = (0.4 to 0.8) A3 DC : -15 / +33%,
* between 0.025 and 0.05 reduced accuracy Power input approx. 8W / 8VA.
Environmental conditions
Accuracy Climatic rating Climate class 3Z acc. to VDI/VDE
3540, but temperature continuously
(acc. to DIN/IEC 688 - 1)
-25 to +550C
Reference value : Output span Relative humidity 75% annual
Exceptions : mean (application class HVE acc.
Characteristics B and C, Input end to DIN 40 040)
value Storage temperature 0
-40 to +70 C
Basic accuracy : Class 0.5 / Class 0.2
Reference conditions
0 0
Ambient temperature : 23 C ± 5 C
Frequency : f N ± 2%
Distortion factor : < 0.2%
Power supply : UHN ± 15% AC
UHN - 15 / +33% (DC)
Output burden : 0...Rext max. at current output

Rext min. ... ¥
at voltage output
Output voltage : 0...15 V
Output Current : 0...20 mA
1 to 2 see section "Special features"

The basic standards EN 50 081-2 and EN 50 082-2 were taken
in account.
Conducted interference from the EN 55 011 Group 1, Class A Complies

instrument
HF radiation from complete EN 55 011 Group 1, Class A Complies
instrument
Electrostatic discharge on instrument IEC 801 - 2 ± 4 kV contact Without influence
± 8 kV air
HF field influence on instruments IEC 801 - 3 27 ... 500 MHz : 3V/m, not modulated influence < 2%
(ITU frequencies : 10 V/m)
Electrical fast transient/burst IEC 801 - 4 ± 2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, asymmetrical 2 min. influence < 2%
influence power, supply lines
Electrical fast transient/burst IEC 801 - 4 ± 1 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, 2 min. capacitive coupled Without influence
influence inputs and output lines
Surge Immunity Requirements IEC 801 - 5 Symmetrical ± 1 kV Without influence
coupled on the power supply lines asymmetrical ± 2 kV
Regulations Special features

Impulse withstand
voltage acc. to IEC 5 kV, 1.2 / 50 m
s, 0.5 Ws Nature of Special features
255-4, CI. III Common-mode and differential - Nominal frequency f N
mode between any terminals
1 between 16 to 400 Hz, besides the standard ranges 50/60 Hz
Electrical standards Acc. to DIN 57 410 Restrictions :
With fN< 40 Hz :
Housing protection IP 40 acc. to IEC 529 Power supply derived from measuring input not possible
Terminals IP 20 Output current ripple < 0.5% p.p. not possible
Response time < 800 ms
Insulation group
acc. to DIN 57 110 b A (instrument) Nominal input current I N
C (terminals) 2 between 0...0.01 to 0...10 A, besides the standard ranges
Test voltage 0...1/ 0...1.2 / 0...5 and 0...6 A
Input versus Output 4KV, 50Hz, 1min Restrictions :
Input versus Housing 4KV, 50Hz, 1min With IN > 5 A :
Own consumption < 0.3 VA
Output versus Housing 4KV, 50Hz, 1min
Overload capacity : 15 A continuously
Output 1 versus Output 2 4KV, 50Hz, 1min 100 A for 10 s, max. 5 times at 5 minute intervals 250 A for 1 s,
once only
Nominal frequency f N 40 Hz
Installation Data With I N > 8.3 A :
Mechanical design Carrying rail housing type E8 / E16 Reference conditions I E 10 A
Dimentions see section "Dimention- Nominal input voltage U N
al drawing" 3 between 0...10 and 0... 750 V, besides the standard ranges
Material of housing Lexan 940 (polycarbonate), 0...100/ 3 / 0...110 / 3 / 0...120 / 3 / 0...100 / 0...110 /
w w
w w
w
0...166.66 / 0 ... 120 / 0...125 / 0...133.33 / 0...150 / 0...250 /

Flammability class V-0 according to 0...400 and 0...500 V
UL 94, self-extinguishing, non -
Restrictions :
dripping, free of halogen
With UN > 500 V :
Mounting For snapping onto top-hat rail Overload capacity 2000 V, 2 s
(35 X 15 mm or 35 X 7.5 mm) acc.
to EN 50 022 Measuring range adjustable
OR 4 ( Admissible alteration of full scale output , variable sensitivity,
Directly onto a wall or panel using adjustable with potentiometer )
the pull - out screw hole brackets Adjusting range : 0.95 ... 1.05 x I N resp. U N ( ± 5% )
Mounting Position Any 0.9...1.1 x I N resp. U N ( ± 10% )
Restrictions :
Electrical connection Screw - type terminals with Possible only with characteristic A, Figs. 4 and 6
indirect wire pressure, for max.
2
2 X 2.5 mm or 1 X 6 mm
2
Two measuring ranges ( for measuring input E )
Weight Approx. 0.45 kg for one output 5 Current between 0...0.01 to 0...10 A
Approx. 0.7 kg for two outputs voltage between 0...10 to 0...750 V
I1 : I2 or U1 : U2 > 1.053 to 2

Nature of Special features Electrical connections
Restrictions : Front
Possible only with characteristic A, Figs. 3, 4, 5 or 6
(—) (+) (—) (+)
3
In each case the selected range — + — +
2
is achieved by the change of a
1
jumper
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
1st range (higher)
2nd range (lower)
Output signal A ( measuring output A ) output 1 & output 2

= Meas. input
6 Load - independent DC voltage unipolar
= Meas. output
Ranges between 0...1 and 0...15 V, besides the standard
range 0...10 V = Power supply
7 Live - zero
Ranges between 0.2...1 and 3...15 V, besides the standard
range 1...5 V
8 Load - independent DC current unipolar 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Ranges between 0...1 and 0...20 mA, besides the standard
ranges 0...1/0...5/0...10 and 0...20 mA
9 Live - zero
Ranges between 1...5 and 4...20 mA, besides the standard Fig. 10. RISH Ducer E 15 one output Fig. 11. RISH Ducer E 15 one
range 4...20 mA for AC current measurement. output for AC voltage
measurement.
Smaller residual ripple in measuring output
10 £ 0.5 % p.p. instead of £1% p.p. Front
Restriction :
O/p1 O/p2 O/p1 O/p2 (—) (+)
Response time approx. 800 ms instead of < 300 ms ( for (—) (+)
nominal frequency f N < 50 Hz not possible ) — + — + — + — +
Power supply
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
11 without seperate power supply connection
Internal from voltage measuring input
( 24 V £ EN £380 V, fN > 40 Hz ) for one outputs.
( 24 V £ EN £240 V, f N > 40 Hz ) for two outputs.
Restriction :
Possible only with characteristic B
With U N ³ 170 V :
Impulse withstand voltage acc. to IEC 255 - 4, CI. II : 1kV,
1.2/50 m s, 0.5 Ws or overload capacity of the voltage input
max. 680 VR , 2 s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
The additional power taken from the input voltage signal is
approx. 5 VA for one output & 8 VA for two outputs
12 With AC voltage Fig. 12. RISH Ducer E 15 two Fig. 13. RISH Ducer E 15 two
output for AC current output for AC voltage
any voltage between 24 to 380 V, ± 15%, for one output & 24 measurement. measurement.
to 240 V, ± 15%, for two outputs 50/60 Hz = Meas. input
Power consumption approx. 5 VA for one output,
Power consumption approx. 8 VA for one output, = Meas. output
besides the standard voltages : 24, 115, 120, 127, 230, or = Power supply
240 V
13 Improved climate rating

Climate class 3Z acc. to VDI / VDE 3540, but temperature
0
continuously - 25 to +55 C.
Relative humidity 90% annual mean
( Application class HVR acc. to DIN 40 040 )

Dimensional Drawings (All dimension are in mm)
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
5 56 6 7 7 88
125
130
125
130
1 12 2 3 3 44
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
35 126
70 126
Fig. 14. RISH Ducer E15 one output in housing E8 clipped Fig. 16. RISH Ducer E15 two output in housing E16 clipped onto a
onto a top hat rail (35 X 15 mm or 35 X 7.5 mm) ·top hat rail (35 X 15 mm or 35 X 7.5 mm) acc. to EN 50022.
acc. to EN 50022.
19 6.5
19 6,5
¯4.5
¯4,5
19 6.5
9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6
5 6 7 8
125
140
154
125
140
1 2 3 4
154
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
12
35 125
12
70 125
Fig. 15. RISH Ducer E15 one output in housing E8 with the Fig. 17. RISH Ducer E15 two output in housing E16 with the screw
screw hole brackets pulled out for wall mounting. hole brackets pulled out for wall mounting.
Table 2: Specification and ordering information
Order Code E15 —
1. Mechanical design
3) Carrying rail housing E8 J 3 . . . . . . .
4) Carrying rail housing E16 K 4 . . . . . . .
2. Output characteristics
A) Characteristics A G . A . . . . . .
"Standard" see Fig. 3
"Standard and variable sensitivity", see Fig. 4

Note feature 9 "Measuring range adjustable" line A or B
"Standard and Live-Zero", see Fig. 5

Note feature 5 "Output signal" line 2, 9, E or Z
"Standard, variable sensitivity and Live-Zero", see Fig. 6
Note feature 9 "Measuring range adjustable" line A or B and
"Output signal" line 2, 9, E or Z

Order Code E15 —
B) Characteristics B A . B . . . . . .
"Current resp. voltage magnifier in end range" see Fig. 7
C) Characteristics C AB . C . . . . . .
"Main value magnification in end range" see Fig. 8
D) Characteristics D AB . D . . . . . .
"Main value magnification in initial range" see Fig. 9
The selection feature 2 "Output characteristic" and feature 4 "Measuring
range" as well as feature 5 "Output signal" to be determined together.
In the section "Output characteristic" conditions laid down in Figs. 3 to 9

should be noted
3. Nominal frequency
1) 50 / 60 Hz . . 1 . . . . .
9) Non - standard [Hz] . . 9 . . . . .
> 16 to 400 1
4. Measuring range ( measuring input E )

1) 0 ... 1 A C A 1 . . . . . . .
2) 0 ... 1.2 A C A 2 . . . . . . .
3) 0 ... 5 A C A 3 . . . . . . .
4) 0 ... 6 A C A 4 . . . . . . .
9) Non - standard [A] C 9 . . . . . . .
2
0 ... 0.01 to 0 ... 10
A) 0 ... 100 / 3 V D A A . . . . . . .
B) 0 ... 110 / 3 V D A B . . . . . . .
C) 0 ... 120 / 3 V D A C . . . . . . .
D) 0 ... 100 V D A D . . . . . . .
E) 0 ... 110 V D A E . . . . . . .
F) 0 ... 116.66 V D A F . . . . . . .
G) 0 ... 120 V D A G . . . . . . .
H) 0 ... 125 V D A H . . . . . . .
J) 0 ... 133.33 V D A J . . . . . . .
K) 0 ... 150 V D A K . . . . . . .
L) 0 ... 250 V D A L . . . . . . .
M) 0 ... 400 V D A M . . . . . . .
N) 0 ... 500 V DF A N . . . . . . .
Z) Non - standard 3 [V] Z . . . . . . .
0 ... 10.00 to 0 ... 750
Lines 1 to 9 and A to Z :
Measuring range for characteristics A, Figs. 3, 4, 5, and 6
Lines 9 to Z :
Measuring range for characteristics B, C and D, Figs. 7, 8 and 9
Specify range (E1 ... E2 ... E3)
e.g. with characteristic B 90 ... 110 V
e.g. with characteristic C 0... 90 ... 120 V
e.g. with characteristic D 0... 10 ... 100 V
1 see section "Special features"

Order Code E15 —
Insert code
Features,Selection *SCODE no-go figure in
the 1st field
of the next
page!
5. Output signal ( measuring output A ) Output 1

1) 0 ... 10 V, Rext > 500 W H K . 1 . . . . . .
2) 0 ... 5 V, Rext > 250 W B . 2 . . . . . .
9) Non - standard [V] E B . 9 . . . . . .
6
0 ... 1.00 to 0 ... 15
0.2 ... 1 to 3 ... 15 7
Lines 1 and 9 :
Output signal for characteristics A, Figs. 3 and 4 and characteristics B,
Figs. 7
Lines 2 to 9 :
Output signals for characteristics C and D, Figs. 8 and 9
Specify range (A1 ... A2 ... A3)
e.g. with characteristic C 0... 2 ... 20 V
e.g. with characteristic D 0... 16 ... 20 V
5. Output signal ( measuring output A ) (continuation)
A) 0 ... 1 mA, Rext £
15 kW B A . . . . . . .
B) 0 ... 5 mA, Rext £
3 kW B B . . . . . . .
C) 0 ... 10 mA, Rext £
1.5 kW B C . . . . . . .
D) 0 ... 20 mA, Rext £
750W B D . . . . . . .
E) 4 ... 20 mA, Rext £
750W E B E . . . . . . .
Z) Non - standard [A] B Z . . . . . . .
0 ... > 1.00 to 0 ... < 20 8
1 ... 5 to < (4...20) 9
Lines A to D and Z :
Output signals for characteristics A, Figs. 3 and 4
and characteristic B, Fig. 7
Lines E and Z :
Output signals for characteristics C and D, figs. 8 and 9
Specify range (A1... A2.... A3)
e.g. with characteristics C 0... 2... 20 mA
e.g. with characteristics D 0... 16...20 mA
6. Power Supply 11
0) Internal from voltage measuring input BCEFG . 0 . . . . . .
1) 24 V, 50/60 Hz . 1 . . . . . .
3) 115 V, 50/60 Hz . 3 . . . . . .
4) 120 V, 50/60 Hz . 4 . . . . . .
5) 127 V, 50/60 Hz . 5 . . . . . .
7) 230 V, 50/60 Hz . 7 . . . . . .
8) 240 V, 50/60 Hz . 8 . . . . . .
9) Non - standard 50/60 Hz [V] . 9 . . . . . .
> 24 to 380 12
A) 24 V DC, - 15...+33% I . A . . . . . .
B) 48 V DC, - 15...+33% I . B . . . . . .
C) 60 V DC, - 15...+33% I . C . . . . . .
D) 110 V DC, - 15...+33% I . D . . . . . .
Line 0 : For AC > 40 Hz and characteristics B only, Fig. 7
F) 24... 60 V AC / DC, DC: - 15...+33%, AC: +/- 15% H . F . . . . . .
G) 85... 230 V AC / DC, DC: - 15...+33%, AC: +/- 15% H . G . . . . . .
2 , 3 , 6 , and 7 see section "special features"

Order Code E15 —
7. Special features
0) Without Y . . 0 . . . . .
1) With . . 1 . . . . .
Without Special features (line 0) : Order code complete.
With special features (line 1) : The features to be omitted must be
marked hereafter with / (slant line) in order code until reaching the
required feature
A) £ 0.5% p.p. instead of £1% p.p. Y . . . A . . . .
Response time approx. 800ms (for current signals only)
9. Measuring range adjustable 4
A) E3 by max. - 5%, characteristic A, Figs. 4 and 6 AY . . . . A . . .
B) E3 by max. - 10%, characteristic A, Figs. 4 and 6 AY . . . . B . . .
10. Two measuring ranges (fo measuring input E) 5
9) Second measuring range ADY 9 . . . . . . .
for AC current [A]
0...0.01 to 0...10
Z) Second measuring range ACY Z . . . . . . .
for AC Voltage [V]
0...10.00 to 0...750
Lines 9 and Z :
Possible only with characteristics A, Figs. 3, 4, 5 or 6
First meas. range
Condition : > 1.053 to £
2
Second meas. range
11. Improved climate rating (DIN 40 040) 13
A) Application class HVR instead of HVR (standard) Y . A . . . . . .
12. Output Signal (Measuring output B) Output 2
Same as output signal (Measuring output A) output 1 in Sr. No. 5 I J . A . . . . . .
8 to 9 and 11 to 12 see section "Special features"

* Line with letter(s) under "no-go" cannot be combined with preceding lines having the same letter under "SCODE"
4 , 5 , 10 and 13 see section "Special features"

Tel.: +91 253 2202160, 2202202 Fax : +91 253 2351064

RISH Ducer P11
Transducer for Active or Reactive Power
Data Sheet
Transducer for Active
or Reactive Power
Fig. 1. RISH Ducer P11 Fig. 2. RISH Ducer P11 transducer

transducer in housing E16 in housing E16 screw hole
clipped onto a top-hat DIN rail. mounting brackets pulled out.
www.rishabh.co.in Page 1 of 11 Version : 1 / 04 / X / 0112 / C

Calculation of “c” in a three-phase
Application
system:
The transducer RISH Ducer (Figs. 1 and 2) converts to active unipolar range end value
or reactive power of a single-phase AC or three-phase system with C=
UN· I N 3 w
balanced or unbalanced loads. The output signal is proportional to

When input connections are via a transformer, the primary values of U N
the measured value of the active or reactive power and is either a
and I N should be used in the calculation.
load-independent DC current or a load-independent DC voltage.
Measuring input E
Input and output are electrically isolated from each other. The
Nominal frequency fN 7 : 50 or 60 Hz
output is ungrounded, short and open-circuit proof and may be
operated for any length of time in the open and shorted states. Nominal input voltage UN : 100/ 3 , 110/ 3 , 100, 110, 200,
w w
8 230, 400 or 500 V

The output signal is limited to approx. 1.3 x I AN.
Nominal input current IN : 1, 2 or 5 A
The unit is designed to withstand impulse voltages to IEC and Own consumption : < 0.1 VA per current circuit
ANSI/IEEE regulations. UN· 1 mA per voltage circuit
Sensitivity : < 0.05% of range end value
Features / Benefits
Overload capacity :
• Measuring inputs : Sine or distorted wave - forms of
nominal input currents and nominal input voltages Measured Number Duration Interval between
quantity of appli- of one two successive
Measured variable Nominal input Nominal input
current voltage IN UN cations application applications
2 x IN contin. ——— ———
Power 0.01 to 10 A 10 to 660 V
10 x I N 5 15 s 5 min.
• Measuring output:
20 x I N 5 1s 5 min.
DC current signal (load-independent) or DC voltage
40 x I N* 1 1s ———
signal (load-independent)
1.5 x U N contin. ——— ———
• Measuring principle : TDM system (Time Division
2 x UN 10 10 s 10 s
Multipexing - pulse duration modulation)
4 x UN 1 2s ———
• 1/2/3 wattmeter method
* But max. 250 A
• Narrow housing, 70 mm / Saves space and therefore
Measuring output A
costs
Output signals: : Load-independent DC voltage U A
• Snaps onto a DIN rail or screws onto a wall or panel/
OR
Adaptable to the circumstances at the place of Load-independent DC current I A
installation
Standard ranges : 0...10 / 1...5 / –10...0...10 V
• Manufactured in SMD technology / Compact and of UA 10 to 13 Load capacity 20 mA
reliable External resistance
for one output
• Screw terminals suitable for multistrand or solid
UA [V]
wires / Easy wiring without problems Rext min. [kW
]> for one output
20 mA
• Two isolated outputs ( Optional) Rext [kW
]> 10kW
/ V for two output
• Electric isolation between output 1 and output 2 is Standard ranges of IA : 0...1/0...5/0...10/0...20/4...20 mA
500V. 14 to 16 : –1...0...1/–2.5...0...2.5/–5...0...5/
–10...0...10/–20...0...20 mA
Technical Data
Burden voltage: ± 15 V for 1 output
General
Measured quantity : Active power, reactive power Burden voltage: ± 12V for 2 outputs
Measuring principle : Time-Division-Multiplication (pulse External resistance

duration modulation) all-electronic, Burden voltage
Rext max. [kW
]£
input and output isolated IAN [mA]
Admissible measuring range ³ 0.75 to 1.3 · UN· I N IAN = Full output value
end values (calibration (single-phase AC power) Voltage limit under : Approx. 40 V
factor c) 1 to 6 : ³ 0.75 to 1.3 · 3 · UN· I N
w Rext = ¥
(three-phase power) Current limit under : Approx. 1.3 x I AN with current
overload Approx. 30 mA with voltage output
Calculation of “c” in a single -
phase system: Span adjustment : Approx. ± 2%
unipolar range end value Ripple in output
C= : 1% p.p.
£
UN· I N current 18
Response time : < 300 ms
Output characteristic
+A
Typical examples AN
A1=0.2 x AN Characteristic ‘G’
+A
AN Input E1...EN
-E A1 +E
Output A1...AN
E1 EN
A1 Characteristic ‘A’ Live-zero output signal
Input E1...EN
E1 EN Output A1...AN
-A
+A
AN
+A
AN Characteristic ‘B’ -E +E Characteristic ‘H’
Input E1...EN
Input E1...EN E1 EN Output A1...AN
A1 +E Output A1...AN
E1 EN
Given better resolution at top of -A
range
+A Accuracy (acc. to DIN/IEC 688-1)

AN
Characteristic ‘C’
Reference value : Output span
Input E1...EN
+E Output A1...AN Exception:
A1=0.2 x AN
E1 EN Characteristic ‘E’ : The largest of
Live-zero output signal the 2 unipolar output levels
Characteristic ‘B’ : The output
according to characteristic ‘H’
Basic accuracy : Class 0.5
+A
AN Reference conditions
0
Ambient temperature : 23 C, ± 5 K
Characteristic ‘D’
Input E1...EN ± 10% Input current : 0...120% IN· c
A1 +E
Output A1...AN Input voltage : 0...120% UN
E1
EN
Variable sensitivity Power factor cosj : 0...1...0
Frequency : fN ± 10%
Distortion factor : < 10%
Power supply : UHN ± 10% (AC),
+A UHN –15 / +33% (DC)
AN
External resistance : 0...Rext max. with current output
Rext min. ...¥
with voltage output
E1 +E Characteristic ‘E’
-E
Input E1...0...EN Influence effects (maxima):
0 EN Output A1...0...AN
(included in basic error)
Linearity error : ± 0.2% for one output
A1
-A (current, voltage, cos f) ± 0.4% for two outputs
frequency influence fN ± 5% : ± 0.05%

+A Dependence on external
AN
resistance ( D
Rext max.) : ± 0.05%
-E A1 +E Characteristic ‘F’ UHN ± 10% : ± 0.05%
Input E1...EN
E1 EN Output A1...AN

-A

Additional errors Power consumption approx.
Temperature influence ± 0.2% / 10 K for one output 5VA : 1 output
Power consumption approx.
(–25...+55°C) : ± 0.3% / 10 K for two outputs
8VA : 2 output
Frequency influence
45 – 65 Hz : ± 0.5% DC voltage : 24...90 VDC : (for 1 output)
Stray field influence 0.5 mT : ± 0.2% 24...60 VDC : (for 2 output)
90...240 VDC : (for 1 output)
90...230 VDC : (for 2 output)
UHN ± 20% : ± 0.2%
Power consumption approx.
Influence of common mode 5W : 1 output
voltage 220 V, 50 Hz or Power consumption approx.
10 V, 1 MHz : ± 0.2% 8W : 2 output
HF surge voltage influence Note :

For self powered transducer, the input VA burden £
8.2 VA
acc. to IEC 255-4 Class III,
2.5 kV, 1 kV, 200 W
1 MHz, 400 Hz : ± 4.0% Environmental conditions
acc. to ANSI/IEEE Climate rating : Climate class 3Z acc. to VDI/VDE 3540
C 37.90-1978 2.5 kV, 150 W Operating temperature : – 25 to + 55 C
0
1 MHz, 50 Hz : ± 1.0%
Storage temperature
range : – 40 to +70 0C
Power Supply
Relative humidity of
AC voltage : 24, 115, 120, 230 or 240 V, ± 15%, annual mean 21 : £
75%
19 and 20 42 to 70 Hz

The basic standards EN 50 081-2 and EN 50 082-2 were taken in account
Conducted interference from the instrument EN 55 011 Group 1, Class A

HF radiation from complete instrument EN 55 011 Group 1, Class A
Electrostatic discharge IEC 1000-4-2 Direct: ± 8 kV air
Indirect: ± 4 kV contact
HF field influence on instrument IEC 1000-4-3 80 MHz … 1000 MHz: 10 V/m, 80% AM 1 kHz
(ITU frequencies, 3 V/m)
Transient burst via connections IEC 1000-4-4 ± 2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, > 2 min.
capacitively coupled
Transient surge on power supply IEC 1000-4-5 ± 2 kV, 1.2/50 m
sec, symmetrical
± 4 kV, 1.2/50 m
sec, asymmetrical
HF interference via connections IEC 1000-4-6 0.15 to 80 MHz: 10 V, 80% AM 1 kHz
(ITU frequencies, 3 V) source 150 W
Regulations Installation Data

Mechanical design : Housing type E16
Electrical standards : Acc. to IEC 348
Dimensions see section “Dimensional
Housing protection : IP 40 acc. to IEC 529 drawings”
Terminals IP 20
Material of Housing : Lexan 940 (polycarbonate),Flammability
Insulation group acc.
: A (instrument) Class V-0 according to UL 94,
to DIN 57 110 b:
C (terminals) self-extinguishing, nondripping, free of
halogen
Test voltage : Input versus Output : 4KV, 50Hz, 1min
Input versus Housing : 4KV, 50Hz, 1min Mounting : For snapping onto top-hat rail
Output versus Housing : 4KV, 50Hz, 1min (35 x 15 mm or 35 x 7.5 mm) acc. to
Output1 versus Output2 : 500V, 50Hz, 1min EN 50 022 OR
directly onto a wall or panel using the
pull-out screw hole brackets
Mounting Position : Any
Electrical connections : Screw - type terminals with indirect wire
pressure,for max. 2 x 2.5 mm 2 or 1 x 6 mm 2
Weight : Approx. 0.7 kg.

Table : 2 : Special features Nominal input current IN
9 between 0.01 and 10 A, other than the standard values
Nature of special features 1, 2 or 5 A, Limitations : With IN > 5 A
Power consumption < 0.3 VA per current circuit
Admissible measuring range end value Overload capacity of current circuits
1 Calibration factor ³ 0.25 to 0.74 2 x IN continuous
Limitation: Class 1, linearity error ± 0.4% 10 x IN for 10 s, max. 5 times at 5 min. intervals
40 x IN for 1 s, max. 250 A, once only
2 Calibration factor ³ 1.3 to 1.5 fN ³40 Hz
Limitation: Class 1, linearity error ± 0.4% - with IN > 8.3 A
Reference conditions IE £ 10 A
3 Zero displacement
10 to 125% in positive or negative direction Output signal A
10 Unipolar load-independent DC voltage*
Ranges between 0...1 and 0...15 V, other than the standard
4 Variable sensitivity ± 5% of full scale value
range 0...10 V
11 Bipolar symmetrical load-independent DC voltage*

5 Variable sensitivity ± 10% of full scale value
Ranges between -1...0...1 and -15...0...15 V, other than
Limitation: Class 1 (not possible with zero displacement or
the standard voltage ranges -10...0...10V.
live-zero output)
12 Bipolar asymmetrical load-independent DC voltage ranges
6 Two calibration factors – UA + UA UA total
(c min. 0.25; c max. 1.5) min. – 1.0 V min. + 1 V min. 2 V
Limitation: The sensitivity ratio should not exceed 1 : 2. max. – 15 V max. + 15 V max. 30 V
Circuit change is achieved by soldering a wire link on the
PCB.
+A 13 Live-zero*
AN Ranges between 0.2...1 and 3...15 V, other than the
Characteristic
standard range 1...5 V
+E
Input E1…EN
A1 * Limitation: UAN < 4 V
E1 Output A1…AN
EN
interchangeable sensitivity Additional error:
1£ k£ 2 Burden dependency D Rext max. = 0.2%
Reference condition: external resistance 2 x R ext min. ± 20%
Example: 1. Measuring range: 14 Unipolar load-independent DC current

0...10 MW Ranges between 0...1 and 0...20 mA, other than the standard
3 x 50 000 / 100 V ranges 0...1 / 0...5 / 0...10 and 0...20 mA
2 x 100 / 5 A
c1 = 1.154 15 Bipolar symmetrical load-independent DC current
Output 0...20 mA Ranges between – 1.0...0...1.0 and – 20...0...20 mA, other
2. Measuring range: than the standard ranges – 1...0...1 / – 2.5...0...2.5/
0...5 MW – 5...0...5 / – 10...0...10 and – 20...0...20 mA
c2 = 0.577
Output 0...20 mA 16 Bipolar asymmetrical load-independent DC current ranges
– IA + IA IA total
min. – 1.0 mA min. + 1 mA min. 2 mA
Nominal frequency fN
max. – 20 mA max. + 20mA max. 40 mA
7 between 16 2/3 Hz and 500 Hz, other than the standard
frequencies 50 or 60 Hz
Limitation: 17 Live-zero
Class 1, linearity error ± 0.4% Ranges between 1...5 and 4...20 mA, other than the
With frequency < 40 Hz: standard range 4...20 mA
Response time < 800 ms, IN £ 5A
Residual ripple < 2% p.p.
18 Residual ripple in output current ( for one output )
£ 0.5% p.p. instead of < 1% p.p.
Nominal Input Voltage UN Limitation: Response time < 800 ms instead of < 300 ms
8 between 10 and 660 V, other than the standard values (not possible for nominal frequency < 50 Hz )
100/ 3, 110/ 3, 100, 110, 200, 230, 400 or 500 V.
w w
Limitation: Power supply

with UN> 500 V overload capacity 2000 V, 2 s
19 with AC voltage
any voltage between 24 and 500 V, for one output &
for two outputs apart from the standard voltages
24, 115, 120, 230 and 240 V
Power consumption approx. 5VA for one output & 8VA
24 and 240 for two outputs, ± 15%, 42 to 70 Hz

Nature of special features Nature of special features
20 without separate power supply connection The additional power taken from the input voltage signal is
Power supply from voltage input signal **) approx. 5 VA
** Standard connection between:
(24 V £ H£ 500 V, fN 50 or 60 Hz for one output)
L1 and N with single phase AC current and
Limitation:
Open-Y connection.
Reference condition: input voltage UN± 15%
Others between L1 and L2
Overload capacity of the input
(24 V £ H£ 240 V, fN = 50 or 60 Hz for two output)
1.2 · UN continuous
1.5 · UN1 s
Climatic rating
With UN ³ 170 V
21 Climate class 3Z acc. to VDI / VDE 3540, but temperature
Impulse withstand voltage acc. to IEC 255-4, Cl. II:
1 kV, 1.2/50 m s, 0.5 Ws or overload capacity of the voltage continuously – 25 to + 55°C.
input max. 680 V~, 2 s Relative humidity £ 90% annual mean (application class
HVR acc. to DIN 40 040)
O/p1
~~
UL1UL2UL3 N — + (—) (+)
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
UL1 , UL2 ,U L3
IL1 , IL2 ,I L3
N
} = Measuring Inputs
Front
= Measuring output O/p1 & O/p2
= Power supply
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Note : Terminal 15 & 16 not to be used — +
for self powered transducer
IL1 IL1 IL2 IL2 IL3 IL3 O/p2
Measuring Inputs
Application Terminal allocation
9 10 1 2 9 10 1 2 9 10 1 2
Active or reactive
power measurement u v
in single-phase k l
U V
AC network L1 L1 L1
K L
N N N
9 10 11 1 2 9 10 11 1 2 9 10 11 1 2
Active power
measurement
u v u v
in 3-wire 3-phase
k l k l
network U V U V
L1 L1 L1
balanced load K L K L
L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3
10 11 1 2 10 11 1 2 10 11 1 2
Reactive power
measurement u v
in 3-wire 3-phase k l k l
U V
network L1 L1 L1
K L K L
balanced load L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3
Active or reactive power

9 10 1 2 9 10 1 2 9 10 1 2
measurement in
3-wire 3-phase
network u v
balanced load k l k l
U V
Phase shift L1 L1 L1
K L K L
U: L1-L3 L2 L2 L2
I: L1 L3 L3 L3

Measuring Inputs
Application Terminal allocation
Active or reactive 9 10 1 2 9 10 1 2 9 10 1 2
power measurement
in 3-wire 3-phase
u v
network balanced load
k l k l
Phase shift U V
L1 L1 L1
U: L1-L2 K L K L
L2 L2 L2
I: L1
L3 L3 L3
9 10 11 1 2 5 6 9 10 11 1 2 5 6 9 10 11 1 2 5 6
Active or reactive
power measurement u v u v
in 3-wire 3-phase k l k l
network U V U V
L1 L1 L1
unbalanced load K L k l K L k l
L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 K L
L3 K L
9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6
Active power k l
k l
measurement L1 L1
K L k l
in 4-wire 3-phase L2 L2 K L
network L3 L3
K L
unbalanced load N N
9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6
u u u
x x x
X
X X
k l 3 single-pole insulated voltage transformer
k l
L1
U U U
in the high-voltage system
K L k l
L2 K L
L3 K L
N
9 12 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6
u v u v
k l k l
U V U V k l k l
L1 L1 l
K L k l K L k
L2 L2 K L
Active or reactive K L
L3
L3 K L
power measurement N
K L
N
in 4-wire 3-phase
network 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6
u u u
unbalanced load
x x x
(special circuit) X
X X
k l
U U U k l
L1
K L k l 3 single-pole insulated voltage transformer
L2 in the high-voltage system
K L
L3
K L
N
9 12 11 1 2 3 4 5 6
Active or reactive
power measurement
u v u v
in 4-wire 3-phase
k l
network U V U V k l
unbalanced load L1
K L k l
(special circuit) L2 (Delta connection using 2 VT‘s L1 – N and L3 – N,
K L
L3 Open-Y connection)
K L
N

Dimensional Drawings 19 6,5
4,5
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
125
140
125
130
154
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
70 126
12
70
125
Fig. 3. RISH Ducer P11 in housing E16 clipped onto a top hat rail Fig. 4. RISH Ducer P11 in housing E16 with the screw hole brackets pulled out
(35 x 15 mm or 35 x 7.5 mm, acc. to EN 50 022). for wall mounting.
Types of Power Transducer Nomenclatures

Types System Power Measurement Models
Method Active Reactive
1 Ph ---- 1 Element / One Wattmeter PE QE
3 Ph 3W Balanced Load 1 Element / One Wattmeter PD QD
3 Ph 3W Unbalanced Load 2 Element / Two Wattmeter PDU QDU
3 Ph 4W Unbalanced Load 3 Element / Three Wattmeter PDN QDN
P - Active Power , Q - Reactive Power
Specification and ordering information
Order Code P11 —

Features,Selection *SCODE no-go
1.Mechanical design
3) Housing E16 B 3 . . . . . . .
2. Measuring mode
4) Active power P C . 4 . . . . . .
5) Reactive power Q . 5 . . . . . .
3. Application
A) Single-phase AC F A . . . . . . .
B) 3-wire 3-phase balanced load G B . . . . . . .
C) 3-wire 3-phase balanced load, phase shift U: L1-L3, I: L1 H C . . . . . . .
D) 3-wire 3-phase balanced load, phase shift U: L1-L2, I: L1 H D . . . . . . .
E) 3-wire 3-phase unbalanced load I E . . . . . . .
F) 4-wire 3-phase unbalanced load J F . . . . . . .
G) 4-wire 3-phase unbalanced load, open-Y J G . . . . . . .
4. Nominal frequency 7
1) 50 Hz . 1 . . . . . .
2) 60 Hz . 2 . . . . . .
9) Non - standard [Hz] . 9 . . . . . .
³ 16.67 to 500
Restriction: Class 1.0, linearity error ± 0.4%
With frequency < 40 Hz : response time < 800 ms, IN £
5A
residual ripple < 2% p.p.

Order Code P11 —
5. Nominal input voltage (measuring input) 8

A) 100/ 3 V;
w GHIJ . . A . . . . .
B) 110/ 3 V;
w GHIJ . . B . . . . .
C) 100 V; . . C . . . . .
D) 110 V; . . D . . . . .
E) 200 V; . . E . . . . .
F) 230 V; . . F . . . . .
G) 400 V; . . G . . . . .
H) 500 V; . . H . . . . .
Z) Non-standard [V;V] . . Z . . . . .
³ 10.00; to 660;
With a 3 phase system the nominal input voltage to be shown as
phase to phase voltage.
For transformer connection add semicolon with primary/secondary
voltage in V,
e.g. 6600/110 (in line D) or
120;14400/120 (in line Z, non-standard).
For uneven values show 2 positions after the comma
6. Nominal input current (measuring input) 9

1) 1 A; . . . 1 . . . .
2) 2 A; . . . 2 . . . .
3) 5 A; . . . 3 . . . .
9) Non - standard [A;A] . . . 9 . . . .
³0.01; to 10;
For transformer connection add semicolon with primary/secondary
current in A,
e.g. 500/1 (in line 1) or
6.67;1600/6.67 (in line 9, non-standard).
For uneven values show 2 positions after the comma
7. Measuring range P 6
0) Not provided for active power measurement D 0 . . . . . . .
9) Measuring range P E 9 . . . . . . .
Specify measuring range in W, kW or MW; attention to the calibration

factor. E.g. 0...1000 W, –40...0...40 kW, 0...100 MW.
For 2 measuring ranges (see also Section “Technical data”) select the
highest range and the second range to be shown in feature 18
8. Calibration P 1 2
0) cP does not apply D . 0 . . . . . .
1) Calibration factor cP ³
0.75 to 1.3; Class 0.5 T E . 1 . . . . . .
2) Calibration factor cP ³ 0.25 to 0.74; Class 1.0 T E . 2 . . . . . .
3) Calibration factor cP > 1.3 to 1.5; Class 1.0 T E . 3 . . . . . .
9) Calibration factor cP1/cP2 U E . 9 . . . . . .
Limit cP ³
0.25 to 1.5; cP1:cP2 > 1 to £
2
Calculation of the calibration factor c see Section “Technical data”.

For 2 measuring ranges specify both calibration factors in line 9
9. Measuring range Q 6
0) Not provided for reactive power measurement Y . . 0 . . . . .
9) Measuring range Q . . 9 . . . . .
Specify measuring range in Var, kVar, MVar; attention do calibration

factor! E.g. 0...1000 Var, –40...0...40 kVar, 0...100 MVar.
For 2 measuring ranges (see also Section “Technical data”) select the
highest range and the second range to be shown in feature 19 (Page 12)
7 to 9 see Section “Special features”

Order Code P11 —
10. Calibration Q 1 2
0) cQ does not apply D . . . 0 . . . .
1) Calibration factor cQ ³
0.75 to 1.3; Class 0.5 T E . . . 1 . . . .
2) Calibration factor cQ ³ 0.25 to 0.74; Class 1.0 T E . . . 2 . . . .
3) Calibration factor cQ > 1.3 to 1.5; Class 1.0 T E . . . 3 . . . .
9) Calibration factor cQ1/cQ2 U E . . . 9 . . . .
Limit cQ ³
0.25 to 1.5; cQ1:cQ2 > 1 to £
2
Calculation of the calibration factor c see Section “Technical data”.
For 2 measuring ranges specify both calibration factors in line 9
11. Output signal P (measuring output 1) L

0) Output P does not apply D 0 . . . . . . .
1) 0...10 V N E 1 . . . . . . .
2) 1... 5 V E 2 . . . . . . .
3) – 10... 0...10 V . E 3 . . . . . . .
9) Non-standard [V] E 9 . . . . . . .
A) 0... 1 mA . E A . . . . . . .
B) 0... 5 mA . E B . . . . . . .
C) 0...10 mA . E C . . . . . . .
D) 0...20 mA . E D . . . . . . .
E) 4...20 mA . N E E . . . . . . .
F) – 1 ... 0... 1 mA . E F . . . . . . .
G) – 2.5... 0... 2.5 mA . E G . . . . . . .
H) – 5 ... 0... 5 mA . E H . . . . . . .
J) – 10 ... 0...10 mA . E J . . . . . . .
K) – 20 ... 0...20 mA . E K . . . . . . .
Z) Non-standard [mA] E Z . . . . . . .
Line 9: 0...1.00 to 0...15 10
0.2...1 to 3...15 13
–1.00...0...1.00 to –15...0...15 11
bipolar asymmetrical
||Umax|| ³ 1 to 15 V 12
Line Z: 0...> 1.00 to 0...< 20 14
1...5 to < (4...20) 17
> (–1.00...0...1.00) to < (–20...0...20) 15
bipolar asymmetrical
||Imax|| ³
1 to 20 mA 16
12. Output signal Q (measuring output 1) L
0) Output P does not apply E 0 . . . . . . .
1) 0...10 V N D 1 . . . . . . .
2) 1... 5 V D 2 . . . . . . .
3) – 10... 0...10 V . D 3 . . . . . . .
9) Non-standard [V] D 9 . . . . . . .
A) 0... 1 mA . D A . . . . . . .
B) 0... 5 mA . D B . . . . . . .
C) 0...10 mA . D C . . . . . . .
D) 0...20 mA . D D . . . . . . .
E) 4...20 mA . N D E . . . . . . .
F) – 1 ... 0... 1 mA . D F . . . . . . .
G) – 2.5... 0... 2.5 mA . D G . . . . . . .
H) – 5 ... 0... 5 mA . D H . . . . . . .
J) – 10 ... 0...10 mA . D J . . . . . . .
K) – 20 ... 0...20 mA . D K . . . . . . .
Z) Non-standard [mA] D Z . . . . . . .
Lines 9 and Z:
Limit values for non-standard signals see feature 11
1 2 and 6 see Section “Special features”

Order Code P11 —
13. Power supply

0) Internal from voltage measuring input 0 . . . . . . .
(³ 24 to 500 V AC) 20
1) 24 V, 50/60 Hz 1 . . . . . . .
3) 115 V, 50/60 Hz 3 . . . . . . .
4) 120 V, 50/60 Hz 4 . . . . . . .
6) 230 V, 50/60 Hz 6 . . . . . . .
7) 240 V, 50/60 Hz 7 . . . . . . .
9) Non-standard 50/60 Hz [V] 9 . . . . . . .
> 24 to 500 19
A) 24... 90 V DC, –15/+33% M A . . . . . . .
B) 90...240 V DC, –15/+33% B . . . . . . .
C) 24...60 V DC, -15 / +33% (for 2 output) KL C . . . . . . .
D) 85...230 V DC, -15 / +33% (for 2 output) KM D . . . . . . .
14. Special features
0) Without Y . 0 . . . . . .
1) With . 1 . . . . . .
Without special features (line 0): Order Code complete.
With special feature (line 1): The features to be omitted must be marked
hereafter with / (slant line) in the order code until reaching the required
feature
15. Zero displacement 3
A) Zero displacement, P-output N EY . . A . . . . .
B) Zero displacement, Q-output N DY . . B . . . . .
10 to 125% in positive or negative direction,
e.g. –20...0...20 MW into 0...10 mA or 4...20 mA

A) £ 0.5% p.p. instead of < 1% p.p. Y . . . A . . . .
Restriction: Time response < 800 ms instead of < 300 ms
(not possible for nominal frequencies < 50 Hz)
(for current signals only)
17. Measuring range adjustable (variable sensitivity) 4 5
A) Approx. ± 5% NY . . . . A . . .
B) Approx. ± 10% NY . . . . B . . .
Restriction: Accuracy class 1.0.
Not possible with zero displacement or live-zero output
18. Second measuring range P 6
Z) Measuring range ETY . . . . . Z . .
Specify measuring range in W, kW or MW.
Specify calibration factor in feature 8, line 9 (Page 9)
19. Second measuring range Q 6
Z) Measuring range DTY . . . . . . Z .
Specify measuring range in Var, kVar or MVar.
Specify calibration factor in feature 10, line 9 (Page 9)
20. Improved climatic rating (DIN 40 040) 21
A) Application class HVR instead of HVE (standard) Y . . . . . . . A
21.Output Signal P or Q (measuring output 2)
Refer Sr. No. 11 or 12 M
* Lines with letter(s) under “no-go” cannot be combined with preceding lines having the same letter under “SCODE”.

Tel.: +91 253 2202160, 2202202 Fax : +91 253 2351064

RISH Ducer TV 808, 2 channels
Isolating amplifier unipolar / bipolar
Features and Benefits
Electric Isolation between input, output and power
supply, prevents falsified measurement due to spurious
potentials.
Flexibility provided by more than 250 different input and
output combinations selected by simply positioning
soldered jumpers, helps in reduced stocking.
Fig. 1. Isolating amplifier RISH Ducer
TV 808 in housing S 17 clipped onto Precesses unipolar / bipolar and live zero signals
a top - hat rail or screw hole mounting provision for raising burden and signal conversion Green
brackets pulled out. LED signals device in operating condition.
High Electrical Insulation between input and output -

2.3 kV, and power supply versus all other circuits - 3.7 kV
Provision fo either snapping the isolating amplifier onto

top - hat rails or securing it with screw to a wall or panel.
For electrically insulating, amplifying and converting Standard

DC signals
Electromagnetic
Application compatibility: The standards DIN EN 50 081 - 2 &
DIN EN 50 082 - 2 are observed
The purpose o the isolating amplifier RISH Ducer TV 808 (Fig.1) is
Protection (acc. to IEC 529
to electrically insulate and output signals, respectively to amplify and resp. EN 60 529): Housing IP 40
/ or change the signal level or type (current or voltage) of the input Terminals IP 20
signals. Electrical standards: Acc. to IEC 1010 resp. EN 61 010
The amplifier fulfils all the important requirements and regulations Operating voltages: < 300 V between all insulated circuits
concerning electromagnetic compatibility EMC and safely (IEC 1010 Contamination level: 2
resp. EN 61 010). It was developed and is manufactured and tested
in strict accordance with the quality assurance standard ISO 9001. Overvoltage category
acc. to IEC 664: III for power supply
The device has two channels and provides two independent isolating II for measuring input and measuring
amplifiers in an extremely small space. The user has a wide choice output
of input and output ranges and can set the desired one with the aid
Double insulation: – Power supply versus all other
of soldered jumpers and potentiometers.
circuit
A version with one input and two outputs is available that – Measuring input versus measuring
output
enables two electrically insulated outputs to be obtained from a
signal input signal. Test voltage: Power supply versus :
– all 3.7 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
Measuring inputs Versus :
Function – measuring outputs 2.3 kV, 50 Hz,
1 min.
Isolating Amplifier RISH Ducer TV808, finds its application for
Measuring inputs 1 Versus :
isolation amplification and conversion of DC signals. RISH Ducer – measuring inputs 2
TV 808 isolates the DC signal to prevent falsified readings due to 2.3 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
interference at input. RISH Ducer TV808 amplifies unipolar / bipolar Measuring inputs 1 Versus :
input by easy. Onsite, simple positioning of soldered jumpers to – measuring outputs 2
raise the burden capacity. 2.3 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.

Tel.: +91 253 2202160, 2202202 Fax : +91 253 2351064
www.rishabh.co.in
Rishabh Instruments 1 / 04 / XV / 1107
Standard version DC voltage:
Inputs and outputs set to 0 ... 20 mA. Any of the standard ranges Standard ranges
given in the Section "Technical data, measuring inputs" are simply 0 … 0.06 V 0.2 … 1 V – 0.1 … + 0.1 V
selected by positioning soldered jumpers. The fine adjustment is 0 … 0.1 V 1 … 5V – 0.2 … + 0.2 V
accomplished using the potentiometers "Zero" and "Span" . 0 … 0.2 V 2 … 10 V – 0.5 … + 0.5 V
0 … 0.5 V 4 … 20 V – 1 …+ 1 V
Table 1: Standard version with 2 inputs and 2 outputs 0… 1 V – 2 + 2 V
0… 2 V – 5 …+ 5 V
Standard range Power supply Order
0… 5 V –10 … +10 V
Inputs Outputs No.
0 … 10 V –20 … +20 V
1 and 2 1 and 2 0 … 20 V
24… 60 V DC/AC 128 802 0 … 40 V
0…20mA 0…20mA
85…230 V DC/AC 128 810 Limit values
0 ... 0.06 to 0 ... 40
Table 2: Standard version with 1 input and 2 outputs also live - zero,
start value > 0 to < 50 % final value
Standard range Power supply Order or span 0.06 to 40 V
Input Outputs No. between -40 and 40 V
1 1 and 2
also bipolar asymmetrical
24… 60 V DC/AC 128 828 Ri = 100 kW
0…20mA 0…20mA
85…230 V DC/AC 128 836 Overload : DC current continuously 2 - fold
DC voltage continuously 2 - fold
Please complete the Order Code 808 - 12 .. .... according to
"Table - 4 : Ordering information" for versions with user - specific
input and / or output ranges. Measuring outputs
DC currents : Standard ranges
Technical Data 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, + 20 mA
Limit values
Measuring inputs 0... 1 to 0 ... 20 mA
DC current: 0.2 ... 1 to 0 ... 20 mA
- 1 ... 0 ... + 1 to -20 ... 0 ... + 20 mA
Standard ranges
0 … 0.1 mA 0.2 … 1 mA – 0.1 … + 0.1 mA Burden voltage : 12 V
0 … 0.2 mA 1 … 5 mA – 0.2 … + 0.2 mA
External resistance : 12 V
0 … 0.5 mA 2 … 10 mA – 0.5 … + 0.5 mA Rext max. [kW
]=
IAN [mA]
0 … 1 mA 4 … 20 mA – 1 … + 1 mA
0 … 2 mA – 2 … + 2 mA I AN = Output circuit full - scale value
0 … 5 mA – 5 … + 5 mA
0 … 10 mA –10 … +10 mA DC voltage : Standard ranges
0 … 20 mA –20 … + 20 mA 0 ... 10 V, 2 ... 10 V, + 10 V
Limit values
Limit values 0 ... 1 to 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 0.1 to 0 ... 40 mA 0.2 ... 1 to 2 ... 10 V
also live - zero, -1 ... 0 ... + 1 to -10 ... 0 ... + 10V
start value > 0 to < 50 % final value
or span 0.1 to 40 mA Burden : UAN [V]
Rext min. [kW
]
between -40 and 40 mA 5 mA
also bipolar asymmetrical UAN = Output circuit full - scale value
Ri = 15 W

Tel.: +91 253 2202160, 2202202 Fax : +91 253 2351064
www.rishabh.co.in
Current limiter at Installation Data
Rext max.: : Approx. 1.1 x I AN for current output
Housing : Housing S 17
Voltage limiter at
See section "Dimensional drawings"
Rext = : : Approx. 13 V
8
for dimensions
Residual ripple in
output current: : < 0.5% p.p. Material of housing : Lexan 940 (polycarbonate)
flammability class V-0 acc. to UL 94,
Response time: : < 50 ms self-extinguishing, non-dripping,
free of halogen
Power supply H Montage : For snapping onto top - hat rail
AC/DC power pack (DC and 45...400 Hz) (35 x 15 mm or 35 x 7.5mm) acc.
to EN 50 022
Table 3: Nominal voltages and tolerances
OR
Nominal voltage UN Tolerance Directly onto a wall or panel using
the pull - out screw hole brackets
24 ... 60 V DC / AC DC – 15 ... + 33%
AC + 15% Position of use : Any
85 ... 230 V 1 DC / AC
Terminals : DIN / VDE 0609
Power input: : < 1.6 W resp. < 3.4 VA
Screw terminals with wire guards,
Accuracy data (acc. to DIN/IEC 770) for light PVC wiring and
max. 2 x 0.75mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm2
Basic accuracy: : Limit error + 0.2 %
Including linearity and Permissible vibrations : 2 g acc. to EN 60 068-2-6
reproducibility errors Shock : 3 x 50 g
Reference conditions: 3 shocks each in 6 directions
Ambient temperature : 230C + 2 K acc. to EN 60 068 - 2 - 27
Weight : Approx. 0.2 kg
Power supply : 24 V DC + 10% & 230 V AC + 10%
Output burden : Current : 0.5 · Rext max.

Voltage : 2 · Rext min.
Electrical insulation : All circuit (measuring inputs /
Influencing factors: measuring outputs / power supply)
are electrically insulated
Temperature : < + 0.1% per 10 K
Burden influence : <+ 0.1% for current output

Regulations
<+ 0.2% for voltage output
if Rext < 2 · Rext min. Electromagnetic
1
For power supplies >125 V, the auxiliary circuit should include an external fuse with compatibility : The standards DIN EN 50 081-2 &
a rating < 20 A DC. DIN EN 50 082-2 are observed
Longtime drift : < + 0.3% / 12 months Protection (acc. to IEC 529

resp. EN 60 529) : Housing IP 40
Switch-on drift : < + 0.2% Terminals IP20
Common and transverse Electrical standards : Acc. to IEC 1010 resp. EN 61 010
mode influence : < + 0.2%
Operating voltages : < 300 V between all insulated circuits
Output + or –
connected to ground : < + 0.2% Contamination level : 2

Tel.: +91 253 2202160, 2202202 Fax : +91 253 2351064
www.rishabh.co.in
Overvoltage category Environmental conditions
acc. to IEC 664 : III for power supply
Climatic rating : Climate class 3Z acc. to VDI/VDE 3540
II for measuring input and measuring
output Commissioning
0
temperature : –10 to + 55 C
Double insulation : – Power supply versus all other circuits
Operating temperature: – 25 to + 55 0C
– Measuring input versus measuring
0
output Storage temperature : – 40 to + 70 C
Annual mean
Test voltage : Power supply : relative humidity : < 75%
– all 3.7 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Measuring inputs versus : variants

– measuring outputs 2.3 kV, 50 Hz, – 252 standard input and output combinations selected by
1 min. soldered jumpers
Measuring inputs 1 versus : – User - specific input and / or output ranges
– measuring inputs 2
2.3 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min. – Isolating amplifier with one input two electrically insulated outputs.
Measuring outputs 1 versus : – Power supply 24 ... 60 V DC / AC or 85 ... 230 V DC / AC

– measuring outputs 2 please request our data sheet TV 808 - 11 Le for single -
2.3 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min. channels versions.
Configuration
1. Standard input ranges (Example : Input range for input 1 and input 2 = 0 ... 20 mA
Soldered jumpers are provided for the coarse setting of the input Jumpers 1, 5, 6 and 11 must be inserted for this range.
ranges and the fine adjustment is accomplished using the – The corresponding jumpers for channels 1 are B 101, B 105,
potentiometers "Zero" and "Span". B 106 and B 111.
100 must be added to the designations of the soldered jumpers in – The corresponding jumpers for channels 2 are B 201, B 205,
the table for channel 1 and 200 for channel 2. B 206 and B 211).
Current [mA] Soldered jumpers Voltage [V] Soldered jumpers

0 … 0.06 6, 9, 10, 11
0 … 0.1 1, 3 7, 10, 11 0 … 0.1 7, 8, 10, 11
0 … 0.2 1, 3 8, 11 0 … 0.2 6, 8, 9, 11
0 … 0.5 1, 4 9, 10, 11 0 … 0.5 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
0 … 1 1, 4 7, 10, 11 0… 1 2 6, 7, 8, 10, 11
0 … 2 1, 4 8, 11 0… 2 2 7, 8, 9, 11
0 … 5 1, 5 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 0… 5 2 8, 10
0 … 10 1, 5 10, 11 0 … 10 1 10, 11
0 … 20 1, 5 6, 11 0 … 20 1 6, 11
0 … 40 1 8
0.2 … 1 1, 4 8, 10, 11 12, 15 0.2 … 1 2 9, 10, 11 12, 15
1 … 5 1, 4 6, 9 12, 15 1 … 5 2 6, 8, 9, 10 12, 15
2 … 10 1, 5 6, 7, 10, 11 12, 15 2 … 10 1 6, 7, 10, 11 12, 15
4 … 20 1, 5 6, 7, 8, 11 12, 15 4 … 20 1 6, 7, 8, 11 12, 15
– 0.1 … 0 … + 0.1 1, 3 8, 11 13, 14, 16 – 0.1 … 0 … + 0.1 6, 8, 9, 11 13, 14, 16
– 0.2 … 0 … + 0.2 1, 3 7, 9 13, 14, 16 – 0.2 … 0 … + 0.2 6, 7, 9, 10 13, 14, 16
– 0.5 … 0 … + 0.5 1, 4 7, 10, 11 13, 14, 16 – 0.5 … 0 … + 0.5 2 7, 8, 10, 11 13, 14, 16
– 1 …0… + 1 1, 4 8, 11 13, 14, 16 – 1 …0…+ 1 2 7, 8, 9, 11 13, 14, 16
– 2 …0… + 2 1, 4 6, 9 13, 14, 16 – 2 …0…+ 2 2 6, 8, 9, 10 13, 14, 16
– 5 …0… + 5 1, 5 10, 11 13, 14, 16 – 5 …0…+ 5 1 10, 11 13, 14, 16
–10 … 0 … + 10 1, 5 6, 11 13, 14, 16 – 10 … 0 … + 10 1 6, 11 13, 14, 16
–20 … 0 … + 20 1, 5 6, 7 13, 14, 16 – 20 … 0 … + 20 1 8 13, 14, 16
Tel.: +91 253 2202160, 2202202 Fax : +91 253 2351064
www.rishabh.co.in
2. Standard output ranges Standard accessories
Soldered jumpers are provided for the coarse setting of the
1. Operating instructions
output ranges and the fine adjustment is accomplished using the
potentiometers "Zero" and "Span".
2. Pull out clamp S 17 ( For operating the housing )
Current Soldered jumpers Voltage Soldered jumpers
mA V 3. Front Labels
Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2
B 120 B 220
0 … 20 B 120 B 220 0 … 10 B 122 B 222
B 123 B 223
B 121 B 221
4 … 20 B 121 B 221 2 … 10 B 122 B 222
B 123 B 223
B 122 B 222
+ 20 ––– ––– + 10
B 123 B 223
3. Specific user output ranges

Units that have been configured for a specific user output range
cannot be subsequently reconfigured.
B201
B202
B203
B204
B205
B206
B207
B208
B209
B210
B211
B212
B213
B214
B215
B216
B217
B221
B220
Span 2
Zero 2
B121 B223
B120 B222
Span 1
Zero 1
B122
B123
B112
B113
B114
B115
B116
B117
B106
B107
B108
B109
B110
B111
B101
B102
B103
B104
B105
Fig. 2. Position of the soldered jumpers B … and the potentiometers “Span” and “Zero”.

Tel.: +91 253 2202160, 2202202 Fax : +91 253 2351064
www.rishabh.co.in
Dimensional Drawings Electrical connections
Front
1 6 11 1 6 11
2 7 12 2 7 12
Span
2 RISHABH
Zero RISHDucer
TV 808
RISHDucer
TV 808
Fig. 3. RISH Ducer TV 808 in housing S 17 clipped onto a top - hat
rail (35 x 15 mm or 35 x 7.5 mm, acc to EN 50 022). Span
ON
1
Green LED for
Zero
device standing by
ON
3 8 3 8
4 9 4 9
5 10 5 10
Fig. 4. RISH Ducer TV 808 in housing S 17, screw hole mounting Without With
brackets pulled out. transparent cover transparent cover
1 6 11 2 7 12 4 9 3 8 5 10
– I1+ U1+ – I2+ U2+ – + – + – +
E1 E2 A1 A2 H
E1 = Input 1 E2 = Input 2 A1 = Output 1 A2 = Output 2 H = Power supply

Tel.: +91 253 2202160, 2202202 Fax : +91 253 2351064
www.rishabh.co.in
Table No- 4 : Ordering Information (see also Table 1 and 2: “Standard versions”)
DESCRIPTION MARKING
1. Mechanical Design
Housing S17 for rail and wall mounting 808 - 1
2. Number of channels
2) 2 channels 2
3. Version / power supply
1) Standard, 24 ... 60 V DC/AC 1
2) Standard, 85 ... 230 V DC/AC 2
4. Function
2) 2 inputs, 2 electrically insulated outputs 2
3) 1 inputs, 2 electrically insulated outputs 3
5. Input signal, input 1
9) Input [V] 9
Z) Input [mA] Z
Line 9 : [V] 0 ... 0.06 to 0 ... 40
also live - zero,
start value > 0 to < 50% final value
or span 0.06 to 40 V
between - 40 and 40 V
( also bipolar asymmetrical )
Line Z : [mA] 0 ... 0.1 to 0 ... 40
also live - zero,
start value > 0 to < 50% final value
or span 0.1 to 40 mA
between - 40 and 40 mA
6. Output signal, output 1
9) Output [V] 9
Z) Output [mA] Z
Line 9 : [V] 0 ... 1 to 0 ... 10
0.2 ... 1 to 2 ... 10
-1 ... 0 ... + 1 to -10 ... 0 ... +10
Line Z : [mA] 0 ... 1 to 0 ... 20
0.2 ... 1 to 4 ... 20
- 1 ... 0 ... + 1 to -20 ... 0 ... + 20
or span 0.1 to 40 mA
between - 40 and 40 mA
7. Input signal, input 2
0) Without input 2 0
9) Without input 2 [V] 9
Z) Input [mA] Z
Ranges possibles see input 1
8. Output signal, output 2
9) Out [V] 9
Z) Output [mA] Z
Ranges possibles see output 1
Possible special versions, e.g. increased climatic rating on inquiry.
Tel.: +91 253 2202160, 2202202 Fax : +91 253 2351064
www.rishabh.co.in
Types VAX / MVAXM
Trip circuit supervision relays
Types VAX & MVAXM
Trip circuit supervision relays
VAX 31 Relay
withdrawn from case
Features trip circuit continuously (both pre- are energised and the operation is
closing and post-closing the same as that of type VAX 21 and
Simple and robust construction. supervision). Both versions detect the MVAXM 21 relays. When the circuit
Positive action without chatter. following conditions. breaker is open unit B is also
Choice of pre-closing and post- Failure of trip supply energised via the normally closed
closing supervision. auxiliary switch of the circuit-breaker
Open circuit of trip coil or trip and unit C is held-in by contact B-1.
Application circuit wiring Unit B will detect trip circuit
Post-closing or continuous Failure of mechanism to complete abnormalities with the circuit
supervision of the trip circuit of the tripping operation breaker open in a similar manner as
circuit breakers. unit A with the circuit breaker closed.
Type VAX 21 and MVAXM 21 relays
consist of two units connected as The C unit in both the versions are
General description delayed on drop-off by means of RC
shown in figures 1(a) and 1(b).
Type VAX and MVAXM relays are of Under healthy conditions with the circuit for a total time of 350 to 800
simple and robust construction. They circuit breaker closed, both units are milliseconds, to prevent a false
are arranged to initiate an audible energised. If the trip circuit gets alarm due to voltage dips caused by
alarm and visual indication if the trip open or the trip supply fails, unit A faults in other circuits or during a
circuit of a circuit breaker fails or the drops-off and opens contact A-1 to normal tripping operation, when
breaker tripping mechanism does de-energise unit C. When the circuit unit A is momentarily short circuited
not operate. breaker is open the auxiliary switch by the self reset tripping relay
of the circuit breaker shorts contact contact. If the trip relay fails to reset
Two versions of type VAX and
A-1 to hold-in unit C. possibly due to failure of the circuit
MVAXM relays are available. Type
breaker tripping mechanism, the
VAX 21 and MVAXM 21 relays Type VAX 31 and MVAXM 31 relays alarm is initiated.
monitor the trip circuit only when the consist of three units connected as
circuit breaker is closed (post-closing shown in figures 2(a) and 2(b). The alarm unit is designed to
supervision only) while type VAX 31 Under healthy conditions with the operate via pilot wires, if required.
and MVAXM 31 relays monitor the circuit breaker closed, units A and C
Technical data
Coil ratings
For VAX relay:

24, 30, 48, 50, 110/125 or 220/
250 volts dc operating band 80% -
120% of rated voltage
Maximum loop resistance - 50 ohms
for nominal alarm supply - 24 to
50V.
Other alarm supplies - 400 ohms.
When rated for a 110V alarm
supply the unit C will not operate
at a current less than 25
milliamperes. It is therefore suitable
MVAXM relay withdrawn from case
for use with anti-corrosion negative
potential biasing device.
For MVAXM relay:

Burdens
110/125 and 220/250 volts dc as
standard and other coil ratings are For VAX :
available on request.
DC voltage 24 30 48/50 110/125 220/250
Maximum loop resistance is 400
ohms for nominal alarm supply. Trip supply 0.52 0.56 0.62 1.56 3.13
Maximum
watts
Operating time Alarm supply 0.37 0.38 0.44 1.12 2.6
0.35 to 0.8 sec. at 80% of rated
volts (between failure of trip circuit For MVAXM :
and operation of alarm contact).
DC voltage 110/125 220/250
Thermal rating
Trip supply 1.56 3.13
120% of rated voltage continuous. Maximum watts
Alarm supply 1.12 2.6
Operation indicator
Hand reset operation indicator
provided when required.
Contact ratings
Contacts
Make and carry Make and carry Break
3 pairs of self reset contacts one continuously for 3 seconds
make and two break as standard.
AC 1250VA with 7500VA with 1250VA with
Insulation maxima of 5A maxima of 30A maxima of 5A
and 660V and 660V and 660V
The relays meet the requirements of
IS 3231/IEC 255-5 Series C-2 KV
DC 1250W with 7500W with 100W (resistive)
for 1 minute.
maxima of 5A maxima of 30A 50W (inductive)
and 660V and 660V with maxima of
5A and 660V
Dimensions and weights Information required
For VAX relay: with order
Maximum overall dimensions Approximate 1. Type of relay (VAX 21 or
Relay Case size Height Width Depth* gross weight VAX 31 or MVAXM 21 or
mm mm mm Kg. MVAXM 31)
VAX 21 1/2 N Hor. 124 153 130 1.8 2. Coil voltage rating.
VAX 31 1 D Vert. 233 170 203 5.2
* Add 76 mm for maximum length of terminal studs, alternatively,
29 mm for terminal screws.
The approximate gross weights given above are inclusive of
cartons, mounting appendages and terminal details.
The relays comply fully with the requirements of IS 3231 and are
suitable for use in normal tropical environments.
For MVAXM relay:

MVAXM 21
Size 3 Midos
MVAXM 31
Size 4 Midos
Figure 1(a):
Supervision circuits with type VAX 21 relay
Figure 1(b):
Supervision circuits with type MVAXM 21 relay
Figure 2(a):
Supervision circuits with type VAX 31 relay
Figure 2(b):
Supervision circuits with type MVAXM 31 relay
KRAUS& IVAIMER
web-site:http://www.
krausnaimer.com
Load Break Switch V4.0

16 r 1250Ampere
Type KG/KHLoad BreakSwitch Type KF Load BreakSwitch
Enclosed switch in thermoplastic KUKS Enclosedswitch in metal& thermoplastic

enclosures enclosures
Contents
Description PageNo.
Featuresof BlueLineLoadBreakSwitch 3-5

. KF Load BreakSwtich
. KG/KH Load Break Swtich
Typesof Mounting 6
. PanelMounting
. BaseMounting
Coding of KG/KH Switch 7
ication
TechnicalSpecif 8-9
Typesof MainSwitch 10-11

. TypeE
PanelMounting
. BaseMountingTypeVE2
. BaseMountingTypeVE
Switch
Typesof Maintenance 12-13
. ThermoplasticEnclosedSwitch
. SheetSteel Enclosed Switch
. StainlessSteel EnclosedSwitch
OptionalExtrasfor KG/KHSwitches 14-17

. Earth& NeutralBlocks
. Auxiliary
Contacts
. ProtectiveCovers
. Terminalsfor ControlCircuit
. DoorClutch
. PadlockableHandle
OptionalExtrasfor KF Switches 18
. ShaftExtension
. Auxiliary
Contacts
t
. TerminalCover
. BridgingBars
Switch
of Enclosed
& Dimensions
Features 19-27
. ThermoolasticEnclosedSwitchlP65
. SheetSteel Enclosed SwitchlP40
. SheetSteel Enclosed SwitchlP55
. StainlessSteel EnclosedSwitchlP65
of LoadBreakSwitch
Dimensions 28-31
. Plate
Escutcheon
. PanelMounting
. BaseMounting
. Switch
Enclosed
Typesof KF/KGSwitches 32
2
Krsus & Naimer BLUE LINE LOAD BREAKSWITCH
TheKF,KGandKH rangeof LoadBreakSwitches
combinebothminimalphysical dimensions withideal
oerformance whichmakeit suitable
characteristics for
usein ventilation, & pumpingsystems,
air-conditioning
systemmainswitches anddistributionswitchesin
standard systemsin industrial
distribution installations.
* MainSwitches
* lsolatorSwitches
SafetySwitches
SwitchDisconnectors
Couplers Type KG251/KG316 Load Break Switch with Door Interlockl\,,l280D,

PadlockableHandle
V850.
MotorDisconnectSwitches
* Ratings Ratings
Availablein ratingsfrom 164 to 315Afor AC21 and Availablein ratingsfrom 2504 to 12504for AC21 and
5.5kw/415Vto 110kw/415Vfor AC23 2504 to 10004for AC23
* Mounting Mounting
. PanelmountingType E . Base Mounting.Suitablefor screwmounting
. Panelmounting(singlehole)FT1/FT2
. Base MountingType VE. Suitablefor bothscrew SwitchingConfiguration
and DIN Railmounting . ON-OFFSwitch
. BasemountingType VE2 for distributionMCB - 3 poles
oanelswith the standard45mm knock-outs. - 4 poles
Suitablefor bothscrewand DIN Railmounting
. Change-over1-OFF-2Switch
* SwitchingConfiguration - 4 ooles
KG switchesavailablein standardblock of 3 & 6

poles.KH switchesavailablein standardblockof 4 poles.
. ON-OFFSwitch
- 2 polesry
- 3 ooles
- 4 ooles
- 6 ooleszr
- 9 poles (on request)sy
. Change-over1-OFF-2Switch
- 3 poles +)
- 4 poles+y
It is possibleto expandthe abovetypesby addingon

additionalcontactblockswithoutthe needto dismantle
Type KF401/40043 Pole lsolatorwith padlockable
handle
the switch.This featureis speciallysuitablefor sitealteration.
* Finger-proofTerminallP20u)
. Finger-proofterminalpreventsinadvertent finger
1 ) K G 1 0t o K G 6 4o n l y
contactwith electrifiedparts,therebyreducingthe 2 ) K G 1 0t o K G 1 6 2o n l y
dangerto electricshock and life 3) KG41/KG64/KG80/KG'100/KG126/KG161 only
4) KG20to KG'100C/KG126/KG 161only
5) Except KG126lKG127lKGl 61/KG162/KG25j/KG252/KG316/KG317
3
KG/KH Load BreakSwitch
KG/KH ON-OFF Switch
Auxiliary contacts
M 5 1 0 A6 )
Auxiliarycontacts
H 0 1 0z r
Earthblock
Auxiliary contacts
H 0 1 0z )
BasicOn-OffSwitch
. 2 Poles(KG10to KG64only)
3 Poles
TPN (KH16to KH80only)
4 Poles
6 Poles(KG10to KG162only)
KG CHANGE-OVER Switch
Auxiliarycontacts
M 5 1 0 A6 )
Auxiliarycontacts
H 0 1 0r ,
Earthblock
Neutralblock
Auxiliarycontacts
H 0 1 0z 1
.3 Poles
.4 Poles
6) Cam operatedauxiliarycontactsfor KG2Oto KGlOOCand rack operatedauxiliarycontactslor KG125 to KG317. All mountingsto be done at Kraus& \aimer factory only.
7) Lateralmountedauxiliarycontacts.All mountingsto be done by trained Kraus& Nainet personnel.
4
KF Load BreakSwitch
KF ON-OFF Switch TerminalCover(1P20Type)
for uo to 6304
TerminalCover (ScreenType)
lor 8004 to 1600A
Door interlocksvstem
o
Auxilliarycontacts Padlockablehandle
- maximum3 oadlocks
KF CHANGE-OVER Switch
Top Terminalcover (1P20Type)

for 2504 to 630A
Top Terminalcover (ScreenType)for
a 800A to 12504
Auxilliarvcontacts
BasicChange-overSwitch Shaftextension
.4P
Device
Bridgingbars
Door interlocksystem
BottomTerminalcover (ScreenType)lor
8004 to 1250A
5
Mou for KG/KH Switch
Size KO KO K1 K2 K3 K3A
Description Mounting K G 1 O K H 1 6 K G 2 O K G 4 1 K G 8 O K G 1 2 6 K G 2 5 1
K H 2 O K G 3 2 K G 6 4 K G 1 O OK G 1 6 1 K G 3 1 6
KH25 KH32 KH63
KH4O KHSO
PanelmountinglP65 E o o o o o o o
l"
22l3ommsinglehole FTls) o o o
panelmounting1P65.
Withoutescutcheon
plate
22/3Ommsinglehole FT2ut o o o
panelmounting1P65.
With escutcheonolate
b
Base Mounting VE
. DIN Railmounting o o o o o
. Screwmounting o o o o o o o
Base Mounting vE2

. D I N R a i lm o u n t i n g o o o o
. Screwmounting o o o o
Escutcheonplate
for 45mm knockout
8) KG10A,KG20Aand KG32Aonly
Codingfor KG Switch
will be required:
Whenorderinga KG/KHLoadBreakSwitch,the followinginformation
. Ratingof the switch
. Switchfunctionand confiouration
. Mounting
RATING FUNCTION MOUNTING

404 3P ON-OFFc(wDoor Clutch BaseMounting
KG41B T2 0 3 I VE
SwitchTyprt
I
KH16 - 164
KG10/KH20 - 20A
KG20/KH25 - 25A
KG32|KH32 - 32A
KG41/KH40 - 4oA I
KG64/KH63 - 634 |
KG80/KH80 - 80A I
Kcloo - 1004 |
o KG126
KG161
KG211
-
-
-
1254
160A
2004
|
I
|
KG251 - 2504
|
KG316 - 3154
|
)
Switch DisconnectorIEC947-3
T1 - MainSwitch
f2 - EmergencySwitch
T3 - SwitchDisconnector(ON-OFF)
Tg - SwitchDisconnector(1-OFF-2)
ilumber of Poles
z - 2 Poles(KG10to KG64only)
3 - 3 Poles
4 - 4 Poles
- 3 P o l e s + N e u t r a+l E a f t h
o - 6 P o l e s( K G 1 0t o K G 1 6 1o n l y )
- 3Poles+Neutral
N ational Dush (Optional)
a SGZ001 - Doorclutchwith interlock( lP40)using

. 51 M280E/824S-01 . S1 M280E/B24S . 52 M280E/824S
SGZ002 - Doorclutchwith interlock(1P40)
and padlockable
handle
. 51 V840G/D62 . 52 V840D/D6 . 52 V845/A2 . 53 V845/A2
SGZ003 - Enclosedswitchin lP66/1P67thermoolastic
enclosure
SGZ004 - Padlockable handleV8408 (VE2mounting)
SGZ005 - Enclosedswitchin lP40 sheetsteelenclosure
SGZ006 - Padlockable handle51 V840G/DO(E mounting)
SGZ007 - With auxiliarycontactsM510(1NO + 1NC)+ doorclutch
. 51 M280E/824S-01 . 51 M280F/824S . 52 M280D/824S
sGZ008 - with auxiliarycontactsM510(1No + 1NC)+ padlockable
handle
. 51 V840G/D62 . 52 V840D/D6 . 52 V845/A2 . 53 V845/A2
SGZ009 - Enclosed
switchin lP55sheetsteelenclosure
SGZ010 - Enclosed
switchin lP65stainless
steelenclosure
Typesof Mounting
E - PanelmountlP40 9P65 - EnclosuremountlP65thermoolastic
EF - PanelmountlP65 9M40 - EnclosuremountlP40 metal
FT1 - Singlehole panelmount 9M55 - EnclosuremountlP55 metal
FTz - Singlehole panelmount 9565 - EnclosuremountlP65stainlesssteel
VE - Basemount
VEB - Basemount
VE2 - Base mount
KS/KSV - EnclosuremountlP66/1P67
thermoplastic
KUKLV - EnclosuremountlP66/1P67
thermoolastic
7
TECHNICALSPECIFICATION
/* K H 1 6 K G l O KH20 KG2O KH25 KG32 KH32 KH4O KG41
16A !0A 20A !5A 254 324 324 40A r0A

ThermalCurrentlth2 lEC947-3
NominalCurrent lEC947'3
AC21A Switchdisconnectors 164 20A 204 l5A 254 I szn 324 40A +0A
for resistiveload Ie
AC23A Switchdisconnectors 3 x 220-240Y 4.skw .04kwI 5.skw +.okw 7 . 0 k wl 5 . 5 k w l 9 . 0 k w 1 1 k W /.5kw

for motorcircuits, 3 x 380V-440V 7.5kW .5kw 1okw z.5kw 1 2 k W l 1 1 k W I 1 6 k W 20kw 1 5 k W
mainswitches, etc'
ShortCircuitProtection
35A 50A 50A
:*l,*",
254 20A 32A 35A
Maximumfuse size (gL-characteristic) ]
4004 130A 450A 430A 850A 950A 5004
Ratedshort-timewithstandcurrent(1s-current)
I " 800v e) 800v,) 690V
NominalVoltage lEC947-3 g00ve) 6e0v toou 690V
Connection Iu,nT' 10mm216mm2

6mm2 2.5mm2lu'T'
StrandedWire (mm' )
Busbar(maximumbar width)
lurnT'lu'T' ]1omm' b
Weight of basic switch in kg
o.220 0 . 18 0
.3 Poles I 0 . 1 2 01 0 . 2 1 8
o.144 0 . 1 2 0 0 . 1 6 4 0 . 1 2 0 1 0 . 1 8 4
.4 Poles o.144 0 . 1 3 10.164 0 . 1 4 7 0 . 1 8 4 0 . 1 4 7 1 0 . 2 1 8 o.237 o.227
.6 Poles o': I . 0.220I
- \o.zzo I 0.350
0.460
.8 Poles 0.314 0.314
INTERNATIONALAPPROVALS KHl6 K G l O KH2O KG2O KH25 KG32 KH32 KH4O KG41
Country Authority
USA Underwriters o o o o o o o o o
gz Laboratory
Canada
Â
l-lt,
lvr
Canadian o o o O o o o o o e
\/ Standard
Association
VEMA KEMA
Holland INEu RI
t.E.c. tEC947-3 lnternational A A A A A A A A

Electrical
Commission
Germany VDE0660 Verband

VDE0113 Deutscher A A . A A A A A
al^l^
Elektrotechniker
U.K. 855419 BritishStandard A

lnstitution A A A ' .
10) 10) 10) 10) 10)

Marine Approvals 10)
. GermanischerLloyd
. Lloyd Registerof ShiPPing
. USSR Registerof Shipping
9) Suitablefor no load switchingapplication(AC20) above 660V,

10) Pleaseconsultus
KH63 KG64 KGSO KGlOO KGl26 KGl61 KG211 KG2sl K(Xt16 KF401 KF631 KFSOO KF12s0
KG127 KG162
63A 63A 80A 100A 125A 160A 2004 250A 315A 400A 630A 800A 1250A
63A 63A BOA 100A 1254 160A 2004 250A 315A 400A 630A BOOA 1250A
18.skw 1 1 k W 18.skw22kW 30kw 30kw 37kW 37kW 55kW 132kW 132kW 220kw 335kW
30kw 22kW 30kw 37kW 45kW 55kW 90kw 90kw 11okw 220kw 220kw 560kw 71okw
80A 63A 80A 1004 125A 1604 2004 250A 3154 4004 630A 800A 12504
1200A 5804 1600A 1850A 2500A 30004 40004 46004 58004 130004 13000A 26000A 500004
1000v,) 690V 690V 690V 1000vs) 1000v,) 1000vs) 1000v,) 1000ve 1000v 1000v 1000v 1000v
| |
l i t l
o 35mm' 1 6 m m 2 35mm2 50mm' 95mm2 95mm2 185mm2185mm'
]
| l185mm' 240mm2300mm2400mm' 630mm2
- 40mm 50mm 63mm 1 0 0 m m
0.340 0 . 18 0 0.370 0.370

t i
1 . 1 1 0 1 . 1 1 0 1 . s s 6l r . s s o ] , . u u ul r . u o o 3.500 8.000 10.500
0.380 o.227 0.460 0.460 1 . 5 1 0 1.510 2.025 2.025 2.025 4.500 4.500 10.000 13.000
0.350 0 . 5 1 0 0.510 2.020 2 ' o 2 : _ _ _ _
1.140 1.140 3.020 3.020
KH63 KG64 KGSO KGlOO KGl26 K G 1 6 1 K G 2 1 1 KG251 KG316 KF4O1 KF631 KF8O1 KF1251
KG127 KGl62
o o o o o o o o o
a o o o o o o o o o
o o
A A ^. A , A A A A A A
A A A A A ^. ^. A , A A
. A A A A A A ^' A A . A
10) 10) r0) 10) 10) 10) t0) 10) 10) 10) 10) 10) 10)
I s*it"n approveo I switch contormsto requirements Q Approvatpenoing
i
I
MAIN
SWITCH /a-
RATING
Ithz B
3P+N
KH168 1307lscz621E
Panel Mounting - TYPeE rr1 16A KH168 T3O3/SGZ621E
20A KH2OBT3O3/SGZ621E KH2OB T3O7ISGZ621E
254 KG2OBT3O3/SGZ621E KG2OB T3O7/SGY621E
32A KG32B T3O3/SGZ621E KG32B T3O7/SGY621E
40A KG41B T3O3/SGZ621E KG41B T3O7/SGY621E
63A KH63 T3O3/SGZ621E KH63 T3O7/SGY621E
80A KGSO T3O3/SGZ621E KGSO T3O7/SGY621E
100A KGlOO T3O3/SGZ621E KGlOO T3O7/SGY621E
1254 KG126 T3O3/SGY621E KG126 T3O7/SGY621E
160A KG161 T3O3/SGY621E KG161 T3O7/SGY621E
VE2
BaseMounting'TYPe
(withpadlockablehandleV8408) KG2OAT2O3/SGYOO4VE2KG2OA T2O7/SGYOO4VE2
254
32A KG32AT2O3/SGYOO4VE2KG32A
KG41 T203lsczo04vE2 KG41
T2O7/SGYOO4VE2
T2O7/SGYOO4VE2
t,
40A
KH63 T2O3/SGYOO4VE2KH63 T2O7ISGYOO4VE2
63A
KGSO T2O3/SGYOO4VE2KGSO T2O7/SGYOO4VE2
80A
100A KGlOOT2O3/SGYOO4VE2KGlOO T2O7lSGYOO4VE2
Base Mounting - TYPeVE rr1 KH168 T3O7/SGYOO1VE

(withDoorInterlock) 16A KH168 T3O3/SGZOO1VE
20A KH2OBT3O3/SGZOOlVE KH2OB T3O7/SGYOO1VE
254 KG2OBT3O3/SGZOOlVE KG2OB T3O7/SGYOO1VE
324 KG32B T3O3/SGZOOlVE KG32B T3O7|SGYOO1VE
40A KG41B T3O3/SGZOOlVE KG41B T3O7/SGYOO1VE
63A KH63 T3O3/SGZOOlVE KH63 T3O7/SGYOOlVE
80A KG 80 T3O3/SGZOO1VE KG 80 T3O7/SGYOO1VE
100A KGlOO T3O3/SGZOO1VE KGlOO T3O7/SGYOO1VE
1254 KG126 T3O3/SGZOO1VE KG126 T3O7/SGYOO1VE
160A KG161 T3O3/SGZOO1VE KG161 T3O7/SGYOO1VE
250A KG251 T3O3/SGZOOlVE KG251 T3O7/SGYOOlVE
315A KG316 T3O3/SGZOO1VE KG316 T3O7/SGYOOlVE
Base Mounting - TYPeVE rt) KH168 T2O7/SGYOO2VE

Handle) 16A KH168 T2O3/SGZOO2VE
(withDoorInterlock/Padlockable KH2OB T2O7|SGYOO2VE
204 KH2OB T2O3/SGZOO2VE
25A KG2OB T2O3/SGZOO2VE KG2OB T2O7|SGYOO2VE
KG32B T2O3/SGZOO2VE KG32B T2O7/SGYOO2VE
324
KG41B T2O3/SGZOO2VE KG41B T2O7/SGYOO2VE
40A
KH63 T2O3/SGZOO2VE KH63 T2O7/SGYOO2VE
63A
80A KG 80 T2O3/SGZOO2VE KG 80 T2O7/SGYOO2VE
100A KGlOO T2O3/SGZOO2VE KGlOO T2O7/SGYOO2VE
125A KG126 T1O3/SGZOO2VE KG126 T1O7|SGYOO2VE
KG251 T1O3/SGZOO2VE KG251 T1O7/SGYOO2VE
250A
400A 9 3 0 s K F 4 0 1 K 3 0 s0l s 1 .
630A 9 3 0 5 K F 6 3 1 K 3 0 s0l s 1 .
800A 9305 KF800K300slsl'
1250A 9 3 0 5 K F 1 2 5 0 K 3 0s0l s 1 .
availableon requesl
ilii[ii
'" orot""tion lP4o DusvDamp Proof lP65 Dusu Damp Proof { n
|v
:#i;;;;;r nunJ" ro, ni,o handleorderas sls2
KH168 T3O4/SGZ621E
KH2OBT3O4/SGZ621E
KG20B I304/SGZ621E KG2OB T3O6/SGY621E KG2OB T9O3/SGY62OE KG20B TgO4/SGY62OE
KG32B T304|SGZ621E KG32B T3O6/SGY621E KG32B T9O3/SGY62OE KG32B T9O4/SGY62OE
KG41B T304|SGZ621E KG41B T3O6iSGY621E KG41B TgO3/SGY62OE KG4lB T9O4/SGY62OE
KH63 r304lSGZ621E
KG8O T3O4/SGZ621E KGSOC T3O6/SGY621E KGsOC TgO3/SGY62OE KGsOC T9O4/SGY62OE
KGlOO T3O4/SGZ621E KG100C T306/SGY621E KG100C T903/SGY620E KGlOOCT9O4/SGY62OE
KG126 T3O4/SGY621E KG126 T3O6/SGY621E KG127 TgO3/SGY62OE KG127 T9O4/SGY62OE
KG161 T3O4/SGY621E KG161 T3O6/SGY621E KG162 T9O3/SGY62OE KG162 T9O4/SGY62OE
KG211 T3O4/SGY621E
KG251 T304/SGY621E
KG316 T3O4/SGY621E
KG2OA T2O4/SGYOO4VE2 KG2OA T2O6/SGYOO4VE2KG2OA TgO3/SGYOO4VE2 KG2OA TgO4/SGYOO4VE2

o KG32A T2O4/SGYOO4VE2 KG32A T206/5GYOO4VE2 KG32A TgO3/SGYOO4VE2 KG32A TgO4/SGYOO4VE2
KG41 T2O4/SGYOO4VE2 KG41B T2O6/SGYOO4VE2KG4lB TgO3/SGYOO4VE2KG41B TgO4/SGYOO4VE2
KH63 T2O4lSGYOO4VE2
KG8O T2O4/SGYOO4VE2
KGlOO T2O4/SGYOO4VE2
KH168 T3O4/SGZOO1VE
KH2OBT3O4/SGZOO1VE
KG2OBT3O4/SGZOOIVE KG2OB T3O6/SGYOOlVEB KG2OB TgO3/SGZOOlVEB KG2OB TgO4/SGZOOlVEB
KG32B T3O4/SGZOOlVE KG32B T3O6/SGYOOlVEB KG32B TgO3/SGZOOlVEB KG32B TgO4/SGZOOlVEB
KG41B T3O4/SGZOO1VE KG41B T3O6/SGYOO1VE KG41B T9O3/SGZOO1VE KG41B TgO4/SGZOOlVE
KH63 T3O4/SGZOOlVE
KG 80 T3O4/SGZOO1VE KGSOC T3O6/SGYOOlVE KGSOC TgO3/SGZOOlVE KGSOC TgO4/SGZOOlVE
a KGlOO T3O4/SGZOO1VE
KG126 T3O4/SGZOO1VE
KG161 T3O4/SGZOO1VE
KG211 T3O4/SGZOO1VE
KGlOOCT3O6/SGYOO1VE
KG126 T3O6/SGYOOlVE
KG161 T3O6/SGYOOlVE
KG100C T903/SGZ001VE
KG127 TgO3/SGZOOlVE
KG162 T9O3/SGZOO1VE
KGlOOCT9O4/SGZOO1VE
KG127 TgO4/SGZOOlVE
KG162 T9O4/SGZOO1VE
KG251 T304/SGZ001VE 9305 KF252K9s0

KG316 T3O4/SGZOO1VE
KH168 T2O4/SGYOO2VE
KH2OB T2O4/SGYOO2VE
KG2OB T2O4/SGYOO2VE KG2OB T206/5GZOO2VEB KG2OB T9O3/SGYO02VEB KG20B TgO4/SGYOOzVEB
KG32B T2O4/SGYOO2VE KG32B T206/5GZOO2VEB KG32B TgO3/SGYOO2VEB KG32B T9O4/SGZO02VEB
KG41B T2O4/SGYOO2VE KG41B T2O6/SGZOO2VE KG41B TgO3/SGYOO2VE KG41B TgO4/SGZOO2VE
KH63 T2O4/SGYOO2VE
KG 80 T2O4ISGYOO2VE KGSOC T2O6/SGZOO2VE KGSOC TgO3/SGYOO2VE KGSOC T9O4/SGZOO2VE
KGlOO T2O4ISGYOO2VE KG100C T206/SGZ002VE KGlOOC TgO3/SGYOO2VE KGlOOCTgO4/SGZOO2VE
KG126 T1O4/SGYOO2VE KG126 T1O6/SGYOO2VE KG127 TgO3/SGYOO2VE KG127 TgO4/SGYOO2VE
KG161 T1O4/SGYOO2VE KG161 T1O6/SGYOO2VE KG162 TgO3/SGYOO2VE KG162 T9O4iSGYOO2VE
KG211 T1O4/SGYOO2VE
KG251 T1O4/SGYOO2VE 9305 KF252K950StSl'
KG316 T1O4/SGYOO2VE
9 3 0 5 K F 4 0 1 K 4 0S0 lS1. 930S KF402K950StS1.
9 3 0 5 K F 6 3 1 K 4 0S0 lSt. 930SKF632K950SlS1.
9305 KF800K400St51. 930SK F 8 0 2 K 9 5 S0 lS1.
9 3 0 5 K F 1 2 5 0 K 4 0S0l S 1 . 930S K F 1 2 5 2 K 9 5S0 r S 1 .
11
MAINTENANCE& RATING
SAFETYSWITCH -/a- Ith2 2P+E 3P+E
16A KH16 T2OO/SGZOO3'KS2V
Thermoplastic Enclosed Switch KH2O T2OO/SGZOO3-KS2V
Weather-proof lP65/66/67 204
254 KG2OT2O2/SGZOO3-KS2V KG20 T2O3iSGZOO3-KS2V
32A KG32 T202lsGz003'KL2V KG32 T203/SGZ.003-KL2V
40A KG41 T2O3/SGZOO3"KL2V
63Arzl KG64 T2O3/SGZOOS-KL2V
63A rsl KH63 T2OO/SGZOO3"KL2V
80A KGSO T2O3/SGZOO3"KL2V
100A KG100 T203/SGY003.9P65
125A KG126 T103/SGY003.9P65
160A KG161 T103/SGY003-9P65
200A KG211 T103/SGY003.9P65
250A KG251T103/SGY003'9P65
315A KG316 T103/sGY003'9P65
93os KF401K300P65slsl
400A
93os KF631K300P65Slsl
630A
930s KF800K300P65Slsl
800A
93oS KF1250K300P65Slsl
1250A
Sheet Steel Enclosed Switch 16A 07.9M40

KH168 T203lsG21 tt
KH20BT203/SG2107.9M40
General PurPose lP40 204
25A KG20B T202/SG2107-9M40 KG20BT203/SGY005.9M40
32A KG32B T202/SG2107.9M40 KG32BT203ISGY005*9M40
40A KG41B T202lsGY005-9M40 KG41B T203/SGY005"9M40
63A KH63 T203/SG2133-9M40
80A KG80 T203/sGY00s.9M40
1004 KG100T203/SGY005.9M40
1254 KG126 T103/SGY005'9M40
160A KG161 T103/SGY005.9M40
200A KG211 T10s/sGY005"9M40
250A KG251T103/SGY005'9M40
315A KG316 T103/SGY005.9M40
400A 93oS KF401K300M40slsl
93os KF631K300M40slsl
630A
930s KF800K300M40Slsl
800A
40A KG41B T203lsGY009'9M55

Sheet Steel Enclosed Switch
63A KH63 T203/SGY009.9M55
DusUDamPProof IP55,::.,.::::;::::::.::::,: KG80 T203/SGY009-9M55
80A
100A KG100 T203/SGY009.9Ms5
125A KG126 T103/SGY009"9M55
160A KG161 T103/SGY009"9M55
200A KG211 T103/SGY009-9M55
250A KG251T103/SGY009.9M55
315A KG316 T103/SGY009.9M55
93os KF401K300M55Slsl
400A
930s KF631K300M55Slsl
630A
9305 KF800K300M55Slsl
800A
93oS KF1250K300M55Slsl
1250A
40A KG4'1 0.9s65

B T203/sGYo1
Stainless Steel Enclosed Switch 63A KH63 T203/SGY010.9565
DusUDamPProof lP65 80A KG 80 T203/SGY010-9s65
100A 0.9s65
KG100 T203lsGY01
125A 0.9s65
KG126 T103/sGY01
160A KG161T103/sGY010.9565
200A KG211 T103/SGY010.9565
250A 0'9s65
KG251Tl 03/sGY01
315A KG316T103/SGY010.9565
400A 93os KF401K300s65slsl
93os KF631K300s65slsl
630A
93OS KF8OOK3OOS65SIS1
800A
12) KG64- suitablefor cablesizeup to 16mm' 12

13) KH63- suitablefor cablesize up to 35mm'
F :*
-]
3P+N+E 4P+E 6P 3P 4P
xil:#:;i::r::::ffiY KH16 T2O4/SGYOO3-KS2V

KH2O T2O4/SGYOO3'KS2V
KG2O T2O3/SGZOO3'KS2VKG2O T2O4/SGYOO3'KS2VKG20B T26SGyffi--q)55 KG20B T903SGY003-9P65 KG20B T904/SGY003.9P65
KG32 T2O3/SGZOO3-KL2VKG32 T2O4/SGYOO3-KL2VKA32B TmSGYm-9F65 KG32B T903/SGY003-9P65KG32B T904/SGY003-9P65
KG41 T2O3/SGZOO3-KL2VKG41 T2O4/SGYOO3-KL2VKG418 TMSGYM'9P65 KG41B T9O3/SGYOO3I9P65 KG41B T904/SGY003-9P65
KG64 T2O3/SGZOO3-KL2VKG64 T2O4/SGYOO3-KL2VKG64a T206SGY000'9P65 KG64B T903/SGY003-9P65KG64B T904/SGY003-9P65
KH63 T2O7lSGZOO3-KL2VKH63 T2O4ISGYOO3IKL2V
KGSO T2O3/SGZOO3-KL2VKGSO T2O4/SGYOO3-KL2VKG80C T206SGY003'9P65 KG80C T903/SGY003.9P65KG80C T904/SGY003'9P65
KG100 T205/SGZ003-9P65 KG100 T204/SGY003"9P65 KG100CT206SGY00s'9P6sI KG100C T903/SGY003.9P65KG100CT904/SGY003-9P65
KGI26 T105/SG2003.9P65 KG126 Tl 04/SGY003*9P65 KG126 T10s,scy0o3'9p6slxcrez rsosrscy003-9p65 KG127 T904/SGY003-9P65
I
KG161T105/SG2003.9P65 KG161 Tl 04/SGY003-9P65 KG161 T106/SGY003'9P65 lKG162 T903/SGY003.9P65KG162 T904/SGY003"9P65
KG211T105/SG2003.9P65 KG211 T104/SGY003'9P65
KG251 T105/SGZ003-9P65 KG251T104/SGY003"9P65 930S KF252K950P65
StSl
KG316 T105/SG2003.9P65 KG316 T104/SGY003.9P6s
9305 KF401K300P65StS2 9305 KF401K400P65StSl 930S KF402K950P65
StSl
9305 KF631K300P65StS2 9305 KF631K400P65StSl 9305 KF632K950P65
SrSl
9305 KF800K300P65StS2 9305 KF800DK400P65 StSl
9305 KF1250K300P65StS2 9305 KF1250K400P65SrSl
a KH168 T207/SG2107-9M40KH168 T204/SGY005"9M40

KH20B T207/SG2107-9M40
KG20BT207/SG2107-9M40
KH20BT204lSGY005.9M40
KG20BT204lSGY005"9M40
KG32BT207/SG21 07-9M40 KG32BT204lSGY005.9M40
KG41B T207/SG2131-9M40 KG41B T204lSGY005'9M40
KH63 T207lSG2133-9M40 KH63 T204ISGY005.9M40
KG80 T203/SGC800.9M40 KG80 T204/SGY005.9M40
KG100T207/SG2110-9M40 KG100 T204/SGY005-9M40
KG126T107lSGZ005r9M40KG126 Tl 04/SGY005.9M40
KG161T107ISGZ005'9M40KG16 t T104/SGY005-9M40
KG211T107/SGZ005'9M40KG211 T104/SGY005-9M40
KG251 T107/SGZ005-9M40 KG251T104/SGY005.9M40
KG316 T107|SG2005.9M40 KG316 T104/SGY005-9M40
9305KF401K300M40SrS2 9305 KF401K400M40StSl
9305 KF631K300M40
SrS2 9305 KF631K400M40StSl
930s KF800K300M40
SrS2 9305 KF800K400M40StSl
KG41B T207/5GY009.9M55 KG41B T204/SGY009-9M55 KG41B T206ISGY009.9M55

KG41B T903/SGY009.9M55
KG41B T904/SGY009-9M55
KH63 T207lSGY009.9M55 KH63 T204/SGY009.9M55
a KG 80 T207/SGY009-9M55 KG 80 T204/SGY009.9M55 KG80CT206/SGY009.9M55KG80C T903/SGY009-9M55

KG100 T207/SGY009-9M55 KG100 T204/SGY009.9M55 KG100CT206/5GY009-9M55
KG80C T904/SGY009-9M55
KG100CT903/SGY009-9M55
KG126 T107/SGY009-9M55 KG126 T104/SGY009.9M55 KG126 T106/SGY009"9M55
KG100C T904/SGY009.9M55
KG127 T903/SGY009.9M55
KG127 T904/SGY009.9M55
KG161T107/SGY009-9M55KG161 T104/SGY009.9M55 KG161 T106/SGY009-9M55 KG162 T903/SGY009-9M55
KG162 T904/SGY009.9M55
KG211 T'107/SGY009.9M55 KG211 T104/SGY009.9M55
KG251 T107lSGY009' 9M55 KG251T104/SGY009' 9M55 9305 KF252K9s0M5s
StSl
KG316 T107/SGY009-9M55 KG316 T104/SGY009.9M55
9305KF401K300M55St52 9305 KF401K400M55
SlSl 9305 KF402K950M55
SrSl
9305KF631K300M55SrS2 9305 KF631K400M55
StSl 9305 KF632K950M55
SrSl
9305 KF800K300M55
StS2 9305 KF800K400M55
SrSl 930SKF802K950M55StSl
9305 KF1250K300M55
St52 9305 KF1250K400M55Stsl 9305KF1252K950Ms5StSl
KG41B T207/SGY010-9565 KG41B T204/SGY01

0.9565
KH63 T207lSGY010-9565 KH63 T204/SGY010.9565 KG41B T206/SGY01
0.9565 KG41B T903/SGY010.9565 KG41B T904/SGY0t0.9565
KG 80 T207/SGY010-9S6s KG 80 T204ISGY010.9565 KG80C T206/SGY01
0"9565 KG80C T903/SGY010-9565KG80C T904/SGY010-9565
KGl 00 T207/SGY010-9565 KG100 T204ISGY01
0"9565 KG100CT206/SGY01
0-9S65 KG't00c T903/sGY01
0"9S65 KGI00c T904/SGY01
0'9565
KG126T107/SGY010.9565 KG126 T104/SGY010'9565 KG126 T106/SGY010-9S65KG127 T903/SGY010'9565 KG127 T904/SGY010-9565
KG16'tT107/SGY010.9565 KG161 T104/SGY01
0"9565 KG161 T106/SGY010' 9s65
KG162 T903/SGY010-9565 KG162 T904/SGY010"9565
KG211T107/SGY010.9565 KG211 T104/SGY010'9S6s
KG251T107/SGY01019565KG251T104/SGY01 0.9565
KG316T107/SGY010-9565 KG316 T104/SGY010'9S6s
9305 KF401K300S65StS2 9305 KF401K400S65StSl
9305 KF631K300S65SlS2 9305 KF631K400S6sStSl
9305 KF800K300S65SlS2 9305 KF800K400S65StSl
13
OptionatExtrasfor KG/KHSwitches
The flexibilityof the KG modularsystemoffersmaximum CamOperatedAuxiliarYContacts

foi the modifyingof switchesin the field'Modules
versatility
can be easilyaddedto the switchwhich has been already
installedin equipment,oftenwithouthavingto removeexisting
wiring.Other importantaccessorieslike auxiliarycontacts'
proteitiuecovers,padlockablehandles,door interlocks,etc' Cam operated
auxiliarycontact
enhancethe flexibilityand versatilityof the rangeof KG load
breakswitch.
and NeutralBlocks(KGonly)
1. Earth(KG+KH)
Earthand neutralblocks (KG only) can be fittedto the side of

the switchto enhancethe switchingconfiguration to
. 3P + Earth(KG only)
. 3P + Neutral(KG onlY)
. 3P + Neutral+ Earth
. 4P + Earth
. 6P + Earth (KG onlY)
Switch Switch Panel Base t
Function TvPe Mounting Mounting
ON-OFF KGaOIKG1? KOM51OA/1AA-A KOM51OA/1AA'B

1 NO KG41/KG64 K1 M51OA/1AA-A K1 Ms1OA/1AA-B
Earth block KGSO/KG1OO K2 M51OA/1AA-A K2 M51OA/1AA-B
KH16- KH25 KOM51Ofu1AA-A KOM51OA/1AA-B
K{32l4ol63l8o K1 M51oA/1oA-A K1 M510A/10A-B
ON-OFF KG2O/KG32 KOM51OA/2AA-A KOM51OA/2AA-B

2 NO KG41/KG64 K1 Ms1OA/2AA-A K1 Ms1OA/2AA'B
KGSO/KG1OO K2 M51OA/2AA.A K2 M51OA/2AA.B
Neutralblrck KH16-KH25 KOMslOA/2AA.A KOMslOA/2AA-B
KF.g2l4o/63180K1 M510A/20A-A K1 M510A/20A-B
ON-OFF KG2OIKG32 KOM51OA/1BA-A KOM51OA/1BA-B

1 NC KG41/KG64 K1 M51OA/1BA-A K1 M51OA/1BA-B
KGSO/KG1OO K2 M51OA/1BA-A K2 M51OA/1BA-B
KH16- KH25 KOM510fu1BA-A KOM51OA/1 BA-B
Optional Switch Panel Base
Mounting Mounting KHg2l4ol63l80 K1 M510tu01A-A K1 M510A/01A-B
Extra TYPe
K0 H052/A K0 H052/A ON.OFF KG2O/KG32 KOM51OA/2BA.A KOM51OA/2BA-B

Earth KG20/KG32
K1 HO52/B K1 HO52/B 2 NC KG41/KG64 K1 M51OA/2BA.A K1 Ms1OA/2BA'B
KG41/KG64
K2HO52lc K2HO52/C KGSO/KG1OO K2 M51OA/2BA-A K2 M51Ofu2BA.B
KGSo/KG100
K3 HOsz/J-E K3 HOs2/J-VE KH16- KH25 KOM51OA/2BA-A KOM51Ofu2BA-B
KG126/KG161
K3 HO52/E-VE KHg2/4ol6gl8o K1 M51oA/02A-A K1 M510A/02A-B
KG251 K3 HOs2/E-E
KG316 K3 HOs2/L-E K3 Ho52/L-VE
KOHO52/A ON.OFF KG2O/KG32 KOM51Ofu2CA-A KOM51OA/2CA-B
KH16 - KH25 KOHO52/A
KOHO52/A 1NO+1NC KG41/KG64 K1 M51OA/2CA-AK1 M51OA/2CA-B
KH32IKH4O K1 HO52/A
K1 HO52/P KG80/KG1oO K2 M51otu2CA-A K2 M51oA/2CA-B
KH63/KH8O K1 HO52/P
KH16- KH25 K0 M510A/2C-A K0 M51oA/2CA-B
KOHO53/A K0 H053/A K{g2l4o/63180 K1 M510A/11A-A K1 M510A/11A-B
Neutral- KG20/KG32
KG41/KG64 K1 HO53/B K1 HO53/B
K2 HO53/c K2 H053/c 1-O-2 KG20/KG32 KOM51oA/2DA-A K0 M51otu2DA-B
KGSo/KG10o
K3 HOs3/J.VE 1NO+1NO KG41/KG64 K1 M510A/2DA-A K1 M510A/2DA-B
KG126/KG161 K3 HOs3/J-E
K3 H053/E-E K3 Ho53/E-VE KGEO/KG1OO K2 M51OA/2DA-A K2 M51OA/2DA-B
KG251
KG316 K3 H053/L-E K3 H053/L-VE
. Neutralfor KH switchesavailableas built-inthe switchframe'

3. RackOperatedAuxiliaryContacts
Top mountedrack operatedauxiliarycontactsof silveroxide

2. CamOPeratedAuxiliaryContacts are availablefor KG126to KG316 in the followingconfigura-
tion:
Top mountedcam operatedauxiliarycontactsof silveroxide . Maximum4 aux.contactsfor KG126/KG161 3 pole block
are availablefor KG20to KG100Cup to a maximumof 4 . MaximumI aux. contactsfor KG126/KG161 6 pole block
contacts(2 stages). . Maximum6 aux. contactsfor KG251/KG316
Silverand gold H-Bridgecontactsfor low voltage
applicationavailable. Silverand gold H-Bridgecontactsfor low voltage
14
OptionalExtrasfor KG Switches
availableon request.
application
3. RackOperatedAuxiliaryContacts 5. Protective Covers( For KG only )
NO NC SwitchType Base Mounting
1 0 KG126/KG161 K3A M51OB/1OA-B Theorotectrve are usedto:
c-overs
KG251/KG316 K3 M5108/10A-B . Prevent entryof dustintotheterminals
of
KG10to KG100C switches.
KG126/KG161 K3A M51OB/O1A.B . Provideinsulationfor the exoosedterminalsfor
KG251/KG316 K3 M5108/01A-B
KGl 26/KG161/KG251/KG316
KG126/KG161 K3A M51OB/2OA-B
A sealableprotectivecover to preventunauthorisedaccess
KG251/KG316 K3 M5108/20A-B to the terminalsis availablefor KG8O/KG100.
KG126/KG161 K3A M 5 1 0 B /11A - B

KG251/KG316 K3 M 5 1 0 8 / 1 A - B
KG126/KG161 K3A M5108/224-B

KG251/KG316 K3 M510B122A-B
KG251/KG31
6 K3 M5108/33A-B
Sealableprotectivecover ProtectiveCover
4. LateralmountedAuxiliaryContacts for KG8o/KG100 for KG126iKG16 1/KG25'1
/KG316
Thesecontactsare availableas follows:
. KG20to KG100C- 1NO + 1NC per contactblock
SwitchType 3 Pole Switch 4 Pole Switch
{ . K G 1 2 5t o K G 3 1 7- 2 N O + 1 N Cp e r c o n t a c bt l o c k KG2O/KG32 K0 M160/3 K0 M160/4
The contactblockcan be mountedon eitherside of the
switchor on both sides of the switch.Contactsavailableare: KG41/KG64 K1 M160/3 K1 M160/4
. Normalcontacts
. Overlappingor make beforebreak contacts KH63/KH8O K1 M160/44-E
. Non overlapping (E-Paneli/ounting)
but with NO contactclosingonly aftermain
KH63/KH8O K1 M160/44-VE
contact. (VE-BaseMounting)
KG8o/KG100 K2 M160/3 K2M160/4
KG126/KG161 K3 M160/33 K3 M160/43
KG251 K3 M160/31 K3 M160/41
KG80/KG100 K2 M160/P3
(sealableversion)
a Contact
Operation
Switch
Type
Panel
Mounting
Non-overlappingKG2O/KG32 K0 H010/A1 1-E
Base
Mounting
K0 H010/A11-VE
6. Terminalsfor ControlCircuit
Specialterminalsto allowconnectionof smallsize control
1 N O+ 1 N C K G 4 1 / K G 6 4 K 1 H 0 1 0 / A1 - E K1 H010/A11-VE circuitcablesto the mainterminalsare available.
KGSO/KG1OOK2 H010/A11-E K2 H010/A11-VE
K H 1 6- K H 2 5 K0 H010/A1 1-E K0 H010/A11-VE
KH32/40163/80K1 H010/11A-E K1 H010/11A-VE
Non-overlappingKG126/KG161K3A H010/A21-EK3A HOlO/A21-VE

2NO+1NC 6 3 H 0 1 0 / 4 2 1 - EK3 H010/A21-VE
K G 2 5 1 / K G 3 1K
Ovedapping KG2O|KG32 K0 H010/811-E K 0 H 0 1 0 / 8 1 - V E

1 N C+ 1 N C KG41/KG64 K1 H010/B11-EK1 H010/81-VE
KG80/KG100 K2 H010/811-E K2 H010/811-VE
K H 1 6- K H 2 5 K 0 H 0 1 0 / B11- E K 0 H 0 1 0 / 8 1 - V E
KH32/40/63t80K1 H010/11B-E K 1 H 0 1 0 / 1 1 B - V E
Overlapping KG126/KG161K3A H010/821-EK3A HOl0/821-VE

2 N O + 1N C KG251/KG316K3 H010/821-EK3 H010/821-VE
Main Contacts Switch ON.OFF CHANGE.OVER

NO Aux. Contact Type Switch Switch
NC Aux. Contact KGSO/KG1OO K2B D52OKSA K2B D52OKSB
OFF ON OFF KG126/KG161 K3A D72OKS
Non-Overlapping Overlapping KG251/KG317 K3B D52OKS
15
OptionalExtrastot fC S*itcnes
7. DoorClutch b. Type V840DA/840G
a Max.2 oadlocksfor KG10A-KG32A (48x48mm)
Door Clutchesare used primarilyfor when the switch (64x64mm)
Max.3 padlocksfor KG10B to KG100
is mountedto the baseof the enclosureand the handleand (88x88mm)
Max.3 oadlocksfor KG80C/KG100C
escutcheonplateare mountedon the cover.The types of door
a
a Availablewith black,red and electro-greyhandle

clutchesavailableare:
. Withoutdoor interlock(simplified) - covercan
be removedat every switchposition.
. With door interlock- cover can be removedonly
"OFF"positionfor safetyreasons'
when the switchis in the
ln the normalversion,the dustand damp proofis

lP40 front protection.In the weather-proofversion,the dust
and damp proofis 1P65.
Switch Black handle Red Handle
Type Grey escutcheon Yellowescutcheon
KGlOA SOV84OD/A7-A SOV84OD/D6-A
KGlOB
. E mounting s1 v84oG/A72lA1 s1 v840G/D62lA1
. VE4 mounting s1 v84oc/A72l81 s1 v840G/D62lB1
KG2OA - KG32A
. E mounting S0 V840D/A7-E SOV84OD/D6-E \
Switch lP Simolified lnterlock
. VE mounting S0 V840D/A7 SOVB4OD/D6
Tvpe Door Clutch Door Clutch
KGlO-KG32 40 s1 M28oE/A24s-01 s1 M280E/824S-01
51 M280E/824S-EF/1 KG2OB.KG64B
65 s1 M280E/A24S-EF/1 . E mounting s1 v840clA72lA2 s1 v840G/D62lA2
s1 M280E/824S
. VE mounting s1 vB40G/A72/82 s1 v840G/D62l82
KG41- KG100 40 s1 M280E/A24S
65 51 M28OE/A24S-EF S1 M28OE/B24S-EF
K G 8 O .K G l O O
. E mounting s1 v840GlA72lA2 s1 v840G/D62lA2
K G 1 2 6 / K G 1 6 14 0 S2 M28OE/A24S 52 M28OE/824S
. VE mounting s1 v84oc/A72l82 51 V840G/D62/82
65 52 M28OE/A24S-EF 52 M28OE/B24S.EF
53 M280D/824S ta) KG80C- KG100c

KG251/KG31640 53 M2BOD/A24S . E mounting 52 V84OD/D6
S2 V840D/A7
53 M28OD/A24S-EF 53 M280D/824S-EFt+) . VE mounting 52 V840D/A7 52 V84OD/D6
KH2oB-KH25B 40 s1 M280E/A24S-01 s1 M280E/824S-01
65 s1 M28oE/A24S-EF/1 51 M280E/824S-EF/1 K G 1 2 6- K G 1 6 1
. E mounting 52 V84OD/A7-E 52 V84OD/D6-E
S1 M28OE/B24S . VE mounting 52 V84OD/A7 S2 V84OD/D6
KH32B/KH4OB40 S1 M28OE/A24S
65 51 M28OE/A24S-EF 51 M2BOE/824S-EF
KH168- KH4OB
KH63/KH80 40 s1 M280E/A24S s1 M280E/824S . E mounting s1 v840clA72lA2 s1 v840G/D62lA2
65 51 M28OE/A24S-EF 51 M28OE/824S-EF . VE mounting s1 v840clA72lB2 s1 v840G/D62/82
8. Padlockable Handle
KH63.KHSO
. E mounting s1 v84oG/A72lA2 s1 v840G/D62lA2 t
. VE mounting s1 v84oGlA72lB2 s1 v840G/D62l82
The padlockablehandleallowsthe handleto be padlockedat a
selectedposition.This will preventunauthorised
operation'
c. Type V845 Padlockable Handle
a. Type V840A . Max.4oadlocks
. Maximum2 padlocks . Availablewith black,red and electro-greyhandle
. Availablewith black,red and electro-greyhandle
Switch Black handle RedHandle

Type Aluminiumescutcheon Yellowescutcheon
KG1OA.KG32A s0 v840tuA11A SOVB4OA/A26A
KGlOB-KG64B S1 VB4OA/A.l 1A s1 v840A/A264
KGSO/KG1OO s1 v840tuA1 1A s1 v840tuA26A
KH168-KH25B S1VB4OA/A11A 51 V84OA/A26A
KH32B/KH40B s1 v840tuA1 1A s1 v840tuA26A
KH63/KH8O S1V84OA/A11A 51 V84OA/A26A
14) Reouireshandle cone S3C G000 c

onal Extrasfor KG Switches
c. Type V845 PadlockableHandle
ON-OFF Switchonly
Switch Blackhandle RedHandle

Type Aluminium
escutcheonYellowescutcheon
KGlOA
. E mounting s0 v845/A21lA1
1 s0 v845/D21lA11
. VE mounting s0 v845/A21l811 s0 v845/D21lB11 d. Type V850
. Maximum 2 padlocksfor Sl (64 x 64 m)
KGlOB
. E mounting . Maximum 3 padlocksfor 32 (88 x 88 m)
s1 v845/A21lA1
1 s1 v845/D21lA1
1
. VE mounting s1 v845/A21l81
1 s1 v845/D21l811 . Maximum 6 padlocksfor 53 (130x 130 m)
. The devicecan be oroorammedto lock in severalswitch
KG2OA- KG32A positions.
. E mounting s0 v845/A21lA12 s0 v845/D21lA12 SwitchTyoe BlackHousing GreyHousing
. VE mounting s0 v845lA21/812 s0 v845/D21l812 KG41B-KG64B s1 v850/A1 s1 v850/A7
KG20B.KG64B KGSO/KG1OO s1 v850/A1 51 VBsO/A7

. E mounting s1 v845lA21lA12 s1 v845lD21lA12
. VE mounting s1 v845lA21lB12 s1 v845/D21/812 KG80C/KG100C 52 VB50/A1 s2 v850/A7
KGSO- KGlOO KG126/KG161 s2 v850/A1 s2 v850/A7

. E mounting s1 v845lA21lA12 s1 v845/D211412
. VE mounting s1 v845lA21lB12 s1 v845/D211812 KG251/KG316 s3 v850/A1
1 s3 v850/A71
KG80C- KG100C KH32B/KH40B s1 v8s0/A1 51 VBsO/A7

. E mounting s2v845lA21lA14 s2v845/D21/414
. VE mounting s2v845/421/814 s2v845/D21/814 KH63/KH8O s1 v850/A1 s1 v8s0/A7
K G 1 2 6- K G 1 6 1 9. Shaft centering device

. E mounting s2v8451A21/A12 s2v845lD21lA12
. VE mounting
The M600makesit easyto installthe doorclutch.lt allowsa
s2v845lA21lB12 s2v8451D21/812
misalignment of as muchas +/- 5mm betweenthe shaftand
KG251- KG316 the door.lt shouldbe usedin conjunction
with the integrated
. E mounting s3v845/A211A21 s3 v845/D21/A21 doorclutchwith singleholemountingand padlockable handle
. VE mounting s3 vB45/A211821 s3 v845/D21l821 51 V840Gor 51 V845.
K H 1 6 8- K H 4 O B
. E mounting s1 v845lA21lA12 s1 vB45/D21/412
. VE mounting s1 vB45/421/812 s1 v845/D21/812
KH63/KH80
. E mounting
. VE mounting
s1 v8451421/412 s1 vB45/D211412
s1 v8451421/812 s1 v845/D21l812 CG- -- -t
a. Using Fixed shaft (supplied with switch)
CHANGE-OVER1-OFF-2 Switchonly SwitchType With S1 V840G With 51 V845
KG10B . 51 M600/A . 51 M600/A
Switch Blackhandle RedHandle . s1 V840G/D61A2/1 . 51 V845/E21 4 3 / 1 1
Type Aluminium
escutcheonYellowescutcheon
KGlOA KG2OB/KG32B . 51 M600/A . 51 M600/A
. E mounting s0 v845/A221A11 so v845/D221A11 . s1 v840G/D61A2/2 . s1 v845/E21A3/12
. VE mounting s0 v845/A22/811 s0 v845/D221811
KG41B.KG64B . 51 M600/A . s1 M600/A
KGlOB . s1 v840G/D61A2/2 . S1V845/E21A3/13
. E mounting s1 v845/422/411 s1 v845lD22lA11
. VE mounting s1 v8451422/811 s1 vB45/D22l81
1 KGSO-KG1OO . s1 M600/A . s1 M600/A
. 51 V840G/D61A2/2. 31 V8451E21A3112
KG2OA- KG32A
. E mounting s0 vB45/422/412 s0v845/D22/412 KH16B-KH4OB . s1 M600/A . s1 M600/A
. VE mounting s0 v845lA22lB12 s0vB45lD22lB12 . s1 v840G/D61A2/2 . 51 V845/E21A3/12
KG2OB- KG64B KH63.KH80 . 51 M600/A . s1 M600/A

. E mounting s1 v845/4221412 s1 v845/D22/412 . s1 v840G/D61A2/2 . s1 v845/E21A3/12
. VE mounting s1 v845/422/812 s1 v845/D22/812
b. UsingAdjustableshaft Type M004
KGSO- KGlOO SwitchTyoe wirhs1 v840G with s1 v845
. E mounting s1 v845lA22lA12 s1 v845/D2AN2 KG41B- KG64B . 51 M6OO/A . 51 M600/A
. VE mounting s1 v845/422/812 s1 v845/D2Ag2 . s1 v840G/D61A2/2 . s1 v845/E21A3l13
. 51 M004/1608130 . s1 M004/1608130
KG80C- KG100C
. E mounting s2v845/422/A14 s2v845/D2AN4 KGBO- KG100 . 51 M600/A . 51 M600/A
. VE mounting s2v84slA22/814 s2v845tD2ug4 . s1 v840G/D61A2/2 . 51 V845lE21A3l12
. 51 M004/1608130 . s1 M004/1608130
17
OptionalExtrasfor KFqrytlglgg
1. Shaft Extension 3. TerminalCover
Providesprotectionagainstdirectcontactwiththe incoming
(front)and/oroutgoing(rear) busbarterminalsof the switch'
SwitchType ON-OFF CHANGE-OVER Length
. KF252 930s 39993005 250mm a. 3P ON/OFFSwitch
. KF401/KF631 930s39993005 250mm SwitchTyoe 3P Switch 4P Swrtch TYPe
. KF402/KF632 9305 39993005 250mm KF401/KF631
. KF800/KF1250 gsos zzggsots 200mm . Top 9305 41943050 93Os 26944050 lP20
. KF8O21KF1252 e3os2;ee3o15 200mm . Bottom 9305 41958050 930s 41-o5rro50 lP20
KFSOO
2. Auxiliary Contacts . Top/Bottom 9305 26983080 93OS26[Bsrj8- 3::---
a. Change-over Contacts
KF1250
. NominalCurrentrating- 16A . Top/Bottom 9305 26983120 9305 26984120 Screen
. Earlvbreakcontacts.
b. 4 PoleChange-overSwitch
SwitchTvpe Incoming(Front) (Rea0 Tvpe
Outgoing
KF252KF4O2
. Top 930541944025 930s 41944025 r P 2 0
. Bottom 930s41954025 9305419s4025 tP20
KF632
. Top 930s41944050 930s41954050 tP20
. Bottom 930s41944050 930541954050 tP20
KF8O2
. Top 930s 29984080 Screen
. Bottom 930s 29984080 Screen
Switch ON-OFF CHANGE-OVER
Type Switch Switch
KF1252
KF252|KF402lKF632 . Top 930s 29984120 Screen
. 1st NO/NC per position 930s 41090021 . Bottom Screen
. 2nd NO/NCper position 9305 41090021 930s 29984120
KF401/KF631
. 1st NO/NC 9305 26990031 switchesonly)
4. Bridging Bars (for Change-over
. 2nd NO/NC 930s 26990032
KFBOO/KF1 250
. 1st NO/NC 930s 26990031
. 2nd NO/NC 930s 26990032
KF8021KF1252
. 1st NO/NC per position 930s 44090021
. 2nd NO/NCper position 930s 44090022
lsolatedContacts
b. Electrically
. NominalCurrentrating- 15A The bridgingbarsconnectthe outgoingbusbarbar terminals
. Availablein 3NO + 3NC and 4NO + 4NC versions switchto give a commonoutgoing.
of the Change-over
Switch 4 PoleCHANGE-OVER Current

Type Switch Rating
. KF252 930s 41090025 2504
. KF402 930s 41090039 4004
. KF632 930s 41090063 630A
. KF802 930s 44094080 800A
. KF1252 93os 44094120 12504

Switch ON.OFF
Tyoe Switch
KF401/KF631
.3NO+3NC 930s 26990143
.4NO+4NC 9305 26990144
KF800/KF1250
.3NO+3NC 930s 26990003
.4NO+4NC 930s 26990004
18
ThermoplasticEnclosedSwitch- lP65/1P66
;;*&
Top cable ffi,*
entries D2 O
w w::":, ,
i:'H,i:,
WW
(KG only)
e9
ffffi
Side cable Padlockable
entriesD3 U handle
T
Bottomcable
enlriesD2 O
TypeKL2V/KS2VCover
Door interlockpreventscover
from beingremovedwhen
switchis in the "ON"position 'Auxillarycontactavailable
as Optional.
(Pleaseturn to Pg 14 & Pg 15 for more details.)
Technical Specification
Type KL2V/KS2V
ThermoplasticEnclosure
. Made of industrialgradethermoplasticXANTA Type PCThermoplasticEnclosure
. lP66 DusVDamp-Proof accordingto lEC529 roy . Made of industrialgradethermoplasticpolycarbonate
(1P67availableon request) . lP65 DusVDamp-Proof accordingto lEC529 ro1
. High impactmechanicaltensilestrengthup to 55N/mm2 . Selfextinguishingto UL94
J .
.
Maximumtemperature up to 115 deg. C
Chemicalresistanceto mineralacids,alkalis,alcohol,
.
.
Good resislanceto UV radiation
High impactstrength
detergentsolvent,greaseand oil . Able to withstanda temperaturerangefrom
. Self-extinguishing
UL94 ClassV-0 i.e. the materia -50 deg.C to + 130deg. C.
does not sustaincombustion17) . Chemicalresistanceto mineralacids,organicacids,oxidants,
. Non- hygroscopici.e. the materialdoes not absorbmoisture. reducingagents,grease,oil and alcohol(exceptmethylalcohol)
. Good resistanceto UV radiation
TypeCAB-PThermoplasticEnclosure
TypeABS ThermoplasticEnclosure . Made of industrialgradethermoplasticpolyester
. Made of industrialgradethermoplasticABS . lP65 DusVDamp-Proof accordingto IEC529roy
. . Self-extinguishing
lP65 DusVDamp-Proof accordingto IEC 529 roi
. . Good resistanceto UV radiation
High impactstrength
. . High impactstrength
Able to withstanda temperaturerangefrom
-20 deg. C to + 70 deg. C. . Able to withstanda temperaturerangefrom
. -50 deg.C to + 150deg.
Chemicalresistanceto aqueousacids,alkalis,salt &
sea water.Concentratedphosphoric& hydrochloricacids have
littleeflect on ABS
16) DusuDamp Proof Protection according to IEC 17) UL94 FlammabilityTest

IEC529 NEMA Class Remarks
lP66 4/4X Complete protectionagainstdust. UL94V-0 . Noneof the fivetest specimensburnfor over'10secondsat any time
Protectionagainstwater jets of water trom all direction when the burnerflameis removed.
. The total burningtime of the 10 ignitiontests does not exceed 50 seconds.
. No testspecimenburnseitherwith a flameor afterglowto the clamp.
. No burningdrops shouldfall which would cause the cotton underneathto
ignitefrom any test specimen.
. The atterglowburningol no test specimenexceeds 30 seconds.
19
ai-or;-l
| &"'l te0Slle66ThermoplasticEnclosedSwitchON-OFF
Switch Number Cable Switch Enclosure Enclosure I Mounting Entries
Rating of Poles Size Reference Type Dimension(mm)Dimension(mm) Dimension
mm2 A B H E c Dts Dzs Dsa
254 2P+E 6.0 KG2O T2O2/SGZO03-KS2V KS2V

KG32 T20ZSGZ00S-K|2V
120 85 80
-
11 0 4.0
I 2 3 ''l'9
1e
82A &0
11:ff,,$:t:,',:',',::t,,,;, XT2V 160 85 00 l- lso 4.o | 23
16A 3P+E 6.0 KH16 T3OO/SGZOO3-KS2V K52V 120 85 80 l- - '10 4.0
It 2 3 19
':t&:t::::'.':::::
',:1,
- /r-o I ze 're
$.;;:;;;L11; KH20
:'::6:b:.,,:'..:':.:.:..:: T3orySGZOotrKS2V ,,,.t.'K5€ll 12[}i1:::,.& 80 l- 1ro
254 3P+E 1 0 . 0 KG2O T2O3/SGZOO3-KS2V K52V 120 85 80 l- - 111 3t 23 19
:':leP*€l:riir:::rl
AgA':.ttt',tiit:: KG32 Tzo3ySGZotr!'Ktjnt
lr:,1lS$:ttittt:l:l rt:]],:K3,$:r,]
li.i1.s
:r:::,:tr:;:rtl€S:l1:t::;8sf l- - lflr .t ln le
40A 3P+E 1 6 . 0 KG41 T2O3/SGZOO3-KL2V KL2V 190 100 9 1 l- - 178 3: 29 23
l&*;;,.:,:t,:,,:',,:';
::a:g9i1&:.t::,.:t:. KG64 TZWSCaZOO3-KI2V it,:
]:l:]!l&o.:::l::::l 9r
:rgl::l il]li:mri]::lr:]lisd]l:]
- l- - tr! 55 I
OJA 3P+E 35.0 KH63 T3OO/SGZOO3-KL2V KL2Vro) zii tqi 1OO I tzt 229 - s.s n 2 :
,',gP*Er:1tl:t':r::
,&A'..',,'..'...r, :::lf$i0:rlll::l.:
llqq{rt:.,.rr:]@geqq$1$g$r:l:riillll il:ll::l!(gpg:1li.,:tt'lrl 1OO|tZ+ *x
:l,*Sill:l::t.lt'l45:tl: . ff* :bsmnas
100A 3P+E 50.0 KG100 T203/SGY003 .9P65 ABS rzy 280 190 130 | 164 254 - s.s
::ig&g:i::lll::ll.t:*rt6::l:il:ili
,t*,W,,,,,,:,,,, :ilii:@ll::ri*::::l l:,:S80tl':,,:,:1980,:t,
180 | Zs+ 3*1 tfrt+ii
1604 3P+E 95.0 KG161T103/SGY003-9P65 ABS rz) 380 280 180 | 254 354 - 5.5
,.'SPiE''.:'.:'.:'.
:@s;.t:",t,t:t' K@11 T1O3/18GY0O3
ti:t1S5:tt:tti1tiatl
"9P86 t;:,:,;,:tr@1::,r41:,,,,,,1
:,:gtl0',:,:,'.:,88{,:..
18O lz5/- #4 - 5-E .
250A 3P+E 185 KG251 T103/SGY003 -9P65 ABS rz) 380 280 180 | 254 354 - 5.5
lg:l$Ar]:rr:lr':
]l]gfuEi]tli:t]l:ll
l11186.:::llii::ll
KG316 TlOggGYo@€P65 18o I es+ 534 -
:;1&3:;:.::,,,t.::W.:::,:
::rt::.l{E!3.1li*:t::1:: 5.5
40oA 3P+E 240 930s KF401K300P65 SlSl CAB-P 600 400 220 ]137216)57216\ - 10
IWA::l:::':,: ".'i9s.El.l::'::::::,:',:
l:ll99!E:i:t,i]l:],] 9305 KF6[r1K3@P6S SlSl :.l:rS@P::,,:rr:l ,,.:t'o0l::l':l::l6
l:::: 2 7 O l48oralr&rol - 10
BOOA 3P+E 400 9305 KF800K300P65SlSl CAB-P 800 600 300 | 580rot880rol - 10
lr?!€i{:::1tl.,,98{€.::l.:.:::::r:$3Q1t:tr::tlrt,;
lil liXnr8 i$&ili:li::i:ilri:i:
:l:1${$1P,,l',:r1,: :r,r999rrr,18@rr,: 3@ | z8O1011080 roy- 10 ... 4....:......... . .,.
164 TPNE 6.0 KH16 T3O7/SGZOO3-KS2V KS2V 120 85 8 0 t - - 110 4.0 23 19

..Ct!&:,:t:,.,,;,:,t,1;;:,,,;;:,t,,, .,:::.:a
,,'.fPX€11'tr,'r ,..::8:&.:.::.::..:a.:t..,:
:,: ::t,t;;:,::, $6 :,::t:wev].:,],.:,':tl
1l1:lt;111li1,11 .::.:1i?s'.:..:,,:':: 80 l- - 1 1 0 4 . 0 ;1:;1$,',).;:,,;;,', :,:,:1'.&
254 TPNE 1 0 . 0 KG2O T2O3lSGZOO3-KS2V KS2V 120 85 8 0 l - - 1 1 0 4 . O 23 19
,824 :l::TPlSl:::::,t: KG32
t.lt:!l0$l:'ll,:l:l T2o3t'SGZooa-KEV :'.:::::W8t::,:,,::::'::::,::
r:{S;: 8 0
ilr::!Sir:r'rrl
l- 1 5 0 4 . 0 ',:,,1,3d,:,,,,,,1 t;:,,1,,1.l:bi,
40A TPNE 1 6 . 0 KG41 T2O3lSGZOO3-KL2V KL2V 190 100 91 l- - 178 5.5 29 23
,6AA:':,1.i':
:::TP$E::I:ill:li KG64 T20g5GZ003.KI2V
:lli:0Ol,l,:1ll1 :]ill::t{t*$:].:.],i].r]]ii '
:llg0r,tr,rlrm l el
l-
- 1 7 8 5 . s ',;;:8$.,1"11'::,',",;:::
OJA TPNE 35.0 KH63 T3O7/SGZOO3-KL2V ':;1,,,,, kiri 250 145 100 | 124 229 - 5.5 g7.5 2g
804 'il?Xgrt::r1r.;: Kg80 Tm3/SGZm3.KL2V
'..'35,;0,.',.,,l:,, ::;191tr:,;,.),:;1.Q$1,,,,
1.,,::,,,:l::,,,,:.,: 1OO I ea 22e - 5.5 .:,::$7,::$:::,::,::|9;g:
100A TPNE 50.0 KG100 T205ISGZ003.9P65 ABS rz) 280 190 130 | 164 254 - 5.5
125A Tpt{g],,rr,ir:::::$r$;*::l:l::,ll
KG126 T105/[email protected] m$r:i6ltt11tl t:A60rrirr::,?gl1:1, 180 | 254 3sr[ - 5.5 i::,:',.4)a
160A TPNE 95.0 KG161T105/SGZ003-9P65 ABS rz) 380 280 180 | 254 354 - 5.5
200A TPtilE:"'r'r::r:::tr86:r:::::rr:l::
KG211 T1o5/SGZOO.9 -9P65
::l:::ti{&*:,it*li:,l:l::tggO:lrt:r.l::28tt:: l 1m lza+ 3s4 - 5.s
250A TPNE 185 KG251 T105/SGZ003.9P65 ABS rz) 380 280 180 | 254 354 - 5.5
3154 TPNE",i' rr:it€5.rr:ltlrl:rll KG3f6 [email protected]'9P65 ..,,:,,..&&8:::irt:..:::::' ::]560r,rrr:],&90:i]r'
i.:rtr€0rrrl:rrrl:rfrrg$4:ritr:::::':'r#4':':':'ll::';1':1:11,:;::i:11':1
400A TPNE 240 930s KF401K3o0P65 Sl52 CAB.P 600 400 220 | 372 rc't572 tay - 10
finA TPNE :W.A:,,..:::,.:
9SS KF6S1K3@P65SrS2
ri!,:irji:i:ttr
..:27$:::.::|::::::|.::.:|.&:::iaif:.::};..6i;;::;.;;.;;;..:.:::;:1:...1
tt:tt::l ,,:,;?.$,':,;:1,;':;,sf}0:';
800A TPNE 400 9305 KF800K300P65SrS2 CAB-P 800 600 300 | 580rot880rot - 10
,i2itOA TPIW 9305 KF1250K300P65SrS2
080,lr:'1,':r, t,:::,,:1 ,,'t,,,,t, ,,:1O00'r'rgffl,, 3m | 780ro1108o re1- 10
I
16A 4P+E 6.0 KH16 T3O4/SGYOO3-KS2V KS2V 120 85 80 l- - 110 4.0 23 19
,3gA '.:,,:;11ffi::,::,,1:$$::,,,,::,
::;:,:;111@l::,;'::;1::;:;1,, .110 't9
4P+E KHzO T3O4ISGYM-KSzV
6.0'r'l:::' .,:.:ix&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&t.,.:..:.::':.a:.:l:::,i::::,..:.:",,.",
4.A 23
25A. 4P+E 10 KG20 T2O4lSGYOO3-KS2V K52V 120 85 80 I - 110 4.0 23 19
.$&ai,l,r:'r::r.:r::l -r,ilclririir:i,::il',';'-
3gA 4P+E 1 0 r : l r , rKG32
: T2O4/SGYOO3XL2V r,.:
,:'rt$l':,,:,,:,t$,, 15O 4.O 2 3 1 9
40A 4P+E to KG41 T2O4lSGYOO3-KL2V KL2V 1 9 0 1 0 0 el I 17a 5.5 29 23
,63A 4P*E .1,S',l,:'r.:''KG64 TzO4ISGYOOS-KLzV :;;::;;,:@;,,;,;;,:,,;;,:;,,
l.rlg0'r.r'::
.r'i:0o'':l,::rg:1.::rr:- 178 5.5 ? 9 3 3
1
63A 4P+E KH63 T3O4/SGYOO3-KL2V KL2V 250 145 100 | tz+ 22s - 5.5 37.5 23
80A ' .,4F€, .,*5:1.11;::.111:
::t(680i'.;l:::l: gY t::awa.a:a:::,,:,:l.dsi,..,:..:
:,:,:,::*l&*:,:,t.,,:::,',::t
rl::::trt:l::i:r:::, 1@ | tz+ 229 - 5.5 ::grr;&.,,::::t&:
100A 4P+E 50 KG100 T204/SGY003.9P65 ABS rzy 280 190 1 3 0 l r O + 2 5 4 - 5.5
:t&&,.,,::
] t i l : ,l]]sgl]:lr:lr:l.li.:l:il
KGlm T1@/SGY003' 9P65 lllnB$::t*:l,:..: ,:lt$$'r, 2gg:',, 180 | ZS+ 35ll
:,'t, - A5 taa.
1604 4P+E 95 KG161 T104ISGY003 -9P65 ABS rz) 380 2BO 180 | zsq 3s4 - s.5
W:,,,"':::, t:: ltfAS:tl,:ll.::tKG211 T104/SGY003'W5 ,':ll*g$trn,',rll' 'lg96'rrr:rrgfi0::, 180 |ZS+ 354 - 5.5
2504 4P+E 185 KG251 T104ISGY003-9P65 ABS rz) 380 280 180 | 254 354 - 5.5
315*:':,' ,'14p}F''., ':ir*ot:t,,,,.,r KG316 T1@/SGY003'9P65 :ltllffi,.inl]:.,,., :tW:t,ll:tl:lffill.l 1m I es+ 5a - 5.5
400A 4P+E 240 9305 KF401K400P65 SlSl CAB-P 600 400 2 2 0 1 3 7 2 r c 1 5 7 2 r c y - 1 0
'.t:.i:i'Xi.......:,M:
6S,ffi,:r,:,,:,:4if!t',: :1:M:::,:,:';:":,::
930S KF631K400F65SrSl :;1,;:;:&&_:::,,::',,:, :..'270 480ro178oro1- 10
|
800A 4P+E 400 930S KF800K400P65SrSl CAB-P 800 600 300 I 58016)880 16)- 10
i,ag&&:.i r i : l ::.:iffi.::::::::::,1::1
930S KF1250K400F6s StSl .lllti l10fu:r,g0O:
il.it:,,rigiP..r 300 | zeOro1lo8oisl- 10
254 6P+E 6.0 KG20B T206/5GY003-9P65 ABS rz) 2 8 0 1 9 0 130 | 164

I 254 - 5.5
'.:,:$:$::,',,;:,,::;t,;:.::::'
tggA'::' ].ibptE:l KG3?B TzOS/SGYOOS'9P66 ,r;t,{9,$,tiiit,,t,', r:rffillr;r::;11,96l,:l
130 |I ro+ 2s4 - 5.5
40A 6P+E 16 KG41B T206/SGY003-9P65 ABS rz) 280 190 130 | 164 254 - 5.5
m[r:::: l:$Pi{!:. KG64B T2S/SGY003 -9P65
::':!:,6'',:';:;,:';:t;111]::t '.:2@:,'::',:l:6$,1,;.,:,
130 | rO+ -
:r1llr:AgS;lifi:rr::l 254 5.5
BOA 6P+E KG80C T206ISGY003.9P65 ABS rz) 280 280 180 | 254 254 - 5.5
't00A i:6P*€,r' ::W.:: KG100C T206/SGYOOS"9P55
:,:::",,",:,.,, .S::.:i?i:,,,::,:,r280'.',::,:::280:,,',
:,:::::,::ffi 180 IZSC 254 - s.5
1254 6P+E 95 KG126 T106/SGY003 -9P65 ABS rz) 560 380 180 | 354 534 - 5.5
]i60A ':6F{E.ll ,rK&:!]S1r,:.,,,
,t:t5lrl],lr::l::t:.t:,1 :r,'r,'ABSI:it,,,,:,
,,,t1oSil$G,Y@,&1{is6{tl]]rt:::i.'] : 180 | eS+
,t560,:':.r,,,3fi0,l, 534 - 5.5
I
I
15) KG64- suitablefor cablesize up to 16mm,

16) KH63- suitablefor cablesize uo to 25mm' 20
lP65ThermoplasticEnclosedSwitchCHANGE-OVER
1-OFF-2
Switch Number Cable Switch Enclosure Enclosure Mounting
Rating of Poles Size Reference Type Dimension(mm) , Dimension(mm)
mm2 A B H I E F D I ' /
254 3P 6.0 KG20B T903/SGY003.9P65 ABSrst 280 190 130 164 254 5.5
W:,;,:::1,:1': ,.:::3j14,:t:',)::::,::::l:l::,t:
t,',.t&0,::,1,rl:tr:r::KcCsBi:l]:tw*98 tr,,, ABSrs) m 1g' tg) 1e* 2*',:,.a'.:',,:..:,::.,.5:si..':'::,1.::::,::
404 3P IO KG41B T903/SGY003.9P65 ABSrst 280 190 130 164 254 5.5
'!0&;.il','r:: :,:,,,si'tt't,:, KG8rc T9@SGYOOs *9F65
:,:1;,,,@.;1:,;11:;:;;:;;::;;1 AEIS15) 2€o 28o180 1il 254 5.5
100A 3P 50 KG100C T903/SGY003-9P6s ABSrs) 280 280 180 164 254 5.5
:'l?jiiA;:.:::.: ',::]3l}rl:.,:::,.:'t.:::,.:::..:::.:
,;:;,;:$'::;1:1;;.t', KG127 TSSSGY0tr]'9P65 ABS rs) s60 380 18t) 35lt 534 5.5
1604 3P 95 KG162 T903/SGY003.9P65 ABSrst 560 380 180 ,JC+ CJ4 J.3
glSA':,,',,,:,:,',",iil?,;,:,;,,;,),;:,;;:1,,11:.;1,;;
tr:tr:Si&tl:i,: :,:,.,1 .:t:::S$& &;:;l@',,,',,t,,;,' AB8 ra) 280 190 1g!"'::, 164 E 5.5
32A. 4P 6.0 KG32B T904/SGY003.9P65 ABSrs) 280 190 130 164 254 5.5
''S:::'::'11':: r;:'.ri:$li::,:l::
;11;:,,:;4P:,:,::;,:::;::;;,,',.,,,;'::',::,1::
KG41B TW4I$GYM1gPSs ':':1q8$ $) 280 tg0 ,1s,::,.,,,:' 184 254 5.5
80A 4P 35 KG80C T904/SGY003"9P65 ABSrs) 280 280 180 254 254 5.5
r::r'tSStt:.l,:t,:
1S0A1rr1,: 11:;;$P111::,::11:,1:,:::.;:',:;::,,;.,,::: :::::1ttl{Cttpg6:,tf ::l::*98rg)
t:.€$$:i:,1::t:i:i,:t: * U8s',:,',::.,,:t,:::18CIt:::::::,::
2# %4 5.5
1254 4P 95 KG127 T9041SGY003.9P65 ABSrs) 560 380 180 354 534 5.5
*9P66
.1@,:li:' :a::/tlp],a:,:.:..,::,.a::.:.,a.,::.a:.:a:':,
.::.$$,1:1.,11r:KG162 TS4/EGY0@ lrl:@rn 960,,r',:,
9S1:1,;;,,,,;,.1trtlt80l:rtl:t:li:
364 534 5.5
250A 4P 95 9305 KF252 K950P65StSl CAB-P 700 500 270 480 roy780 roy 10
!l-{!lt ', L? 1l;:', :',:t' ' , . : : O j ' :
r,,:.r,9,S0S:I::KF!{?:li(W0&s.:ql$1::,:i..:i:,.:'.:,irl:.,:l :t:'::.:'.:',:.M,..
r800r::rr,.,t,:,:r:::600t:t
:.:
::::. 580 rq 880 ro) 10
630A 4P 300 9305KF632 K950P65
SrSl CAB-P 1000 800 300 780 roy1080101 10
J
Dimensions
in mm
ON-OFFenclosedswitch ON-OFFenclosedswitch Change-overenclosed ON-OFFenclosedswitch Change-overenclosed

J in KLV/KSVEnclosure in ABS/PCEnclosure switchin ABS/PCEnclosure In uAb-t- Enctosure switchin CAB-PEnclosure
-D2a--1
t t
-+
1. I
D1 @
B -------------->l F-- -------*l F_ H ______-_+l
Dimensionof Enclosedswitch Dimensionof Enclosedswitch Enclosedswitch

in KLV/KSVEnclosure in ABS/PCIPLEnclosure MountingDimensions
I 7) PolycarbonatePC versionavailableon requesl

l8) Externalmountingwithwallfixingbrackets(supplied) 21
SteelEnclosedSwitch- GeneralPurposelP40
SECURITY
handleprevents
Padlockable
operation
unauthorised
SAFETY
I Tinned earth block for
solidearthconnection
FLEXIBILITY
Roomyenclosureof sheet
steelallowseasywiring
FLEXIBILITY
Entriesfrom the top
bottom and sides using
conduitsor trunkingsfor
enclosed switches up to
100A rating.Forswitches
above 100A,gland plate
openingsare providedfor
top and bottomentries
SAFETY
Door interlock prevents
door from being opened SAFETY
when the switchis in the E n c l o s u r eb a s e a n d
"ON" position cover linked by cable
to ensure good earth
connectivity
22
lP40GeneralPurposeSteelEnclosedSwitchON-OFF
Switch Number Cable Switch Enclosure Mounting Entries

Rating of Poles Size Reference Dimension (mm1 Dimension 1mm) Dimension (mm)
mm2 A B H E F D t o Dzs Dss x y
zcA 2P+E 6.0 KG20BT202lSGY005.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4 25 32

:,:isAi:t:: ::r8P*E:r:'t:. O,0',t:, KG32BT20ZSGY005.S,40 :,:;,,Qfpl,:;;;;'.,,,V99eA 175 145 4 25,,,.,;9e,,,.:,:1::,;;':,;
40A 2P+E 16.0 KG41B T202/SGY005.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4 25 32
: i&2:.::
',834:r": :,1,?;'9.,*€:,,::,:,,
,lt::t116$l KG64BT20alSGY@5-9ilf40 9:, 129
,::ffi,;,;;,;',;,,,.1t, 175 145 4 26,....: :,:: :::.,
a:,
::.:,,a
164 3P+E o.u KH168 T203/SG21

07.9M40 230 200 120 't75 145 4
',):'jfl/|i:.:':'
',;,3P*E'':,trl:t:ts;lOl::l.rlKH2OBT203|SG2107-€8rr40 175 ' 145- '..4:"',,':l',,11
;1:ffi':11,11::,:,,:',;,|f]ffia,:,,1'':,,,,',1;&
25A 3P+E 6.0 KG20BT203lSGY005.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4
:r3rA,l,,ll ..,',,W.,,*Et,t,,:,:,,'.,
li"sto.'""'KG32BT203USGYO05'9M40 .:,',:;,;:;,,,:;;;t,,:; : |ll$,.'' f,i*$;,,::
:,,;"',:::;':'::'l9/t0r ::,,,:.:
;f;,;.',,;:L
;,,:,,'.,,:.
40A
':6$'g:;:::, 3 P + E 16.0 KG41B T203/SGY005.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4
::r.W:. ::a:.':..:i/,.4&a:: :,::
,:rgf+g.,,:i' 1rl:llr&g KH63 T203lSGYff)5.9M40 $1;:,;:'
:::&&:tt::t',,::::,::::,::W:,,,,:,,:;,",";1:,,:l1ft ::
a):,:;::;;':;:1{,,;,:,;;:,
80A 3P+E 35.0 KG80 T203/SGY005.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4
',{: r, ,:.8p,$E;,;,:,';:,:'.'5&0. KG1@ T203/SGY005.9ft440 '.,E$$;;',,.:,t,,.t1t1.1'',::':,:ll:1,1lt:1Qil::::1:ii
1,:${?1::1i:i:.llt*g$l1:tr:l11:::i'1e0g:,','i,
164 TPNE 6.0 KH168 T207I SG2107.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4 25 32
20A "l?NE:,r ,,':g,A:.::,:::::::. KH20BT20ZSG210719M40 ,:tffil';,1,,111",';',||,;;,1t,,,.:t:.ttl:f.1s;t,,::: ,.,?$ii,,:::,1,r;;,:1:,;,L:1s?l'
,:,,i71|:::.:,,.,",'::',:t,l&i'::,,,t1:,:;,1::',::Q,,,;:,;,,',,',:;:,1;,:,
25A TPNE 10.0 KG20Br 207lSG2107.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4 25 32
324 TPNE., ,',1.0r0rr'rr,'l KG32BT207lS@10r9M4t) ,::W..::.:t:,::,.:,.::W:,. . '.:1:i6,::.:::,',:':',:,''.':4*.::::.::,::;;:1:',,t{'""
a'':,;',:',,;.',:,:11ffi:..,:. ;;5.:,.,::.;::.::::1::,,;',:'
J 40A
AA
TPNE
TPNE
16.0 KG41B T207/SG21
35';0,:::'::KFr63 T207|SG2131'9ir40
31.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4 25
ltig5tt,':'llti
32
,:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::lg8g,:::1t,:l,,:lg00i::t,',..
,ta,:f.S:.,:::.::::a::a:,:i:$1ftli:.|:.:::111:::;,'::{,,,1',,,'.:,,,,1,::
lt:l'SAll
80A TPNE 35.0 KG80 T203/SGC800-9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4 25 32
10tlA.,, ..Tf$t,,' ::r50i$:r,:t::tr KGIoOT207|SG21 10.9M40 t;1ffi:L;L:,,:,,:,;ffi:;:1::,tl.t,:,1@:,,:,ll :..;:,.:a:::,:,aa:.::)
irASSI::,:,.',ir,:t200i'li:rl:,;,;;1::11$,L:;1,L; ,'.140
,:r,S0',,
a.:a.:ai:'a,.aa:'a
125A TPNE 95 KG126 T107ISG2005.9M40 300 250 200 250 200 10 200 140
1&A, ,,.?.nryE'l.l:l;;.;;,$.'11;';t::,,;;,1:.:
'..r:Kj61:6rlrrrti,0i&G4Q0$€l${Oiu:::::l;l ;1i@@:11;::r,:,.r1tll!!.$1r1:r11,;';,;;:1ffi';,1:,'::::
::,$1,;:1;,:;::,:.,:1@;l::;,1,1lll::i;Q:1,,1,':l,l ,.:,::2&l'::::':::.:'t:&
200A TPNE 185 KG211 T 107|SGZ005.9M40 400 300 200 350 250 10 250 140
25OA, ,?PN€:,:,,, :a:::|.W::.:.::: :::'|$ffi..:..:,:.'::a.:a@::,:,)::.a:.:;1:,:::;11|,1',$;':;:;:l::::;
KG25't T107tSGZOO5*9il440 ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::r{66*:ri:rirri:ri::8et,:r:r,,:, '']:W:::t:,:,:.::;1':.
:,:,,.',:f!::,t1.11' ;,,,,,
315A TPNE 185 KG316 T107/SG2005.9M40 400 300 200 350 250 10 250 140
40*A, i'TpH€,rtl ::.:g4g!:::,,:1,':, r::rg50g:,.:,
-ff l$l!.lQ$[.t!$tgl82::i::'i:'::li:,, t:9@t:,i:',':::,45Ot,::;:'utl:,l1l1l0.t:rl:i,..:',:l|ffi,:';::;::$1,:t1:
.:8&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&l:':.:r.l.l:,::S80:tr':'.1;,:L;,;;'::@;t,':l;,
630A TPNE 300 9305 KF631CDK300M40 SrS2 600 500 260 550 450 10 450 200
@A,, ::rTPl$t:':,:' &f{d":,:.1:.,,::.: gms KFSOOKmMzmSlS2 :1!1 :1l.lilri:1rrr${tQl;r:1,,;:,,:;,fjffii.,;:,::,,,:,
:.?50:i:li:,.]t.it::t550ti:t::t,,.:,:r,:tlo:].
]t,,:r: at,,,
W.:,:t:::r::
!l:,.:,,.,,,
164 4P+E 6.0 KHl 6B -T204ISGY005-9M40
-gY'm89!!&0l::rr,:,230 200 120 :':i7,:$::).':,,'L';';:;.11145'':;:;',;;::::;';|,$1';'.;;,;.:1t.;',;:,
175 145 4 25 32
*9,:'.::,:,. :&P*&::,:::':' 1i6,,0,',,,::''
l,''Kt{l- :'1:.1,',:'
:1,$,',;;.1:',
ll8s0,fl,l'i:rlrrr:&0lill. .
..-"', t, ,'
;::::$::;:,:',".1:,,;1::;',:::,: t,,','.,.,.,.,,,.,
254 4P+E 10.0 KG20BT204lSGY005.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4 25 32

*l6tt'':'' ::*V:S:E:,::.:,:,:,a KG32BT2(XISGYOO5-9M40 '.:2&,,:::::.:::'::.:::'*W.,:t,::'::,'::i'8,.;:,::.''
::.1:g:0,:,::t.:,: : :;:;1,;.Q$::'.::':'::',::.82:
:,a:,a:
,,::1,18:,,.,:,',.,,1.i1',:|{;5;.,:,,::,t,.:,:,a::a4i::,,..
40A 4P+E 1 6 . 0 KG41B T204/SGY005.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4 25 32
63A,.'' l,4P*€,,,,':" ":&:,6"1:";',;,',
KH63 T2MlscYms.gilr4o .:17.&:a
l.g$gt:r'tr::tr,:@l,lr,tr,:::,:::::1;11*$"1::',: :::,;:.,;, ::: :,:.:
1$.:;;.;1::
1:;1,
:aa:,'a:...:,:i.*5it..:...: 26:,4 : .,ffi.
:::,:.:,
80A 4P+E 35.0 KG80 T204ISGY005.9M40 230 200 120 175 145 4 25 32
,ri:WA'l ',:S;4;Q;:::::1t: -$t0ll't:t't1:,',:r:x&10or,r1@,l;€igYww1
*;:1::;;,:;:::,: ::::,' ::', :ffi ,:::','':,':,:':,:Pffi
ffi',;,:,:'
r1SW:l'rr:l1:l::llrlrgs:rl:lt' ,:::,':,:'a,,.::,,:,i:g:,:.::.aa:.a: ,'' '2W 140 Lr;:r:r:rrl:rr.r.rrri
1254 4P+E 95 KG126 T104/SGY005-9M40 300

o 1,69$:l'1 li{P*gl,:t,at, ,,€16i1;1:,,,,,,;,'.1,L:,::
200A 4P+E 185
250 200
KG161 T104/SGYOO5.9M40 ::W:::,:,a'.,:.:.::''.':'.Wt,::',,::.;;',,:
KG211 r 1041SGY005-9M40 400 300 200
250 200 10
1,fu.: :, : :,ffir:,,::,,,:::::206.':,,:,:a:aa:':::{9.,,a:.::::
350 250 10
200 140
:..:,a,:.,a:.,:'a]::W::.':':':'
250 140
:@$:': 1*P*F::l.rl, .',1:::1:85:::::,::,: ;::;.::,6Si)Irr::i25ot,.tr:t:::::,.:::1,,$,:,,:,:,:,,,::
KG251 T104/SGY005'9M40 :::$$:t;;'1.,1t',,:,t:';,;:1ffi]::'',,",'::;':,ffi :;,L:'1:;L:,';1Q$$',,;';1;;11;.1':,
315A 4P+E 185 KG316 T104/SGY005.9M40 400 300 200 350 250 10 250 140
,4mA ,:4P*E:r,::t:'.2&;::;:::,:,,;.93oS KF401K400M40 StSl .::.;:::$$!,'.,;'
.lE&&,.,,,..:.,,..50Sl,,,,1',,:.:'.'b,ffi :
:,,,r1,:,,1S:'::,,,',, :,:,,:,:111::5ffi
.':1:;:,'::ffi:::',::'
1;,t1r,{$$,::r:
630A 4P+E 300 9305 KF631K400M40 StSl 600 500 260 550 450 10 450 200
.8064'., ::4f}ii18.':,.:'. ., :::.:.:.::'.:',
9305 KFSoOK4(mr4oSrSl : :,.,.m:Q::',:::'
:,166,,1:r,1,,,:',:r&0, "50rr,irrr,:.
irl.r550:r ::,..:1:g::.:.':.,:,:,,.:
:l':,:.. : :rc*'.::,.::.1:,{,{i1aa
a,:4.:,.:,
Dimensions
in mm
_A
,rf
(
D1 @
rq7- ,+.
F --------N
!-;+l s + l
23
a- ffi-_-l
lP55WeatherProofSteetEnctosedSwitchON-OFF
Lll
Switch Number Cable Switch Enclosure Mounting Gland Plate Remarks rgt
Rating of Poles Size Reference Dimension(mm) Dimension(mm) Openinglmm;
A B H E F Droix v
3P+E -9M55
| 40A 6.0 I KG41B T203/SGY009 I 250 20O 1s0 200 150 6 I cRN2s20/150
'150 | zso
li:ti: iri:ll:il,t:ill:
[,:l&*liiititi::::: lxffis r2oeyscYooe.euso
[]:r$rlrti:,:i:tl:t.:,l
-9M55
l'.3OS SO f an 6 175 61
f '.en ig1.1..,'
| 80A 3P+E 35 I KG80 T203/SGY009 soo 2so 1so I 250 2OO 6 175 61 I cRN3025/150
I
l 1r 2m .il: rlii::t:ir:lrsr:ri::iil:lxcrm rzm/scYooo'srffis 250 r5{) J a o ar' 6 I c*nmzs.rso
.9M55 [,,&
175 6:l
| 5A 3P+E 95 I KG126 T103/SGY009 300 250 200 I 250 200 6 175 61 I cnrusozslzoo
',a:
Itwc itt0$,i:::l:::itii:
ii:li::li:liil ,.f.,m,
f iKG1Sll::::tt:&&&&r.Ks$i:,ii.:
-9M55
afo 2oo l m an 6 175 61" ':'''
|itc* iiri
| 200A 3P+E 1 8 5 I KG211 T1O3/SGYO09 400 300 200 j sso 2so 6 175 61 I cRN43/200
:
fri{W{illiilillli:l$ * :r:iiilililrl
t]li:t{Aiiitit::i]i
l:l@:riir:l:rr W@,,}9f:,l1:.:'''
-9M55
1.,m
f',{{p:,', 200 I sso 2so 6 1:75,,:::$l:,:':::'::::: cnnusaoo :
I
315A 3P+E 1 8 5 I KG316 T103/SGY009 400 300 200 | 350 250 6 I IC O I
I cRN43/200
:a:,W.,r,:.::t:.
f@lt'i:ir i:1iSPdEi1:1:iril f.!@::l.:X ,l*lst:l::l:,::il:r.rl: 200
l:6ip6':,'i:irr,'S0O Is 430 ro W,:,,:,,,t*l&:.| [:lto ::'l:,::,lt.'
630A 3 P + E 300 | 9305 KF631K300M55
StSl 600 500 260 I sso 4so 10 420 120 I cRN6s/250
|:fl€flri:i:il
'1250A :i:gffi
630
I eos xramxmmsusr
i]rrl]rl]i:]illllli:l
,:l)t@::::::,1;1;;1 SO I rso
l,l@11r,1i::,::,:";,:@ *5t0,,.''1'gli]r:,i:
, l.:.:c
:;,,,.,t,:,*Q&.:t::1 ::rr:::::i::l
I e50 750 10 420 120
3P+E | 9305 KF1250K300M55 1000 800 260
I cnruroarzso
StSl
I I
li:*$s:.i:l.:f::.:i: l@!i,'.tlt.. :. :iirrl:.:::i:t::?@:ir.r,,i.:riit,E6
63A
;;wS|::l.:]::i:ii,ti
TPNE
,t;i;sidrll;i:.ta:'il;;:
35
frt@t:gl;:t
KH63 T207/SGY009-9M55
l a m l s o 6 1,,.:,:;,,,1:;,;,;;,:.,::,lt.::;,;:;;t;,,::';,',,',:',:t,,:.:,,:,:::
I cnr*aswrso
300 250 150 | 250 20O 6 I tzs 61 cRN3025/150
fl:,@l:titit l:lr:i{W8llljt:u:l g & lrt.,:|{@@;,,,,ltl :,'
100A TPNE
.,*,861i,t:.:::':,.::::
50
|isQQ$ur::rr
:ilsl]::lrtil::
KG100 I207/SGY009
:',:,t:;W::,1.t,,::t:,,,:::;:;,:
r9M55 300
:::,1
250 150
:11:93..;.,,'.L
:::|$$it'1"',,:.:
250 200 6 I
I :rt :l
1",:,:::,'1ffi':,::;;:;:',:,;,$$l:l;1;;:it.lllll:l
r/c ol
l:t:a$
cRN3025/1
:rm.':ti:
50
:]],,f!1!g:ilii:ili.r llKet96llr.:.,flc t:"::'::'::tf,f$:'::':::':'
1*$$$i;i:1ll:r1:ri11ii@:li
:ry166rili.llltl: trs 61
160A TPNE 95 KG161 T107/SGY009 -9M55
300 250 200
I
li].:l':,*d&llrt:]li]r.i:]gsgitt:::]].]l:i8i:]t.::]:il]i:r [::.c$ ll..ltr:
250 200 6 175 61 cRN3025/200
200 Tgx€..:::;::lr ::,',AdiL,:::::',:,:;
I 250A TPNE
:$#gfitrlti *:t:::]:lll]i:tii:
185
ir1{€A!1:tt::;,:f!1
KG251 I107/SGY009
6:ilil:rf@t
1.9Ms5:t:t::;@]l,::::,.:r:.@l...,:t,l:&it:tl.:
400 300 200
ftiti9$fltiil::lli€so:t.::|::.'&,:t],1
350 250 6 175 61
|l0eM
cRN43/200
lili,:.,.t,:
1,,;;:,,!$:$,;11;,;:,;&.*;:;::,1:,.'::111,11:11l,1;:;
";':,.:.
::]::t8s:::]ri]]:]:]l]l
::i :tlltliil{W:l:lila:i::::9{s:ll:.l:,::..:i?&'lii:i:l.:
|it:il@l:rll:i:irtl:Wi:i,,l::.lsut'tiuirtt '11i
lilr:]ii'.$]lilr:::i$1].]:ii:]i]],t.i]];]:]l .:
400A TPNE 240 9305 KF401K300M55 StS2 600 500 260 550 450 10 420 120 cRN65/250
I ti, i:8wwx1ii]iiwllilltr:t ix igt*€rir.1i.i1tlu ;:;'::|ry',:,',,;:,,,:18{i:.::.,,::.;:,:,,,:
l:i]:r.',t:::']li*,${|iti::ie].ti]l] 1r6r8lw!@0'
800A TPNE 400 930S KF800K300M55 StS2 800 600 260 750 550 10 420 120 cRN86/250
.'i,*$i(t:iril:ti ll||:],:tl 6 @ l. 1rrrlffii tsl*l,ti:ii :::r@[email protected]:l:rrir::,@tt:liti :u'',t&rli|iirf so
I t:t.:tff$;11t.i Si.a':i: l@
tr:r,ar$i:1;:i:ia$,t:,,,iu:'l.,,.ltl
40A 6.0 KG41Br204tSGY009 .9M5s
l 4P+E 250 200 150 200 150 6 cRN2520/1 50
634 I 11:,1tlw*&:,.1:;;l::::::,::,;,:11.
:liili$illtl:l:tt::l.l:rl
i;:{{&lsgl::.::tii:i'!€{&iWglt;l il8&lilt|l:lt@i:i:ri:ti:lrt8i:ti:lil
lr'llie&gtli:ili:&i:.:::::l:::$;:::i::::|:,,t :..r$X 1ss1.11
::,:,::**X:,;':::8i1::,:::,:,;:::r:::,::',1:::.,:|
8oA-..-
I 4P+E KG80 T204/SGY009"9M55 300 250 150 250 200 6 175 61 cRN3025/150
.1@t|rii:rtffii€.liirltt::
50 1lrct&rr:t .9M55 :iiiilir{i0&:iii:li:i::'@it111r:&tl::1
:1,,:li?.$:,;,,::',;,**:,,,:t,:,:t:a::::,,,,.:,:::t
r'r:ifg$fii:ir;:: a::iill$li::::;lt; ,::icgsi8 r:l
125A I 4 P + E I KG126 I104/SGY009 300 250 200 250 200 6 175 61 cRN302s/200l
r.t&I&:i::liiti: ii:iirr::lc5 l:.!.,61$llilti:r.r tpli&*rlil::i
-9M55
,*F0i:|liiliiWirtt,:::r8$gt:rtu:ll1
rrll:lr@:li,:u:tiri@il;i::ilt:&@ltiutill:] cnnrwzm
li]ir.fis]ri:l:::el:.ti],:il:ri:'i:l]::rt:]] I
200A 4P+E 185 | KG211 T104/SGY009 400 300 2oo I 350 250 6 175 61 cRN43/200 |
rsffilllifrlit': x s llr:KEffii1,.ifrQ{@|$g@ie&itii'l
.9M55
i{&:itilii'ii:lWllll:iiliiWqr:,r,:]
:l:ll:,wi::lu:iti*S0.ili:],:::t:]rl]l cnMffru
il:l::1?gt:l.li:lt6l:titir:i::tlitr.l:.i l
315A 4P+E 1aA I KG316 T104/SGY009 400 3oo 2oo I 350 250 6 I 175 61 cRN43/2ooI
:l{&g::ili,til! a**o Ili@qi st{$!:i:tii:i:r:f f i
630A 4P+E enn I 9305KF631K400M5s StSl 600
5oo ml 55o 4S0 10 ]::,:*.5**,,,,:::t:tli;&$,,.:,:,:,,:'.,,,:::,,,::.,:
500 260 | 550 4s0 10 | 420 120 :ffry I
1250A 4P+E
g t
|*s :itilti.'litltl
o.ru
l: ;t{|&&& w
::ssl!l:,:l::::t,:rti:lii s o o f f i l ::::.:l?S:lt ::l:l,il:l::l{0:t:tlt:tlj
uhr\oc/zcu
:,:,,.,:1::,:,:,,:,.:::::::':::t::
::,r{$/.f111:t
I
,l1ili0&!s@li::::iiilil
9305 KF1250K400M55 StSl 1000 800 260 | e50 7so 10 420 120 cRN108/250
I | |
I I I
f f l s l:it{64tl&i::i Wry -9M55i!1ltii |4$$lrli:::i:itW:ii.i:i:'ir&,:':::1
ll@lllttl::it:fs*.:r:::l:':::iF;'L;,;,;;;:.11 cnrwacvrso
80A l 35 I KG80C T206/SGY009 400 3oo 2oo I 350 250 6 | 1 7 5 6 1 I
o
or+tr cRN43/200 |
1d6&lirlir: i .ii:tl s l :rc1ffil:l:ry lt: @ s a s o l 3 5 o f f i s l ::.11lli:trl6rt't,l l cffN,$3/20o I
1254 6P+E o q l KG126 T106/SGY009 -9M55 500 400 200 | 450 350 6 I 261 120
I cRN54/200 |
:**r*ri$i.i:tl:i:0P{€ | ; j 500
{ ii$&r${:rr:1*iietGYi}&::f,s[ig&i:i|:iil ,()0 ffi | 4#) 3sO S I :]$?ii::]l.:]]ilmti cRu&vzoo I
lP55weatherProofSteelEnclosedSwitchCHANGE-OVER
1-oFF-2
Switch Number Cable Switch Enclosure Mounting Gland Plate Remarksrgi
Rating of Poles Size Reference Dimension1mm) Dimension(mm) Openinglmm)
A B H E F D l @ x y
40A 3P 6 KG41B T903/SGY009-9M55 300 250 150 200 150 6 175 61 cRN3025i150
.lf.ff1l1;:::,;,,;;,;:;,,:,::t:.:::,::.
i:tig6:l.;.::.ri.ti.::l,:
:@iltiitli:l ,'.*[email protected]€ .9
.9M55
l.t'':.. ::,,:,,:,
::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::':i{{$,1,lll;.,l::r,1:1tp&::.,.:,,,,'.,:.',,,
,,,,:lLii$.::,,:,:,,,:e.i,:a.,::.:::.:,::,,,:,:,:,,
':.'W'i:l..t.l:i..:ll8&i'i..tta::.st:ttlt::tlr: t: ,li]::],.]ti
100A 3P 50 KGl 00C T903/SGY009 400 300 200 350 250 6 175 61 cRN43/200
,.t&:flilul i]l&:]lll]]1].]].]]:
1@:ii:.it1rl::iiril :rl6t*l.:::.::: '€$5$1,,,::, r:45$:]rir]::|l::ttt$ltltrii::reilril]l:lrr:
li:s@:::::tltri:t:i:{&::1,:',::l:'r,:$0:rr::r,l :,:'
llllfdi:ilrlr::::l€sill:iil)li llr:itll
1604 3P 95 KG162 T903/SGY009-9M55 500 400 200 450 350 6 261 120 cRN54/200
:$,:l:::,:;;,;1;,11l,;;;,;:,
{e!'|uitil:tr]:]it: KCr41B TgO4ISGYOG9-St55
::,1&',.:;,:;,;,':;,,,1'.t,,;,., ,"3S ''' ggg ::,r,'rr1l${;::,:r:, t r*'t3il:u:riiglri,:lr:ti:::t:ttrtll
'tl*!0:l:r.rtr:l:lt&4i:itllt':,:{ll:lit:'l:: :li l&i
80A 4P Qq
KG80C T904/SGY009.9M55 400 300 200 350 250 6 175 61 cRN43/200
lliltii}]::tti:]]:].:1,:ti:l
llifP?l;'t1i:lti;ttiiiii1
iiW{l:t:lt:tt.ri:l KGlrc TgSldSGYmg.g\t55 4m W r2tb:::r',:l
't'g9Q:lli::,:t::::lr:€qqt:lr:tl:l::6::ir:l:l'::.
li.l]1t6:]rlll:.t:Sil:tt:tr:tr:tt:ti:i
: l:l lt:l,ill::il
125A 4P 95 KG127 T9041SGY009.9M55 500 400 200 450 350 6 261 120 cRN54/200
i* t:i::.iitl
r.,i*'8.];tliii::,l:.i.iitt KG162 TS04tScY009'9M55
t$;,;t;;,,:::,t,':,:,:;t1 Stxt 400 200,.,:,:l**:lirl:l:t€$&tii:tt8trltt:
:l ]itl36*i:i:;lli1l&:]:]l]:]]]].]l
:,: :lll::l
250A 4P 95 9305 KF252K950M55StSl 600 600 300 550 550 10 LA035520
,! ,:**;:,:l:::::::::',:,'::::::'t:::,;
it::i:,.llttt ri€@$r,:iils
ttli i:::i.ir]::lrr' SlS1 800 @ ....,.......................................
4s,:, ':;,.&]..l]i]]:]::,]:::{is|::t]]:i::i:::]:1'.i,]:t,:i l:: 6g8ir::t:t::t::l:
630A 4P 300 930S KF632K950M55 StSl 800 600 400 750 550 10 1A035528
i!W&iiriril: isfi1it:iiiii:l l:i@]r:rrrri:: t :,:tx@spglgs SrSr 100o 8oo 4&i rrrl '::g50rtr::,:l:i:i:@t:lii,lttt!!}:i:i
:t r,,,$l9?{S€,t.'ll:t.
1000A 4 P 630 9305 KF1252K950M55 StSl 1000 800 400 950 750 10 LA035529
19) EnclosureType subject to changeswithout notice
25
StainlessSteelEnclosedSwitch- lP65WeatherProof
SECURITY SECURITY
Lockabledoor to prevent handleprevents
Padlockable
entry
unauthorised operation
unauthorised
SAFETY
Suitable for use in
corrosiveand high hygiene
environments
HIGH IMPACT STRENGTH

Body made of AlSl 304
stainlesssteel. Body of
e n c l o s u r ec u t f r o m o n e WEATHERPROOF
a u t o m a t i c a l l yf o l d e d a n d Foamedpolyurethanegasket
seamweldedsteel orovidesa continuoussealso
maximizingthe lP rating
SAFETY
Door interlockpreventsdoor
from beingopenedwhenthe
"ON"
switchis in the Position
SAFETY
Earthing points on body door and
mountingplate ensures good earth
continuitv
Il
F- H ------+l
MountingDimensions
wrthwallfixingbrackets
lP65WeatherProofStainlessSteelEnclosedSwitchON-OFF
Switch Number Cable Switch Enclosure Mounting zrr Remarks zor
Rating of Poles Size Reference Dimension1mm; Dimension(mm)
A B H E F D t s
40A 3P+E 1 1 6 KG41B T203ISGY010 .9565 300 250 150 360 200 9 cRSX3025/150
'63&:::llli:':tatl: :i|]:]::iii]jl]
:tr,]iW*ffi KH63 T20€ySGY0r0 "9$5 : m 25O 150 s0 200 9 cRsx30?$1,50:
l]i::t,3$rlrr:lr':r::r:]:]::r
80A 3P+E 35 KG80 T203/SGY010.9565 300 250 150 360 200 I cRSX3025/1 50
.'.lf,&All::lltt: ::rtit:]:ir:
:,irt:asffi KGlm T20#SGYO10
llt;':;,,:;$Qt,1;1:';1,,1;':,::L':;' "9SS5 "g& 250 150 360 200 I CA Sls0
1254 3P+E 95 KG126T103/SGY010 .9565 400 300 200 460 250 I cRSX43/200
::i60iti:r:li:irl: fl.:;.riss11li':'1i;1i1,:rr:r,:l
:l:liil*F',sit:iirtttt:.::i:: :ll:i{s*6{rttrr.fiI tl$:t :t,,,r*.s
:::,:l, 3w 2oa 460 250 g ".,,,,,ICRSX$$&!Oi:1rtrrt:l
200A 3P+E 185 KG211 T103/SGY010 .9565 400 300 200 460 250 I cRSX43/200
:l]] gs::]:];:]il]]ill
i.tirtgqd&l::i;,:l:::url:l
ilt:i:i::l KG251 T103/SGYg10 "9865 ',.,,' .' 3{s 2OO {Sl . t$$..,,:1r,',$::,:1,.l,:ll:',.ri: :,]C*SX4
tuiti:]t:]:ll l]:r:rr,r:l
315A 3P+E 185 KG316T103/SGY010 .9S65 500 400 200 560 350 9 cRSXs4/200
:,',4,ffi:lrl:l.l,.::ttPsg:,:.:':ur:itit: 930S KF401K300S65S{81 ll''?&',','5& 259
;:1::;1:,::1:;11':,
;;:,,::1:|ffi 66:1...a::,::..*.Ct::a::.a:::::a::::.:
@:...:.:.::if :,.:
l.IC&$X?WS0::I:,.::
6304 3P+E 300 9305 KF631K300S65 SrSl 700 500 250 760 450 10 cRSX76/250
''H__ .-..'pSO,t:::t:,,:
',8i0€)*,ll:rr::l::r'
l:lt:l:gf#:l.,l.:l::l::lr:: gms KFmKSmSSS 8rS1
.trrlltitt!{ffj.ll:llrt::lil'::l :lll$&frrt::irr
:r:m,r,:':,:*W,, ,.,r7S,'r,,rtr,tl:,SS:::l
:'.' :6:ll:ttt::::i:l
::r:r::l::tf
40A TPNE 16 KG41B T207/SGY010 .9565 300 250 150 360 200 I cRSX3025/1 50
'6&&,lr:,:.ii
35
irl:,$gnffi:.illilt::l ::it{$*ll8:lt:tut,::l&si&6Y&$silg& :.ltitr,: rcfigxs@5J150:
:t:,:;,1,360:t::::.:1t&0,:.:,:,,:,a::::,:*,,:,,:'.:
:,,::t
:,::::,:
804 TPNE 35 KG80 T207/SGY010.9S65 300 250 150 360 200 9 cRSX3025/1 50
1004'''',.',',r,:
l:.'iT&€i:t:tii:ili:tit ,li::it$trg0.ii.i&0Il1reXgi1ieiiWss:iili::li:
:::l:,,::,tt:1ffit,,,,:,.,t,,,.,::,.:,,,:,,:l,t .::i:$$.:i:ilti,ti:li:s9t}i:ll;.i'l:l''l$*r
'..l1;:1lr:1@@.;l:r.ill1:i1lgm:,,::,,:,:::::::1pi;.::t:::,',1:,,:',..:,,,,
::.CR$X@gS150
1254 TPNE 95 KG126T107ISGY010 .9565 400 300 200
'TP|\|6tl,i:titt:1,:;
460 250 I cRSX43/200
I 1604
2004 TPNE
KG161
l::t:l:lllgg;l:l:.::.ill:l,:l::ll:
185 KG211T107/SGY010
T107/SGY010€Sffi l@l:t:l:,t,t:@.:,l:rit,l::r:,@ll.:.
.9565 400 300 200 460 250 I
cf{gxaglm$i,,.:,.ta,,'.:
:]':tl:,ryilti]t::ti:tr:tA€g:t::::::.t::.::.9:l:a..:,::::a.:.::':,.a'::a
cRSX43/200
',';l;',;,,::;'t1ffi:.::':::::,,:,lt,f$f,.j1;,l,1l;i:,;:$:::1rl1rr::r1::r:rr,
:a:iXg$girti:.:ritril::
6ti:]t'it, KG251 T107/SGY010'9S65 ;;,:4@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
]1i:]::iit'*si]il]ii:it]::l :rGKSXi*&*CIO:,,:r, :
3 15 A TPNE 185 KG316T107/SGY010.9565500 400 200 560 350 I cRSX54/200
lt:::&V,,,,,::l::;;::::::::::
:]::tl:li:]] ,t,:,, '::txF,|st,
l:l::::,;;W;:::,:::,:::t:::: :i$i{'&:t,]ll,::]]
;::r:?{id::'l'.;::l1:1lS!@:;,
:,.,:":,:.1:.,::::&8&,:'::'1.
,,:,.',:,;:/ffi lt*H$ ., ''
1:;1t,;111',::;1:1,::::::,:a:t,::,*.:6:::t:,::.::,t,t
630A 3P+E 300 9305 KF631K300S65 StS2 700 500 250 760 450 10 cRSX76/250
jrllt.tl::,:tll'{s9t,:ll;:lt:
8oo}il'l':'l:ll:::iigF*H:i:t 930S KF800K300SS5S|S2 llW:,'ll:::l::l@t,.,'it:r'.,e'50:,rrrr 't:.l
i:?gol:titlil::t630li]:.ll:::l..ji0:l.:l]]ill'll::
,l6RS| ,i,':
40A 4P+E 16 KG41B T204/SGY01 0 .9565 300 250 150 360 200 I cRSX3025/1 50
ll:l$&i&:l:lit:i::::ti:l:a
6g*:tlt::,:t,:.,:lt,l il:it::r$e :::iKl{*S:'l.:llll:. iotllg$f$ll:i:i::l ::CHgXgO?S{:5ol
::lllll::9@&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&llt:tti:tlltr:20qt:::.,:,',::
ll:€&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&:lrrrrll:ri:l:*&:ll:::':',':,:t:1:*j::,.:::'
80A 4P+E J5 KG80 T204ISGY010.9565 300 250 150 360 200 9 cRSX3025/150
1@ill:riri| :;,.,t,,,;$,:,,t,:,,;,,,t1,,:.,:,t,1. ltl@lttil::l&$.:,.,,r'r,:.11'5&,:r,lr
::t:r!}lg|rl{,t{:ll:l::!i:4lr!!l{it!ATl4t:lif l::l:;t*qryli:'lt:]:l:l ,:CRSX
l.',,i,,QS0.l:t..8S01...t:.:ll:lg:'....i::i.',:;. :50,r
1254 4P+E 95 KG126 T104|SGY010.9565 400 300 200 460 250 9 cRSX43/200
1@:::t11:::;.:,1
i.:.:i!8..#lr:liri:l::l,l::: :t.r::Kthl$i:::..l.T1$4 t$'r
tir:l,i9$tiliililt:l:llli::i. :.:l:',t'll. ..:tt:::ffil:lll::l:,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,:l@trl:,t,::l?
::llli*.,{ls:lll''li:l:::6&iilrl ltc ,li,:,:.,,]].
200A 4P+E 185 KG211 T104/SGY01 0 .9565 400 300 200 460 250 I cRSX43/200
26g{ll::.l:l:l.l:l
:llliffii€,tlll:::,::t:ti:l ritr1s?t1li::::iT10i*ffieY$t$::lr,trl;rl4$6r:l1:;1:1i:11:lg&ll:r',11,:,,,11.,',,:,
:t:ll::ll:,1:€sr::l::l.i]]ll.ilt: ,,:,::,::&-*:,:,,,,:,.:,),::::.&:aaa:,aa:a:,a::a:.,a$i:a:,.:.::::,,:a
::C*$X*W0.r:..:..',l::
3154 4P+E 185 KG316 T104/SGY010.9565 500 400 200 560 350 I cRSX54/200
@{:i:lir.:r::i
:i:i t:t:g@:::fff,.4s1i ${l$$rr1.:t:'ll?l&t,tttl:5@,rl:ttrttlt::.:?&itltll
..1it11r:g{S|t:ill,:l|il
iltir:it::i ,::,,,,:Yti$i.::,,:ta::.:::a.:::,::::::;:;,;:l$,,1:,,,,:,,1;1,,:;;1t,
l.$&SX7g€A0,''.,'.,,,,l
630A 4P+E .'UU 9305 KF631K400S65 StSl 700 500 250 760 450 10 cRSX76/250
&a:'r::lttt:lll
l::',::4ffi1.:11111l;1:;111.'11
,:a:::,:.@'.,,::,,:,:1',a,,,'a,::,:::a
.:l:::g@$..'.lr(P$0&4sffi 6,,:Slst.i.,:'l,'ri:i',.,,,.:
:::8&.:.l:.ilt:,W:ll :llrl:l:S$-{irli: :'.:.'::
:: 1:;1t:,ll!sl:1,:1..;tS$.,:.,: '&f,gx&r450:,r
:::,,*:8::,:'.:,,':':.::..: ',':
rr,'
KG41B T206ISGY010.9565
l 40A 6P+E
8ry{:i::ll.l:rl:iil
16
l:::::::*8.:::::::,:',:.::::,":
:rir:6sliti&lili::rl::: KGM T208/ISGY010.9S65 li
300 250 150 360 200 9 cRSX3025/150
':t',,,",,.,:,t::t',,:,.:,
,,oF:''X4v*so.'".'.'
,ll]:]1]4{H}lji,ll:tlll]:l$sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss
'i:ll.liil@1i'li,l.rr:,190...:.
100A 6P+E KG100 T206/SGY010 .9565 400 300 150 460 250 I
CU CRSX43/1 50
'tg$aillitlilll::ttl
rll|$Fh€:.li :',;:,t,,1:W::,)1.':::::::::::::::,::::;
:l.:l.::::::: :ll:lffilggi.':r'Tii Ygt$..l l:l::::..rt. ,SR,SXS4 ,,,,' ,-'
.'ll,:littir:i;P@:lll'1:1l::;t';35,St1:,::,:t1:1:{li.;1'1:1:;','.;;t,1:.'::::
i::@:ll:lliii.i:::@r,:l.il.:l.l,Affi
1604 6P+E 95 K G 1 6 1 T 1 0 6 / S G Y 0 1.09 5 6 5 500 400 200 560 350 I cRSX54/200
lP65WeatherProofStainlessSteelEnclosedSwitchCHANGE-OVER
Switch Number Cable Switch Enclosure Mountingzry Remarks zo)

Rating of Poles Size Reference Dimension(mm) Dimension(mm)
A B H E F Dls
40A 3P 16 KG41B T903/SGY010.9565 300 250 150 360 200 9 cRSX3025/1
50
:l :t,,,:.W:::::::::::::::::::::::l:t:,::::t', KG80C T903/SGYO10'9S65
8{iA::rilr::rlrri:l :tl:l:$$::lilir,ti:l:lt,:t: {ffi r ::,:i50r,, 460,.ll,::::tt::,t250:,::ll:",l:,g.,',l.,
300,rr :,,tt:t
r,,,',,,.,
C*l$XAst:56.'.,:,
't00A -9565 400
3P 50 KG100CT903/SGY010 300 150 460 250 I cRSX43/'t50
'12$Ar':,1,:,,:r "SS5
::ll'::ltGi*.7.r:::
illt:rg$ili:l:l:::llllil:
:l:lSS:l::l.:li::l::,:::l:l::iri:i: O
i:l::TWg&€YOl 500 4S 200,,:.::.'ti::5$$.tlt:l,i:,,, :.C-fr
i1t,tr:;1i,$i:r:::, SX$#*OS':rt'l',lr::,,:'
160A 3P 95 KG162 T903/SGY010 "9565 500 400 200 560 350 9 CRSXs4/2OO
404,,.,.,:'':l:l':lr
tir.4pillirt::rtrl::a]i:t.r]i:t::::tti
.l:l.;tr1{i:tltt:llt.:l:t, 3S65 3m
i.::ll{S*{lB,:r::l,:t:i!@#$CY010 250 15$::,I:t,:r:asblttll:lttltl:tlm :0n$Xg{l$l,:l$0:,.,,'.
:,;',:,:11,11i1::,$:;:,:1;;;1
80A 4P 35 KG80C T904/SGY010-9565400 300 150 460 250 I CRSX43/150
i:i::Kgr@::lt.g0{l$GY010'565
fi@,'tt,i:r'.l:t#l:::]:tl::tii]t:]ti s&!i::l.:i:t]]t,t: 400 300,',,':l,S0:,.,',', '..,,.l
l0*SX4ff f,S&,,',,'.
ri:tt:i:4$$r:i::li:tt:t::*g&::l::',,ttl9tt::rt,
1254 4P 95 KG127 T904/SGY010.9565 500 400 200 560 350 I CRSX54/2OO
::tist!*:u:ili:rr,
;,:&,::::::::::,::,::::::,:::::::::: }X&*63,:'.'r,,.,,mgsgY0l
.:,:::a:,W::.:aa::..:a:,.,,::,:.a:: O'tlS85 500 Q@ :. '11:,::.;: rCnS*XArl,XXi,ri,r.
:]rlr'i:SAOr]:ti:r::ri::::*6t1r::t,lt.]t:itit0]:]l:l::. :l::l:rr::l
20) Enclosurestype subject to change without notice
21) Externalmountingwith wallfixingbrackets 27
- KH80Dimensions
PanelMountingTypeE - KGlOto KGl00/KH16 in mm
EscutcheonMountingDimension
l
I I
I
I
-_'] k-- . -l
C max
I L-
@ - - l
I l .
@- " , 1
I No. of Poles I A C*it Dz G

S"ritch I Type
KG20B/KG32BI o n - o f i I s P Io+ 48 4 4 22 42 - 5 4 6 2
:,:1:,:,;;:','t:t::::,:,e:t:::t::':':::::::
Kez@KGff2B l o n s r l i " la* I 4 4
i '; tr
n 58 ;;;;.;,'1;;':;1::::::;;;;:;
- 5 4 6 2
KG2OB/KG32B
i'tt{.:iit:]:l:lj
I
lr fi i
H:S133.i'-.' - 5 4 6 2
rr,
KG2OB/KG32B
irtiti] ?b?x[..
la; lr fi i i ?? : 84
8 H 5 4 6 2
111
54
54
62
62
KG2OB/KG32B 1-oFF-2 | 4P 6 4 4 8 4 4 2 2
.:fi7;.,,::,:::,:,',:::,,,,'::.
''&:,::,,,,,.:,,:',,:,:::::,:;:Fi0l:tl::,:al:,,',a',t:..,,,a,;:::ata,a::,a
::.'ll{G{t :t.ri:: o n - s r {eP lo+ 4a 4 4 $:::;;:1
on-off | +P I o+ 48 4 4 22 66 64 67
KG41B/KG64B ,:6*lt',it ":,$t:',::.::":,:.a:,::..t",:t,
rt::f@i o"-orr
lt:l:l.tir:: I #*ru | o+ 48 4 4 ",:;;:,a)..::':.::'::':.:::::i.::.::.::,:,...:
;$l;:11::11t;,,,:t11;:1;,;t;L|
48 4 4 22 82 64 67
KG41B/KG648 on-off I 3P*tt*E | 64
ilg616:':l';": or'r-crf I eP I e+ i[8 4 4 &:'t:'
;:,tt,:;;;;,,,;::::,tt1,,:
;;:,,,;;;.,,;;;,t
&:::..1.1',:,,, ,:197,,,;;1';:;1;;:;:;.;,11
KG41B/KG648 1-OFF-2 | Sp I 64 48 4 4 22 100 64 67
,,:gilt::::::,,,::::,:::,,::::.::
t&:,,..,:.::.,...::::,a::,a.:t:,.:,.:.a,,1:;,:';:,:1,;,;;.;;11ffi
KG4lgliGa4g'::.r:llr: 1{FF-2 I +P I o* 48 4 1 ;; :&lli,
KGSO/KG1OO
KG8UI(Gtoo :":":",,,rr',
KGSO/KG1OO On-Off |
sslr 3P+N
l r f f ii
6 4 4 8 4
33';
5.5 22 92
70 80
80
',,1,1.&,,t::t
82
:;:;::;';:1;1$1,;:;.L),1:.;1:,;;,,::.;:;7:;:,,,;:.11;,1::.
82
aa:a,aaa: :..
a:a;,..::..
,,,,,1sj:,;;;;,;,,,,t;",:':::,,,,,:,t$$:,:;;,:;
KG8(ilKG1O0.,''.,,',, o'n-o{t I aF*u*e I e+ I 4 ::,,,,,,,,

,5-fii,:,::::::::,;,,1:a.,':
a,
),':,::l:Wal:a:at:::,:a:::.,at
:'at,l' a, t.t
:,,,.,tt,,ttt :,.:.,,, ':,,:aa: t
:aa.:::::,,:,:,.
48 4 - 140 80 82
KG8oC/KG100C On-Ofl 6P 188
h h / /
'al:,:),,a;:,,,ta,a,,:,::,a:a,:tat::,:,aa::a,:,.,{.*.9.
KGSoGll{6'l'g6e''"" 1-oFF-2 | aP I ee 48 4 5's n )::.::a:&), :,.:,ra.:
::::.:a
a::
a:: :,.a.ge:',a'::a::
a::' :..a.,aat::,.,:a:aat:a:a
5.5 22 - toz 80 82
KG8oC/KG100C 1-oFF-2 | 4P 8 8 4 8 4
# 4 .a:::.::',::.:..4:::::,:.:::::::a.a;:::::::::':&::a: :.a1.a:::,::,,a,.',,.',::,,',a4pl,a,
::,aa:,&,, a,
on€tt le [o+ :.r,,1.,1$i!;1l;'lrrt.;:;;tli:,,p;,,:;l:':r::,::
49
KH16B.KH25B On-Off | 4P 6 4 4 8 4 4 2 2 60 ' 56
:tW..,.::r,:.,,t t*: :::a,:a:a$:r:.:::,a:::aa::aa:a:.,::t:::aa.,:.
:: :,,:t::S&iat,,t
,a::a:a,,,,':,-lt::,',:',:.:a.,::,,,:a:tl'::a,,.a.,ge:a.', :r:',t::,,,
:a,:,a449t,,,,:.a::
.:rr,ii$it .:liil iilI&@l,ri;{:ilgF,.@r:llril:irrlil: a48;!i1i.,:t,i
I 2 2 7 0 - 6 2 54
KH32B/KH40B On-Off | 3P 6 4 4 8 4 4
,ir: ili:l q'cw I +P ::a::;,t:,.,,:a::a,:,:,::4
2 2 7 0 - 6 2
::',:::W::",:':::,,::'t::.':::.::
;$;:,1;',1;,:,;,,:r:;;:t:,1:*.6ddddi;11l,.:lt:,a::,':::,'::,:,.t,,:,:,:,a::r,::.,,a,.:,,")::::
,::@ll::1:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::..r.,,::::::&r:..:t,:a:,,.1
54
KH32B/KH40B On-Off | 3P+N/4P 6 4 4 8 4 4
::irlK [ ea 48
tit:ti:i:llii1:;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;:l
lt,::l'iltal:':#::,:::'::l:::t:':'::':::,':::::: 4"':''t'::':',' 'l':...:'...'.:..:..:::...::..:.:...&......:.:::::':.::::..:::'.::'.w
::,1;;; ;,;';:,;t:::;:,t;,.;,,,,,;,
KH63/KH80 4 2 2 9 0 - 9 0 62
i]:ttar:]*is1s|({tg6i:l:i:{:iir;, I 3i Ii f,:::,,,:,::,:::,,;
t3ffi..r,rrr,.,L.,*!tl{t.'..r..,,'.,..irrrr, 1Q,::1;:,,,:,1;:,t,::1L.:;1:;;;;:;,;,
;1;;1:,;a.t::a,,:,a:a,:.:a.l'.,,&ia,::a,,a,t)a.a::t:a::ltt.;
,::::&:::,,,:tt...,:t:.::.
PanelMountinqTypeE - KGl26to KG316Dimensions

in mm
TI
I
I
\ 'D1 e
. + D2
+ I
l.-- n ----------+l
l. c ----------+l
MountingDimension
Escutcheon
ffi No.orPotesI a e ot o, c r !. =c-r 9-z

3P 8868 5.5 22 112 110 93 20 36
KG126/KG161 t'?s.:.':,:,"::t:,':,:':Q.8"::::':,:::,,
KG126fiO161 t::&:::::::: : 8 8
@ 5 . 5 n 150 1'fO 93
KG126/KG161 3P+N 88 68 5.5 22 150 11 0 93 20 36
t,,'',,'&. 188 110 93 N:::':',:",:'::'&::::':'",'a:::..:
t:,::t.::::::,,,::,'',,,:',
t11l:1:Xe1,&{l@,,]lfJ ,r$Pt{r},ri{:gilir'1rt:
:,t,::::,:::::.W,.:::::::::i::t&a:.aata'ttta":]tg,,a'
224 110 93 20 36
KG126/KG161 6P 88 68 5.5 22
145 126 103 %' '::$:4::i:::,::

KG?11KG45'A(G316 l tl::: llr:l.'.,]::l:l.:]ii:i:li:i:l 8 8 @ 5 . s n
]]:l ll:l:rrgplf
K G 2 1 K G 2 5 1 / K G 3 1 6 On-Off 4P 88 68 5.5 22 198 126 103 26. 44.
8 8 f
KG2lrK@StR(Gg16 : t : l : l t i ,',:,,:t:::,,W|*,,:N:::::::,:::',,::::::::::l:l::::::: f i 5 . 5 n 198 126 103 26 * 4*:'i,:'
l
KG211KG251 /KG31 6 On-Off 3P+N+E 88 68 5.5 22 250 126 103 26 - 44"
t Except tor KG3l6, G1 = 25 and G2 = 52
28
BaseMountingTypeVE - KG20to KGl00/KH16- KH80Dimensionsin mm
1
I
a
I
Base MountingDimension Base MounlingDimension
to, +
G-
/h
.qz Y
I
F - A
Switch Type No. A B D t D z F G H L m i n L m a x X r X z Y

of Poles
KG20B/KG32B UN-Uil 3P 64 54 106 176 22 - 60
),t;1@m;';.',1,,111;11
I'l,,:],::::rlt:.l ,,:,
Kg :$l:,49
-3i;N;E ' ;::,,;::64,:,:' f 4 l m f i 6 ? 2 180
KG20BA/KG32B On-Off 64 54 106 176 22 - 60
K ,,,,W.&,,,::,,,,,,,,
:tilt:i':::ll ,:;,,$;,:;:;:::,,,,,,:;::;;:;:;:;:;:;:;:t:;:;,::;:;1
l',,'l:'64
KG2OB/KG32B 1-o'r'f-2 3P 64 48 4 22 42 84 54 123 123 42 32 60
::r4p::t:l
:t,l.i@l::,,,:,::,:,: :lit:t::tt:tl:t:::itt:,
:l::::tt:ltA*1,;:
l1l'llill1i;lll
KG41B/KG64B On-Off 3P 64 4 8 4 2 2 5 0 64 123 193 25 - 70

t@i,8ifr9li$&::rrirr:,::.:l
]'ii ]llil,]t::l:.:,W|&/i$A,,:::: 4
:]t:j,]],6i1:11 8 4 ? 2 6 6 ,:$&:]]]]]:i]::]:]]:]i]]::i]s:]]:]]l':]:::]:1*]]:]:]l]i]]]]::as:]:
KG41B/KG648 On-Off 3P+N+E 64 4 8 4 2 2 8 2 64 123 193 25 - 70
l::llln!&'tli:ll::,:
re41.iffi&|iFll,a:::,,.:.:,,,,,'a :,:.::
::.a
::r:Y.:,..t
:::'.a:,::6i*:a::.
KG41B/KG648 1-ott-z 3P 64 48 4 22 - 100 64 126 196 50 37.5 70
-- ..--g':'l':l:ll:'.ll ltrr:,.ll.r,.:r,,':':11;:',:6.;:1;
:,]:,,:1
lr,ltliitrttal
KGSO/KG1OO On-Off 3P 64 48 4 22 70 - 80 126 198 2 5 - 9 0

"1:,:,',
rK6&]!{61&.:l:rtt:l':i': ::M&i$::::::,:,"
tr::.::l rrr:.4#:.SFrXr': rlr:6*l. ::::.:,
1f1$:::;,,,:,:;,:,:,,:.::;'.:1:'::,;'
1gg
KGSO/KG1OO On-Off 3P+N+E 64 48 4 22 92 - 80 126 198 2 5 - 9 0
: G:!1006:1;.1'rrr: r::r8i6],.
,:t0fiffl:'l,l'l'l ;::1$p1l:,:'::::,1:,.L1,1;:;;.::.;;:,: :lrdl:5 ...l€O
;:t$,11,:;1;,';::
KG80C/KG100C 1-Ot1-2 3P 88 48 5.5 22 - 140 80 137 209 70 47.5 90
:,:::;l:;oi6/E1'11:1:;11.. :lgerr:rrr,ti'rrr'ir,.,:6$;C,,r..i..
,l{Q@ t.:rr::'ii'l :t:::4?::::,:t : l:llg8l:l
::t::,::::t,:::::,:::
::'.:t 96
KH16B-KH25B On-Off 3P 64 56 79 171 22 - 60

lKHllS&K$@::.,:tt:i::r::lr hl:l':l::;11$ll;,:
llrll4PilSF
:tt:flnii:&l::::,,,:,,:',lt &]::]]]]i]]:]]],]]i:]i's:]]i::]i:]::]il11;.11|711:;.:11;;::;;1:::.;:;:1s::::.:;:1.
KH32B/KH40B On-Off 3P 6 4 4 8 4 2 2 7 0 62 86 170 22 70

'.a:W,..,,'::.::::
''Xt{ill$&}.l8,,r:':rr::rl.: r:r:'#iSPrr&:':r& 1 4 8 4 2 2 7 0 ,;*8,;,;;:::,:';::::,,,::,:,
tlb.,:,,:t:,,,t,::,,t:,t::l&-i;,:,,,,:,::,'.:::;1':,:':t,:l;f$:;:.a,;:,1'l;:,:,:l:,,1:,,ff
KH63/KH80 On-Off 3P 6 4 4 8 4 2 2 8 6 90 120 189 22 90

,rirl{ :rl::rlprrrsptNr:rr,
:l'(}nr{1f,::,::,:rr::
lutr:]:::t:ttr:.trlt:t:ltt:l :::,,:::::',::.:.:..::*W:..:::;:]a::::::,}'},:.a::::
W:l:::::::::'::'.:::::::.1: :.W.|..::::a.a:.::.::r.:
TypeVE2- KG20to KGl00 Dimensionsin mm

BaseMountang
.o Base MountingDimenson
2 to 4 poles
BaseMountingDimen:
6 to8 poles
-1--------------t >-
t * II
r 1
I
I
t
m
l @ i", I
l , /
I
I
.u. | ,ru'
t-+l lF_ "r l
________N
rat
---Y. lxt
---r,+
Y
I
]FF--
l<-xt a x2_ I
I
L_ x 1 _ .+
Switch Type No. of Poles B1 Dr F1 H L1 Xr Y
KG2O/KG32 On-Off 3P 45.4 4 43.7 54 56.5 22 60
xG90&0gA''r.':.., :;,,:,,-.;,t:,,, ,,::8*:::::
KG41/KG64 On-Off 3P 45.4 4 52.4 64 56.5 25 70
l{&lt S€t:l:rr::,:l :tr&ltsr,'lr :::,:6Fll:.]
KGSO/KG1OO On-Off 3P 45 s.5 70 80 65 25 90
i(G (&'lrtm,,',,' rl:rlr0n*)ftr'rrr r:::lre9r:l:,
29
BaseMountingTypeVE - KG126to KG316Dimensions
in mm
BaseMounting- KF252toKF1252Change'overDimensionsin mm
BaseMounting- KF401to KFl250ON-OFFlsolatorsDimensions
in mm
EscutcheonMountingDimension Escutcheon
MountingDimension TerminalConnection
KF401/KF631 251
KF801/KF1
o31 ^r\\ \ 45'

[email protected]
I 011
'/
\ q25
i 4@6
@1
8.5
70
W.r
_-1
Ebl,l$?J.i
i
KF1250
BaseMounlingDimension
KF401/KF631
/K
BaseMountingDimension
KF800/KF1250
A -r
Switch Type No. of Poles F H Lmin Lmax X Y G1 G2
KF401/KF631 On-Off 3P 230 235 138 388 1) 210 140 32 65

KF,$11?{reS' : ] ' 4P 2w 2gS 1,38,"'$8$ll:r
KFSOO On-Off 3P 280 321 212 4122) 255 175 50 80
K F 8 { D,., " . , . : : , .,Wll' 4P 360 g21 212 ,''4,1,A,:dt,::,:,',:',,:,:,: ,:,;1';::,:':,::,,::,;1,:,,:;$9
iv,:::,',;:l;:1',,t;L;t',l: 80
KF12s0 On-Off 3P 280 330 212 4122) 255 175 63 85
KF10"&1 :':':..
:.:'.:;
:. ',&rQltl' 4P 360 330 2112:.::::41?zt 335 175 6lt:,:.::.:.:::.::.:::::.8&::.:..:,:::::::.
'1)With25ommshaftextension 2) With 200mmshattextension 31

Types of KF/KGLoad BreakSwitch
KG2o-KG100PanelMountedType E/ 3 poleOn-Otf KG20-KGl 00 Base MountedType VE213 pole KG20-KG100Base MountedType VE / 6 poleOn-Otf
switch with oadlockablehandle On-Off switch with padlockdevice V840H switch with door interlockM280E
KG20-KG100 Base MountingType VE/ 3 pole on-ofi

switch with door interlock,padlockablehandle,terminal KH l6-KH80 Base MountedType VE ON-OFF switch KG2o-KG100BaseMountedTypeVE/ 3 pole Change-
cover & auxiliarycontacts with side mountedauxillarycontact block over switch
KGI 26-KG316 Base MountedType VE/ 3 pole On-Off KG126-KG161 Base l\ilounted Type VE/ 9 pole KG1003 Pole+ Neutral+ EarthEnclosedswitchin
switch with door interlock& padlockablehandle On-Off switch with door interlock& padlockablehandle thermoplasticABS enclosure
KF800iKF1250Base Mounted 3 pole On-Otf switch KF252-KF1252Base Mounted4 oole Chanoe-overswitch
For furtherinformationoleasecontact Authorised Kraus& NaimerDistributor

solenoid singaporepte ltd
(a Kraus& NaimerCompany)
#03-17,115A Commonwealth Drive,
SINGAPORE
Tel: (65)-64738166 Fax:(65)-64738643
E-Mail;[email protected]
Web-site:www.krausnaimer.com 999 CAT/KGKF/SGX331/04
-
\
i t
\
H.B.C.FUSE.LINKS TYPE'T'UNS'
J
\ -
\ -
:I
I
t
=
:t
:t
t
.|i'
T
?
I
!
i
.!r
!
!
=
I
I
I
\ -
t
!
I EI{GIJS;HELEGTRIC type'T' and'NS'rangeof HBCfuse{inksareextensively usedforprotectionol lowand,medium fuse-
voltagecircuiis..Th-ese
t t'Gaeavailableinratingsfrom2amp.
b4tsvotsrnibthat of theiT'range'is
to 32amp.inthe'NS'rangeand6amptoS00amp.
660VA.C.
inthe'T'range.
complywiththerequirements
Allfuse-links
Thevoltage
of lS.9224-1979
ratingofthe'NS'fuse-link
andhavea breaking of
capacity
t m kA A| ft$elinks arelSl certified.
HBCfuse-linksis basedon thefollowingreasons:
I Tfcrirtesprea<luseof ENGLISHELECTRIC
EIIGUSHELECTRICH. B. C. FUSE.LINKS
I REIXrCE RISK OF FIRE - andthereforedamageto personnel
andequipment.
I RE[rt CE ELECTRO-MAGNETIC STRESSES - which tendto distortcunentcarryingpartsof electrical
otherwise equipment.
\ -
RETAIN ALL THEIR CHARACTERISTICS wirhoutneedfor maintenance howeverlongin service.
I
\ PROYIDE BACK.UP PROTECTION- for currentinter-tripping devicesof inheientlowrupturingcapacity.

O -
EilSlrRE coNTlNUlw oF SUPPLY ro healthycircuirswhenelectricalfaults oocur.
\ AG performance
'T'
lSlcertifiedto 80kAat415 voltsfortype and
'NS' range.Type'T' alsotestedfor80kAat660volts.
! Gleexcess
qrlcntprotection Type'T'fuse-links havea fusingfactornotexceeding 1.5andprovidecloseexcesscurrentprotection
enabling
F cablesto befullyratedasperlS.3961(Paftll) of 1967Clause7'2
F bbl
clcuitcapabilitY Alltype'T' and'NS'HBCfuse-linkshaveTime/Current whicharesuitableformotorcircuits.
characteristics
I Theywillwithstandmotorstartingsurgeswithoutdeterioration.
in
F
\
Coolrunning Alltype'T'and'NS'rqngeof
InternationalStandards.
HBCluselinks
includinglSlandLloyds.
thelimitsspecified
haveawattslosswellwithin
l ! Apprcval ApprovedbyleadingAuthorities
\ blor circuit fuse-links Extended intypes'NS'and'T'forA.C.motorcircuitprotection.
rangesareavailable onreouest.
Detailsavailable
l-lt
-
t-\
-
l r
Rating
Fuse Rating Fuse in
Type inAmps Type Amps
A B D E F G H J K L M .A B D E f H J I K I L I M
'NS' 2 , 4 , 61,0 , 36.00 14.006000 1270 0.80 'Trs' 73.00 s 2 0
l
36,50,63 57.5026.50 8850 780
1 6 , 2 02,5
32
otl-selTags Tags
0t1-sel
2-holelrxrng 2-holel
xrng
+D-, J
/+\
I'Y4
'.__ti+u g
r-:n- T-t rYr-=- fi1
I
B
Fuse Rating Rating

Fuse tn
Type in
Type Amps
Amps
A B n E F H J K L M A n D E F H J K L M
.TIA' 6,10,16,20 'TC'

80,100 68.50 3450 138.0019 . 1 0 3.20 111 . 0 0 8.70 1 1 . 9 0 79.40
25.32 55.0023.0084.00 8.74 1 . 2 0 73.00520 7 1 0 23.80 .TF'
.TCP' 80.100
125,160,20076.00 40.00137.001 9 . 1 03.20 111.00 8.70 11 . 9 0 79.40
0 0 1 9 . 1 02 4 4 93.708 7 0 10.303490
69.50 34.501 1 1 250
.TFP' 1 2 5 . 1 6 0 . 277
0 050 40.00111 . 0 01 9r 0 240 9370 7 1 0 10.304360 .TKF' 250,300 75.5054.00 138.0025.44 3.20 111.0C 8.70 11 . 9 0 82.00
otl selTags CentralTags

2.holelrrng 2-holelixing
+ n " i L R I
L_ ilF
i
lTr-- f-l- r ,f;\
fr+tr
|.,ffi"{
NV/ \Y'
iYl
-D-
All dimensions are in millimetres

Fuse Rating
Type inAmps
A I B D E F G H J L M
.TM'
.TTM'
355,400 81.80 6 1 . 1 0209.6025.404.80 133.0010.30 11.s01
25.40 95.00
400,450,
s60 630 83.00 75.50 212.0425.40 6,30 133.009.50 13.00 | 2540 95.00
.TLI,|' 600,670,710,
750,800 85.50 83.5021200125.409.501 3 3 0 0 9.70 r 4 . 0|0 25.40 100.00
I
CenlralTags
4-holelixing
; l - l r
lkxb+ E
Specialpurposefuse-linkscan be developedon request.
:E__T
MOTORCIRCUITFUSE-LINKS- Extended range for 415 volts A.C.

Thesefuse-linkshaveadual basisof rating- a currentratingwithrespecttotheirabilityto carrycurrentcontinuously
and a highercurrentratingwith
respectto theirabilityto carrymotorstartingcurrentsfor a shortduration.For example,NS20M32is a Juse-linkwith a continuousratingof 20 amp.
butthatof 32 amp.ratingforthe periodof motorstarting-dimensions are the sameas NS20.Thisfuse-linkotferstheadvantageof smallerphysical
size over the correspondingstandardfuse-link(inthis instanceTlA32)enablingeconomiesto be made in the size of the equipmentused.
At presenttwo ratingsi.e. NS20M25,NS20M32in NS rangeand TIA 32M36,TIA 32M50,TIA 32M63,T|S63M80,TF 200M250& TF 200M315in T
rangeare available.
THE ENGLISHELECTRICCOMPAITYOF INDIA LIMITED

HOSURWORKS - 635 126
BRANCHOFFICES:
PO Box2540,Bangalore560025 P O Box 117,Lucknow226001
P O Box 11112,Bombay400020 P O Box 3306,Madras600 034 Dec'89
S Y M B O LO F E X C E L L E N C E
P O Box 2224.Cdcutta 700 001 P O Box207,NewDelhi110 019
SFA/SFB/89/03/01 GurudatlPrinters.8-26

Data sheet
CP M DM20 Weidmüller Interface GmbH & Co. KG
Klingenbergstraße 16
D-32758 Detmold
Germany
Fon: +49 5231 14-0
Fax: +49 5231 14-292083
www.weidmueller.com

Redundant power supply systems increase the availability

and consequently the operating times of machinery.
The new diode modules, with 20 A or 40 A output
current and integrated status relay, enable the installation
of trouble-free systems.
The capacitance module ensures a secure power supply
even at peak loads (forexample when the motor starts)
and the specific triggering of circuit breakers. It can be
installed in addition to the power supply at any time.
The relay module monitors the 24-V power supply.
The simple click-on assembly process enables quick
installation and makes it possible to retro-fit on the
switch-mode power supply unit.
General ordering data

Type CP M DM20
Order No. 1222210000
Version Power supply, switch-mode power supply unit
GTIN (EAN) 4050118005608
Qty.

1 pc(s).
Creation date May 29, 2014 5:27:21 AM CEST

Catalogue status 10.03.2014 / We reserve the right to make technical changes. 1

Data sheet
D-32758 Detmold
Germany
Fon: +49 5231 14-0
Fax: +49 5231 14-292083

Technical data www.weidmueller.com
Dimensions and weights

Width 34 mm Height 130 mm
Depth 150 mm Weight 0.3 kg
Net weight 500 g

Temperatures

Humidity 5...95 %, no condensation Operating temperature -25 °C...+70 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C...+85 °C

Input

DC input voltage range 18…30 V DC Input current 2 x 10 A or 1 x 20 A
Rated input voltage 24 V DC Wire connection method Screw connection

output

Output voltage Input voltage - 0.7 V Rated (nominal) output current @ UNom 20 A @ 60 °C
Rated output voltage Switching thresholds 21.6 V DC, relay is on for
Power Good, 20.4 V DC,
24 V DC ± 1 % relay is off for Power Fail
Voltage monitoring Yes, In both inputs Wire connection method Screw connection
continous output current @ 24 V DC 24 A @ 45 °C, 22.5 A @

55 °C, 15 A @ 70 °C
General data

Degree of efficiency > 97% @ 24 V input Humidity
voltage 5...95 %, no condensation
MTBF Mounting position, installation notice Horizontal on TS35
mounting rail, with 50 mm
of clearance at top and
bottom for air circulation.
Can be mounted side
> 500,000 h acc. to IEC by side with no space in
1709 (SN29500 between.
Operating temperature -25 °C...+70 °C Weight 0.3 kg

EMC / shock / vibration

Noise emission acc. to EN55022 Class B Vibration resistance IEC 60068-2-6 1 g according to EN50178
Interference immunity test acc. to EN 61000-4-2 (ESD)| Shock resistance IEC 60068-2-27
EN 61000-4-3 and EN
61000-4-8 (fields)|EN
61000-4-4 (burst)|EN
61000-4-5 (surge)|EN

61000-4-6 (conducted) 15 g In all directions
Insulation coordination

Class of protection III, with no ground Insulation voltage
connection, for SELV 0.5 kV Input/output housing
Pollution severity 2



Data sheet
D-32758 Detmold
Germany
Fon: +49 5231 14-0
Fax: +49 5231 14-292083

Electrical safety (applied standards)

Electrical machine equipment For use with electronic equipment Acc. to EN50178 /
Acc. to EN60204 VDE0160
Safety extra-low voltage SELV acc. to EN60950,

PELV acc. to EN60204
Connection data (input)

Conductor cross-section, AWGcmil , Conductor cross-section, AWGcmil , min.
max. 12 26
Conductor cross-section, flexible , min. 0.5 mm² Conductor cross-section, rigid , max. 6 mm²
Conductor cross-section, rigid , min. 0.5 mm² Number of terminals [Input] 4 (1+, 2+, 1-, 2-)
Wire connection cross section, flexible
(input), max.

2.5 mm²
Connection data (output)

max. 12 26
Conductor cross-section, flexible , max. 2.5 mm² Conductor cross-section, flexible , min. 0.5 mm²
Conductor cross-section, rigid , max. 6 mm² Conductor cross-section, rigid , min. 0.5 mm²
Number of terminals [Output] 4 (3 +, 4 +, 3 -, 4 -)

Signalling

Floating contact Yes

Approvals

Institute (GERMLLOYD) Certificate No. (GERMLLOYD)
94767-10
Institute (cULus) Certificate no. (cULus)

E258476
Classifications

eClass 6.2 27-04-92-01 eClass 7.1 27-04-92-01

Approvals

Approvals
ROHS

Conform


Data sheet
D-32758 Detmold
Germany
Fon: +49 5231 14-0
Fax: +49 5231 14-292083

Downloads

Package insert Operating instructions
Declaration of Conformity K471_12_11.pdf
PDF Warranty Information
3-D model



Data sheet
CP M SNT 250W 24V 10A Weidmüller Interface GmbH & Co. KG
D-32758 Detmold
Germany
Fon: +49 5231 14-0
Fax: +49 5231 14-292083
www.weidmueller.com

PRO-M = Power-Reliable-Optimized
The perfectly reliable power supply for automation
technology.
The ten different versions for the 24V-DC power supply
all feature a solid but thin metal housing which enables
them to be installed without any side gaps. This results
in less space required on the mounting rail. Wide range
of AC/DC inputs and a wide temperature range enable
them to be used anywhere. Because of its high efficiency,
resistance to overloads and high power reserves, the PRO-
M is a trusted power supply for use in any application.
The three-phase PRO-M power supply modules continue
to function reliably when one phase fails (i.e., in two-
phase mode).
General ordering data

Type CP M SNT 250W 24V 10A
Order No. 8951360010
Version Power supply, switch-mode power supply unit
GTIN (EAN) 4050118143638
Qty.

1 pc(s).


Data sheet
D-32758 Detmold
Germany
Fon: +49 5231 14-0
Fax: +49 5231 14-292083

Dimensions and weights

Width 60 mm Height 130 mm
Depth 150 mm Weight 1.2 kg
Net weight 1,316 g

Temperatures

Operating temperature -25 °C...+70 °C Storage temperature -40 °C...+85 °C

Input

AC current consumption 1.2 A @ 230 V AC / 2.4 A AC input voltage range 85…264 V AC (Derating @
@ 115 V AC 100 V AC)
DC current consumption 0.8 A @ 370 V DC / 2.3 A DC input voltage range 80…370 V DC (Derating @
@ 120 V DC 120 V DC)
Frequency range AC 47...63 Hz Input fuse Yes
Input fuse (internal) Yes Inrush current max. 12 A
Rated input voltage Recommended back-up fuse 4 A / DI, safety fuse
10 A, Char. B, circuit
breaker
100...240 V AC (wide- 3...4 A, Char. C, circuit
range input) breaker
Wire connection method Screw connection

output

Output current 10 A Output power 250 W
Output voltage 22.5...29.5 V (adjustable Output voltage type
via potentiometer on front) DC
Overload protection Yes Parallel connection option yes, max. 5
Powerboost @ 24 V DC, 60 °C 12 A for 1 min, ED = 5 % Rated (nominal) output current @ UNom 10 A @ 60 °C
Rated output voltage 24 V DC ± 1 % Residual ripple, breaking spikes < 50 mVSS @ 24 V DC, IN
Wire connection method continous output current @ 24 V DC 12 A @ 45 °C, 10.7 A @

Screw connection 55 °C, 7.5 A @ 70 °C
General data

AC failure bridging time @ INom > 20 ms @ 230 V AC / > Clip-in foot
20 ms @ 115 V AC metal
Current limiting Degree of efficiency 90 % @ 230 V AC / 87 %
> 120 % IN @ 115 V AC
Housing version Metal, corrosion resistant Indication Operation, green LED
MTBF Mounting position, installation notice Horizontal on TS35
mounting rail, with 50 mm
of clearance at top and
bottom for air circulation.
Can be mounted side
> 500,000 h acc. to IEC by side with no space in
1709 (SN29500 between.
Operating temperature Power factor (approx.) > 0.99 @ 230 V AC / >
-25 °C...+70 °C 0.97 @ 115 V AC
Protection against over-heating Protection against reverse voltages from
Yes the load 30…35 V DC
Short-circuit protection Yes Weight 1.2 kg



Data sheet
D-32758 Detmold
Germany
Fon: +49 5231 14-0
Fax: +49 5231 14-292083

EMC / shock / vibration

Limiting of mains voltage harmonic in accordance with EN Noise emission acc. to EN55022
currents 61000-3-2 Class B
Interference immunity test acc. to EN 61000-4-2 (ESD)| Shock resistance IEC 60068-2-27
EN 61000-4-3 and EN
61000-4-8 (fields)|EN
61000-4-4 (burst)|EN
61000-4-5 (surge)|EN
61000-4-6 (conducted)|

EN 61000-4-11 (dips) 30 g in all directions
Insulation coordination

Class of protection Insulation voltage 3 kV input/ouput; 2
kV input/earth; 0.5 kV
I, with PE connection output/earth
Pollution severity 2 electrical isolation, input-earth 2 kV
electrical isolation, input-output 3 kV electrical isolation, output-earth 0.5 kV

Electrical safety (applied standards)

Electrical machine equipment For use with electronic equipment Acc. to EN50178 /
Acc. to EN60204 VDE0160
Protection against dangerous shock Protective separation protection against VDE0100-410 / acc. to
currents Acc. to VDE0106-101 electrical shock DIN57100-410
Safety extra-low voltage SELV acc. to EN60950, Safety transformers for switch-mode

PELV acc. to EN60204 power supplies Acc. to EN 61558-2-17
Connection data (input)

max. 12 26
Conductor cross-section, flexible , min. 0.5 mm² Conductor cross-section, rigid , max. 6 mm²
Conductor cross-section, rigid , min. 0.5 mm² Number of terminals [Input] 3 for L/N/PE
Tightening torque, max. 0.6 Nm Tightening torque, min. 0.5 Nm
Wire connection cross section, flexible
(input), max.

2.5 mm²
Connection data (output)

max. 12 26
Conductor cross-section, flexible , max. 2.5 mm² Conductor cross-section, flexible , min. 0.5 mm²
Conductor cross-section, rigid , max. 6 mm² Conductor cross-section, rigid , min. 0.5 mm²
Number of terminals [Output] 5 (++ / ---) Tightening torque, max. 0.6 Nm
Tightening torque, min. 0.5 Nm



Data sheet
D-32758 Detmold
Germany
Fon: +49 5231 14-0
Fax: +49 5231 14-292083

Approvals

Institute (GERMLLOYD) Certificate No. (GERMLLOYD)
94767-10
Institute (cULus) Certificate no. (cULus)
E258476
Institute (cURus) Certificate No. (cURus)

E255651
Classifications

ETIM 3.0 EC001039 eClass 5.1 27-04-90-02
eClass 6.2 27-04-90-90 eClass 7.1 27-04-90-04

Product information

Descriptive text ordering data The internal varistor found in a switch-mode power supply does not replace the necessary surge protection in a
system.
Descriptive text technical data *) Recommendation applies only to AC operation; the max. permissible

operating voltage is to be observed in all cases!
Approvals

Approvals
ROHS

Conform
Downloads

Package insert Operating instructions
Declaration of Conformity K469_12_11.pdf
PDF

Warranty information


QUINT-PS/ 1AC/24DC/10
Primary-switched power supply with SFB

technology, 1 AC, output current 10 A
INTERFACE
Data sheet
103128_en_03 © PHOENIX CONTACT - 03/2009
1 Description Features
QUINT POWER power supply units – highest system – Quick tripping of standard power circuit breakers with
availability due to SFB technology dynamic SFB technology power reserve
Compact power supply units of the new QUINT POWER – Reliable starting of difficult loads with static POWER
generation maximize the availability of your system. Even the BOOST power reserve
standard power circuit-breakers can be tripped reliably and – Preventive function monitoring
quickly with the SFB technology (Selective Fusebreaking
– Can be used worldwide
Technology) and six times the nominal current for 12 ms.
Defective current paths are disconnected selectively, the – High degree of operational safety due to high MTBF >
defect is limited and the important system parts remain in 500 000 h, long mains buffering times > 20 ms, high
operation. A comprehensive diagnostics is carried out by dielectric strength up to 300 V AC
continuously monitoring the output voltage and current. This
preventive function monitoring visualizes the critical
operating modes and reports them to the control unit before
an error occurs.
DANGER OF EXPLOSION!
Only remove equipment when it is disconnected and not in the potentially explosive area.
DANGER
The device contains dangerous live elements and high levels of stored energy.
Never carry out work when the power is turned on.
Make sure you always use the latest documentation.
It can be downloaded at www.phoenixcontact.net/download
2 Table of contents
1 Description ..................................................................................................................................1
2 Table of contents.........................................................................................................................2
3 Ordering data ..............................................................................................................................3
4 Technical data.............................................................................................................................3
5 Structure......................................................................................................................................6
6 Block diagram .............................................................................................................................7
7 Safety notes ................................................................................................................................7
8 Installation ...................................................................................................................................8
9 Installation position......................................................................................................................8
10 Mounting on DIN rails ..................................................................................................................9
Slim-style installation .................................................................................................................................................9
Low-profile installation ...............................................................................................................................................9
11 Connection to various systems.................................................................................................. 10

12 Input .......................................................................................................................................... 10
Protection of the primary side...................................................................................................................................10
Recommended backup fuse for mains protection ....................................................................................................10
13 Output ....................................................................................................................................... 11
Protection of the secondary side ..............................................................................................................................11
14 Signaling ................................................................................................................................... 11
Floating contact........................................................................................................................................................12
Active signal outputs ................................................................................................................................................12
Signal loop ...............................................................................................................................................................12
15 Function .................................................................................................................................... 13
Output characteristic curve ......................................................................................................................................13
Thermal behavior .....................................................................................................................................................13
Parallel operation .....................................................................................................................................................14
Redundant operation ...............................................................................................................................................14
Increased performance ............................................................................................................................................14
103128_en_03 PHOENIX CONTACT 2

3 Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Primary-switched power supply with SFB technology, 1 AC, output current QUINT-PS/ 1AC/24DC/10 2866763 1
10 A
Accessories Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Universal wall adapter UWA 182/52 2938235 1
Fan for QUINT-PS ... power supply. The fan eliminates the position- QUINT-PS/FAN/4 2320076 1
dependent derating of the power supply.
4 Technical data
Input data
Input nominal voltage range 100 V AC ... 240 V AC
AC input voltage range 85 V AC ... 264 V AC
Short-term input voltage 300 V AC
DC input voltage range 90 V DC ... 350 V DC
AC frequency range 45 Hz ... 65 Hz
DC frequency range 0 Hz
Current consumption Approx. 2.8 A (120 V AC)
Approx. 1.2 A (230 V AC)
Inrush current limitation < 15 A (typical)
I2 t < 1.5 A2s
Power failure bypass > 40 ms (120 V AC)
> 40 ms (230 V AC)
Typical response time < 0.5 s
Protective circuitry Transient surge protection Varistor
Input fuse, integrated 6.3 A (slow-blow, internal)
Recommended backup fuse for mains protection 10 A
16 A (characteristic B)
Discharge current to PE < 3.5 mA
Output data
Nominal output voltage 24 V DC ±1%
Setting range of the output voltage 18 V DC ... 29.5 V DC (> 24 V constant capacity)
Output current 10 A (-25°C ... 70°C)
15 A (with POWER BOOST, -25°C ... 40°C permanent)
60 A (with SFB technology, 12 ms)
Derating From +60°C 2.5% per Kelvin
Control deviation < 1 % (change in load, static 10% ... 90%)
< 2 % (change in load, dynamic 10% ... 90%)
< 0.1 % (change in input voltage ±10%)
Power loss nominal load max. 18 W
Maximum power dissipation idling 7W
Efficiency > 92.5 % (for 230 V AC and nominal values)
Ascent time < 0.5 ms
Residual ripple < 50 mVPP (with nominal values)
Connection in parallel Yes, for redundancy and increased capacity
Connection in series Yes
Surge protection against internal surge voltages Yes, limited to approx. 35 V DC
Resistance to reverse feed Max. 35 V DC

DC OK active
Output description UOUT > 0.9 x UN: High signal
Voltage + 18 V DC ... 24 V DC
Current ≤ 20 mA (short circuit resistant)
Status display "DC OK" LED green / UOUT < 0.9 x UN: LED flashing
DC OK floating
Output description Relay contact, UOUT > 0.9 x UN: Contact closed
Voltage ≤ 30 V AC/DC
Current ≤1A
Status display "DC OK" LED green / UOUT < 0.9 x UN: LED flashing
POWER BOOST, active

Output description IOUT < IN: High signal
Voltage + 18 V DC ... 24 V DC
Status display LED "BOOST", yellow / IOUT > IN: LED on
General data
Insulation voltage input/output 4 kV AC (type test)
2 kV AC (routine test)
Insulation voltage input / PE 3.5 kV AC (type test)
2 kV AC (routine test)
Insulation voltage output / PE 500 V DC (routine test)
Degree of protection IP20
Class of protection I, with PE connection
MTBF > 500 000 h in acc. with IEC 61709 (SN 29500)
Type of housing Steel sheet, zinc-plated
Housing material Steel sheet, zinc-plated
Dimensions W / H / D (state of delivery) 60 mm / 130 mm / 125 mm
Dimensions W / H / D (90° turned) 122 mm / 130 mm / 63 mm
Weight 1.1 kg
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (operation) -25 °C ... 70 °C (> 60°C derating)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -40 °C ... 85 °C
Max. permissible relative humidity (operation) 95 % (at 25°C, no condensation)
Vibration (operation) < 15 Hz, amplitude ±2.5 mm in acc. with IEC 60068-2-6
15 Hz ... 150 Hz, 2.3g, 90 min.
Shock 30g in all directions in acc. with IEC 60068-2-27
Pollution degree in acc. with EN 50178 2
Climatic class 3K3 (in acc. with EN 60721)
Standards
Electrical Equipment for Machinery EN 60204
Safety transformers for power supply units IEC 61558-2-17
Electrical safety (of information technology equipment) IEC 60950/VDE 0805 (SELV)
Electronic equipment for use in electrical power installations EN 50178/VDE 0160 (PELV)
SELV IEC 60950 (SELV) and EN 60204 (PELV)
Safe isolation DIN VDE 0100-410
DIN VDE 0106-1010
Protection against electric shock DIN 57100-410

Standards (Continued)
Protection against electric shock, basic requirements for safe isolation in DIN VDE 0106-101
electrical equipment
Limitation of mains harmonic currents EN 61000-3-2
Device safety GS (tested safety)
Network variants (undervoltage) Semi F47-200
Certificate CB Scheme
Approvals
UL approvals UL Listed UL 508
UL/C-UL Recognized UL 60950
Conformance with EMC guideline 2004/108/EC and for low-voltage guideline 2006/95/EC
Noise immunity according to EN 61000-6-2
Electrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2
Housing Level 4
Contact discharge 8 kV
Discharge in air 15 kV
Comments Criterion B
Electromagnetic HF field EN 61000-4-3
Housing Level 4
Frequency range 80 MHz ... 1000 MHz
Field intensity 20 V/m
Comments Criterion A
Fast transients (burst) EN 61000-4-4
Input 4 kV (level 4 - asymmetrical)
Output 2 kV (level 1 - asymmetrical)
Signal 1 kV (level 1 - asymmetrical)
Surge current loads (surge) EN 61000-4-5
Input 4 kV (inst. class 4 - asymmetrical: conductor to ground)
2 kV (inst. class 4 -symmetrical: conductor to conductor)
Output 2 kV (level 3 - asymmetrical: conductor to ground)
1 kV (level 1 - symmetrical: conductor to conductor)
Signal 1 kV (level 3 - asymmetrical: conductor to ground)
Conducted interference EN 61000-4-6
Input/Output/Signal Level 3 - asymmetrical
Frequency range 0.15 MHz ... 80 MHz
Voltage 10 V
Voltage dips EN 61000-4-11
Input (mains buffering > 20 ms)
Emitted interference in acc. with EN 61000-6-3

Radio interference voltage in acc. with EN 55011 EN 55011 (EN 55022) Class B, area of application: Industry and residential
Emitted radio interference in acc. with EN 55011 EN 55011 (EN 55022) Class B, area of application: Industry and residential

5 Structure
1 AC input
2 DC output
3 POWER BOOST switching output, active
4 DC OK switching output active
5 DC OK output, floating
6 Potentiometer 18 V DC ... 29.5 V DC
9 7 "DC OK" LED
5
Ou
tpu
8 "BOOST" LED
13 tD
C2
14
DC
OK
Ι<
-
4V
-
10
A
9 Universal DIN rail adapter UTA 107/30
4
ΙN -
+
+
+
3
QUINT POWER
2
Bo
ost
DC
OK
18-
29,5
V
Inp [mm2] AWG [Nm]

8
ut
AC
10
L
N
0-2
40
V
solid stranded Torque
PE
7 Input 0.2 - 2.5 0.2 - 2.5 16 - 12 0.5 - 0.6
1 6 Output 0.2 - 2.5 0.2 - 2.5 16 - 12 0.5 - 0.6
Signal 0.2 - 2.5 0.2 - 2.5 16 - 12 0.5 - 0.6
Input data
Input nominal voltage range 100 V AC ... 240 V AC
AC input voltage range 85 V AC ... 264 V AC
Short-term input voltage 300 V AC
AC frequency range 45 Hz ... 65 Hz
DC frequency range 0 Hz
Input fuse, integrated 6.3 A (slow-blow, internal)
Recommended backup fuse for mains protection 10 A
16 A (characteristic B)
Type of connection Pluggable screw connection
Output data
Nominal output voltage 24 V DC ±1%
Setting range of the output voltage 18 V DC ... 29.5 V DC (> 24 V constant capacity)
Output current 10 A (-25°C ... 70°C)
15 A (with POWER BOOST, -25°C ... 40°C permanent)
60 A (with SFB technology, 12 ms)
Type of connection Pluggable screw connection

6 Block diagram
L (+)
active
N (-) PFC
PE DC OK
I < IN
13
14
7 Safety notes
DANGER OF EXPLOSION!
Only remove equipment when it is disconnected and not in the potentially explosive area.
DANGER
The device contains dangerous live elements and high levels of stored energy.
WARNING
Before startup please ensure:
The mains connection has been carried out by a competent person and protection against electric shock is
guaranteed!
The device can be disconnected outside the power supply unit in accordance with the regulations as in EN
60950 (e.g. through primary side line protection)!
The ground conductor is connected!
All feed lines are sufficiently protected and dimensioned!
All output lines are dimensioned according to the maximum output current of the device or separately
protected!
Sufficient convection is guaranteed!
CAUTION
The power supply units are built-in devices. The device may only be installed and put into operation by qualified
personnel. The corresponding national regulations must be observed.

8 Installation
ATTENTION
In order to ensure sufficient convection, we
recommend a minimum vertical distance of 5
cm to the other modules.
A lateral distance of 5 mm, and in the case of
active components, that of 15 mm is necessary
for proper functioning of the module.
Ou
tpu
Depending on the ambient temperature and
13 tD
C2
DC
OK
14
Ι<
ΙN
-
4V
-
10
-
A
the load of the module, the housing can
+
+
+ become very hot!
QUINT POWER
Bo
ost
DC
OK The power supply unit can be snapped onto all
18-
29,5
V DIN rails in acc. with EN 60715. They must be
Inp
mounted horizontally (connecting terminal
ut
AC
L 100
-2
N 40 V
blocks top and bottom).
PE
9 Installation position
5 60 5 122
50
115
Output DC 24 V 10 A
13 14 - - -
DC Ι<
OK ΙN + + +
Boost
130
230
DC OK
QUINT POWER
18-29,5 V
Input AC 100-240 V
L N PE
Slim-style installation: Installation depth 125 mm (+ DIN rail)

(state at delivery)
Low-profile installation: Installation depth 63 mm (+ DIN rail)

10 Mounting on DIN rails

Slim-style installation
A B
Assembly:
Position the module with the DIN rail guide on the upper edge
of the DIN rail, and snap it in with a downward motion.
Removing:
Pull the snap lever open with the aid of a screwdriver and slide
the module out at the lower edge of the DIN rail.
B
A
Low-profile installation
Low-profile installation can be achieved by mounting the device at right-angles to the DIN rail. Mount the DIN rail adapter
(UTA 107/30) as described in the figure. No additional mounting material is required. Fixing screws: Torx T10 (torque 0.8 Nm
... 0.9 Nm).

11 Connection to various systems
TN-S TN-C TT iT
L L L L1
N PEN PEN L2(N)
PE
L N PE L N PE L N PE L N PE
+ − + − + − + −
L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3 L3
N PEN N
PE
L N PE L N PE L N PE L N PE
+ − + − + − + −
The connection for 100 V AC ... 240 V AC is established using the L, N, and P screw connections.
The device can be connected to 1-phase AC networks or to two of the phase conductors of three-phase systems (TN, TT or
IT systems in accordance with VDE 0100-300/IEC 60364-3) with nominal voltages of 100 V AC ... 240 V AC.
The device also continues to work on short-term input voltages > 300 V AC.
For operation on two of the phase conductors of a three-phase system, an isolating facility for all poles must
be provided.
12 Input
CAUTION
If an internal fuse is triggered, there is most
probably a malfunction in the device. In this
case, the device must be inspected in the
factory!
Protection of the primary side

Ou
tpu
tD
The device must be installed in acc. with the regulations as in
13 C2
14
DC
OK
Ι<
ΙN
-
4V
-
10
A
EN 60950. It must be possible to disconnect the device using
-
+
+
+ a suitable isolating facility outside the power supply.
The primary side line protection, for example, is suitable. For
QUINT POWER
Bo
ost device protection, there is an internal fuse. Additional device
DC
OK protection is not necessary.
18-
29,5
V
Recommended backup fuse for mains protection
Inp
ut
L
AC
10
0-2
Power circuit breaker 10 A or 16 A, characteristic B (or
N 40
V
PE identical function). In DC applications, a suitable fuse must be
wired in upstream.

13 Output
CAUTION
Make sure that all output lines are dimensioned
according to the maximum output current or are
separately protected. The cables on the
secondary side must have sufficiently large
cross sections in order to keep the voltage
drops on the lines as low as possible.
Ou
tpu
tD
The connection is established using screw connections on
13 C2
14 4V
DC
OK
Ι<
ΙN
-
-
10
-
A the screw connection of the DC output:
+
+
+ 24 V DC: "+" and "–"; DC OK switching output active: "DC OK"
and "–"; DC OK output floating: "13" and "14"; POWER
QUINT POWER
Bo
ost BOOST switching output active: "I < IN" and "–".
DC
OK At the time of delivery, the output voltage is 24 V DC. The
18-
29,5
V
output voltage can be set on the potentiometer.
Inp
ut
AC
Protection of the secondary side
L 10
0-2
N 40
V
PE
The device is electronically protected against short circuit and
idling. In the event of a malfunction, the output voltage is
limited to 35 V DC.
14 Signaling
The active signal output, the floating signal contact and the active POWER BOOST switching output are provided for function
monitoring. The DC OK-LED and the BOOST-LED also enable the function evaluation of the power supply unit directly on
the operation site (refer to the output characteristic curve).
I < IN I > IN UOUT < 0.9 x UN

"DC OK" LED ON ON Flashing
"BOOST" LED OFF ON ON
Active DC OK switching ON ON OFF
output
Floating DC OK output Closed Closed Open
Active POWER BOOST ON OFF OFF
switching output
Meaning Normal operation of the POWER BOOST operation, Overload mode, e.g.
power supply e.g. to start loads consumer short circuit or
(UOUT > 21.5 V) overload

Floating contact
The floating signal contact opens and indicates that the set
Output 24 V DC output voltage has undershot by more than 10%. Signals and
ohmic loads of up to maximum 30 V and currents of maximum
DC OK
1 A (or maximum 60 V with maximum 0.5 A) can be switched.
13 14 + + - - - For heavily inductive loads such as a relay, a suitable
protection circuit (e.g. damping diode) is necessary.
max.
30 V AC/DC
1A DC OK
Active signal outputs

The 18 ... 24 V DC signal is applied between the "DC OK" and
Output 24 V DC the "–" connection terminal blocks or between "I < IN" and "–"
and can carry up to 20 mA. By switching from "active high" to
DC OK
"low", the DC OK signal output signalizes when the output

13 14 + + - - - voltage is fallen short of by more than 10 %.
The DC OK signal is decoupled from the power output. It is
thus not possible for devices connected in parallel to act as an
18 ... 24 V DC external power supply.
20 mA
DC OK The 18 ... 24 V DC signal can be directly connected to a logic
input for evaluation.
The POWER BOOST signal output signalizes that the
nominal current is exceeded.
Signal loop
Monitoring two devices: Use the active signal output of device
1 and loop in the floating signal output of device 2. In the event
1 2 of malfunctioning, a common alarm is output. Any number of
Output 24 V DC Output 24 V DC
devices can be looped in. This signal combination saves
DC OK
DC OK
wiring costs and logic inputs.

13 14 + + - - - 13 14 + + - - -
DC OK

15 Function
Output characteristic curve
UOUT [V]
The power supply unit operates with the static POWER

I < IN I > IN BOOST power reserve as per the U/I characteristic curve
UN given in the figure. In case of ambient temperatures
Tamb < +40°C, IBOOST is available permanently; it is available
U < 0,9 x UN only for a few minutes in case of higher temperatures. In the
event of a secondary short circuit and overload, the output
current is limited to IBOOST. Thereby, the module does not
switch off, but supplies a continuous output current. The
IN IBOOST secondary voltage is reduced until the short circuit has been
IOUT [A] remedied. The U/I characteristic curve with the POWER
BOOST power reserve ensures that high inrush currents of
capacitive loads and of consumers with DC/DC converters in
the input circuit can be fed reliably.
In order to trip the standard power circuit breakers
magnetically and thus very quickly, QUINT POWER supplies
six times the nominal current for 12 ms with the help of the
SFB technology. The defective current path is switched off
using this dynamic power reserve; consumers connected in
parallel continue to operate without an interruption. The error
is thus restricted and the important system parts continue to
operate.
The characteristic curve shows when I < IN, I > IN and
U < 0.9 x UN. The relevant signaling is given in the table.
UN = 24 V
IN = 10 A
IBOOST = 15 A
SFB technology = 60 A
PN = 240 W
PBOOST = 360 W
Thermal behavior
Output current [A]
IBOOST With an ambient temperature of up to +40°C, the device

supplies the continuous output current of IBOOST. The device
IN can supply a nominal output current of IN with ambient
temperatures of up to +60°C. In the case of ambient
temperatures above +60°C, the output current must be
reduced by 2.5% per Kelvin increase in temperature. The
device does not switch off at ambient temperatures of +70°C
or thermal overload. The output capacity is reduced as far as
0
0 20 40 60 necessary to provide device protection. After it has cooled
Ambient temperature [°C] down, the output capacity is increased again.

Parallel operation
Devices of the same type can be connected in parallel to
enable both redundancy and an increase in efficiency. No
other alignment is necessary when in the state of delivery.
If the output voltage is adjusted, a uniform distribution of
power is guaranteed by setting all parallel operated power
supply units to exactly the same output voltage.
To ensure symmetrical distribution of power, we recommend
designing all cable connections from the power supply unit to
a busbar of the same length and with the same conductor
cross section. The system makes it advisable to install a
protective circuit at the output of each device when more than
two power supply units are connected in parallel (e.g.
decoupling diode or DC fuse). This prevents high reverse
feed currents in the event of a secondary device fault.
Redundant operation
IN IN Redundant circuits are suitable for the supply of systems
+ − + − which make especially high requirements on the operational
safety. If a fault occurs in the primary circuit of the first power
supply unit, the second device automatically takes over the
entire power supply, without interruption, and vice versa. For
+ this reason, the power supply units to be connected in parallel
− are dimensioned in such a way that the total current
requirement of all consumers can be completely covered by
one power supply unit. 100% redundancy makes external
decoupling diodes necessary (QUINT-DIODE/40, Order No.
Σ = IN 2938963)!
+ −
Increased performance
IN IN For n parallel connected devices, the output current can be
+ − + − increased to n x IN. Parallel connection to increase efficiency
is used for the expansion of existing systems. It is advisable
to use parallel connection if the power supply unit does not
cover the current requirement of the most powerful
+ consumer. Otherwise the consumers should be spread
− among individual devices independent of one another. A
maximum of five devices can be connected in parallel!
Σ = 2 x IN
+ −
103128_en_03 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG • 32823 Blomberg • Germany • Phone: +49-(0) 5235-3-00 14
PHOENIX CONTACT • P.O.Box 4100 • Harrisburg • PA 17111-0100 • USA • Phone: +717-944-1300
www.phoenixcontact.com
TRIO-DIODE/12-24DC/2X10/1X20
Redundancy module
INTERFACE
Data sheet
104278_en_00 © PHOENIX CONTACT 2010-04-23
1 Description Features
TRIO DIODE is the DIN-rail mountable redundancy module – 100% decoupling of power supply units connected in
from the TRIO POWER product range. parallel
Using the redundancy module, it is possible for two power – Reliable signaling of redundancy
supply units of the same type connected in parallel on the – Load currents up to 30 A supported
output side to increase performance or for redundancy to be
– Easy, space-saving DIN rail mounting
100% isolated from one another.
Redundant systems are used in systems that place – High level of safety with regard to supply due to MTBF >
particularly high demands on operational reliability. The 10 million h
connected power supply units must be large enough that the – Reverse polarity protection
total current requirements of all loads can be met by one
power supply unit. The redundant structure of the power
supply therefore ensures long-term, permanent system
availability.
In the event of an internal device fault or failure of the mains
power supply on the primary side, the other device
automatically takes over the entire power supply of the loads
without interruption. The floating signal contact and LED
immediately indicate the loss of redundancy.
Make sure you always use the latest documentation.

It can be downloaded from the product at www.phoenixcontact.net/catalog.
2 Table of contents
2 Table of Contents
1 Description ..................................................................................................................................1
Features.....................................................................................................................................................................1
2 Table of contents.........................................................................................................................2
3 Ordering data ..............................................................................................................................3
4 Technical data.............................................................................................................................3
5 Structure......................................................................................................................................5
6 Block diagram .............................................................................................................................6
7 Safety and warning notes ............................................................................................................6
8 Installation ...................................................................................................................................7
9 Installation position......................................................................................................................7
10 Mounting on DIN rails ..................................................................................................................8
Assembly ...................................................................................................................................................................8
Removing...................................................................................................................................................................8
11 Input ............................................................................................................................................8
12 Output .........................................................................................................................................9
13 Function ......................................................................................................................................9
Input/output ................................................................................................................................................................9
Signaling ..................................................................................................................................................................10
Thermal behavior .....................................................................................................................................................10

3 Ordering data
Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Redundancy module with function monitoring, 12-24 V DC, 2x 10 A, TRIO-DIODE/12-24DC/2X10/1X20 2866514 1
1x 20 A
4 Technical data
Input data/output data

Input nominal voltage range 12 V DC ... 24 V DC
Voltage drop, input/output Approx. 0.5 V
Nominal current 2x 10 A (-25°C to +55°C)
1x 20 A (-25°C to +55°C)
Maximum current 2x 15 A (-25°C to +40°C)
1x 30 A (-25°C to +40°C)
Derating From +55°C to 70°C: 2.5% per Kelvin
Efficiency > 97 %
Transient surge protection Varistor
Protection against polarity reversal Yes, with integrated diode, < 60 V
Power consumption
Power loss nominal load max. Approx. 10 W
Floating redundancy OK
Output description Contact closed when UIN1 & UIN2 > 8 V
Voltage + 60 V DC
Status display LED redundancy OK / UIN1& UIN2 > 8 V: LED lights up green
General data
Insulation voltage input / PE 500 V
Insulation voltage output / PE 500 V
Degree of protection IP20
Class of protection III, without PE connection
MTBF > 10000000 h
Type of housing Steel sheet, zinc-plated
Side element version Aluminum
Dimensions W / H / D (state of delivery) 32 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm
Weight 0.37 kg
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature (operation) -25 °C ... 70 °C (> 55°C derating)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -40 °C ... 85 °C
Max. permissible relative humidity (operation) ≤ 95 % (at 25 °C, no condensation)
Vibration (operation) < 15 Hz, amplitude ±2.5 mm
15 Hz ... 150 Hz, 2.3g, 90 min.
Shock 15g in all directions in acc. with IEC 60068-2-27
Pollution degree in acc. with EN 50178 2
Climatic class 3K3 (in acc. with EN 60721)

Standards
Electrical Equipment for Machinery EN 60204
Electrical safety (of information technology equipment) EN 60950/VDE 0805 (SELV)
Electronic equipment for use in electrical power installations EN 50178/VDE 0160 (PELV)
SELV IEC 60950 (SELV) and EN 60204 (PELV)
Safe isolation DIN VDE 0100-410
DIN VDE 0106-1010
Protection against electric shock DIN 57100-410
Protection against electric shock, basic requirements for safe isolation in DIN VDE 0106-101
electrical equipment
Approvals
UL approvals UL/C-UL listed UL 508
UL/C-UL Recognized UL 60950
Current approvals can be found for the product in the download area.
Conformance with EMC guideline 2004/108/EC and for low-voltage guideline 2006/95/EC
Noise immunity according to EN 61000-6-2
Electrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2
Housing Level 3
Contact discharge 6 kV (Contact discharge)
Discharge in air 8 kV (Air discharge)
Electromagnetic HF field EN 61000-4-3
Housing Level 3
Frequency range 80 MHz ... 3 GHz
Field intensity 10 V/m
Fast transients (burst) EN 61000-4-4
Input 2 kV (level 3 - asymmetrical: conductor to ground)
Surge current loads (surge) EN 61000-4-5
Input 2 kV (level 3 - asymmetrical: conductor to ground)
1 kV (Level 2 - symmetrical: Conductor to conductor)
1 kV (Level 2 - symmetrical: Conductor to conductor)
Conducted interference EN 61000-4-6
Input/output Level 3
Frequency range 150 kHz ... 80 MHz
Voltage 10 V
Emitted interference in acc. with EN 61000-6-3

Radio interference voltage in acc. with EN 55011 EN 55011 (EN 55022) Class B, area of application: Industry and residential
Emitted radio interference in acc. with EN 55011 EN 55011 (EN 55022) Class B, area of application: Industry and residential

5 Structure
1 DC input In1/In2:
Input voltage 12 ... 24 V, IN = 2 x 10 A
2 GND signal
3 Floating relay contact
(maximum 60 V, 100 mA, short-circuit-proof)
4 "Redundancy OK" LED, green
5 DC output approximately 0.5 V < DC input
5 6 Universal snap-on foot for EN DIN rails
+
+
6
TRIO DIODE
Ou
tpu
20 t DC
A
4
Re
du
nd
OK anc
y
[mm2] AWG [Nm]

13
solid stranded Torque
3 14
In1
+ Input 0.2 - 2.5 0.2 - 2.5 24 - 14 0.4 - 0.5
In2
1 +
Output 0.5 - 6 0.5 - 4 20 - 10 0.5 - 0.6
–
2 Signal 0.2 - 2.5 0.2 - 2.5 24 - 14 0.4 - 0.5
Inp
12 ut D
C
2x-24 V
10
A
Input data
Input nominal voltage range 12 V DC ... 24 V DC
Type of connection Screw connection
Output data
Nominal output voltage 0.5 V < DC input
Type of connection Screw connection

6 Block diagram
IN1+ +
2x 10 A
IN2+ +
13
– 14
IN1+ +
1x 20 A
IN2+ +
13
– 14
7 Safety and warning notes

The redundancy modules are built-in devices. Installation and startup must only be carried out by qualified
personnel. The country-specific regulations (e.g., VDE, DIN) must be observed.
Danger
Depending on the ambient temperature and the load, the housing can become very hot.
CAUTION
Before startup please ensure:
The connection must be carried out by a competent person and protection against electric shock guaranteed.
All input and output lines are dimensioned according to the maximum output current of the device or separately
protected.
Sufficient convection must be guaranteed.

8 Installation
ATTENTION
To ensure sufficient convection, we
recommend the following minimum spacing be
used between modules: 5 cm for vertical
installation and 0 cm for horizontal installation.
The redundancy module can be snapped onto

+ all DIN rails in accordance with EN 60715 and
+
must be mounted horizontally (connecting
TRIO DIODE
Ou
tpu
20 t DC
A
terminal blocks on top and bottom).
Re
du
nd
OK anc
y
13
14
In1
+
In2
+
–
Inp
12 ut D
C
2x-24 V
10
A
9 Installation position
32
50
115
TRIO DIODE
+
+
Output DC
20 A
Redundancy
OK
130
230
13
14
In1+
In2+
–
Input DC
12-24 V
2x10 A
Mounting position: Installation depth 115 mm (+ DIN rail)

10 Mounting on DIN rails

Assembly
A B
Position the module with the DIN rail guide on the upper edge
of the DIN rail, and snap it in with a downward motion.
Removing
Pull the snap lever open with the aid of a screwdriver and slide
the module out at the lower edge of the DIN rail.
11 Input
You can fasten the connection cables to the
housing using cable binders.
Make sure that the connecting cables and
cable binders used are designed for the
surface temperatures on the housing.
When tightening the cable binders, the
insulation of the connecting cables must not be
+ damaged.
+
TRIO DIODE
Ou
tpu
20 t DC
Connection of the input is made via connection terminal
A
blocks "In1+" and "In2+". The "-" terminal is then only
Re
du
nd
connected when signaling is necessary.
OK anc
y
13
14
13 In1
14 +
In1 In2
In2
+ +
+
– –
Inp
12 ut D
2x-24 V
C Inp
12 ut D
10
A
- C
2x 24 V
1

12 Output
The output is connected via the internally connected "+"
terminals.
+
+ +
+
IO DIODE
Ou
TRIO DIODE
Ou
tpu tpu
20 t DC 20 t DC
A A
Re
du
nd
OK anc
y
13
14
In1
+
In2
+
–
Inp
12 ut D
C
2x-24 V
10
A
13 Function
Input/output
12 ... 24 V DC
Power Supply 1 + GND To decouple two parallel connected power supplies 1 and 2
- with nominal currents of up to 10 A, one redundancy module
IN = 10 A is necessary.
TRIO-DIODE
In1+
In2+ OUT+
-
Power Supply 2 +
-
IN = 10 A
12 ... 24 V DC One redundancy module per power supply is required to

Power Supply 1 + TRIO-DIODE decouple power supplies with nominal currents from 10 A to
In1+ GND
+
IN = 20 A In2+ OUT+ 20 A. Inputs "In1+" and "In2+" of the redundancy module must
- be connected to the power supply unit using two conductors.
-
- This is necessary because the maximum current carrying
capacity of 15 A per input must not be exceeded. For
Power Supply 2 + TRIO-DIODE connecting the redundancy module to the power supply unit,
In1+
+
IN = 20 A In2+ OUT+ we recommend using two identical connecting cables (cable
-
- length/cable cross sections).
-

Signaling
A floating relay contact and "Redundancy OK" LED are
available for monitoring redundancy. In normal operation
TRIO-DIODE
14 where input voltage > 8 V DC at input terminals "IN1+" and
"IN2+", the relay contact (13/14) is closed and the
13 "Redundancy OK" LED lights up.
If the input voltage falls to below the value of 8 V DC at one of
max. 60 V, 100 mA
the input terminals, the floating relay contact opens and the
"Redundancy OK" LED goes out.
Floating, current-limited "Redundancy OK" signal contacts
TRIO-DIODE 1
are to be connected in series for monitoring redundancy. If
14 monitoring the redundancy is not necessary, the "GND
signal" does not need to be connected.
13
TRIO-DIODE 2
14
13
max. 60 V, 100 mA
Thermal behavior
I [A]
The device can be operated at an ambient temperature of -25

°C to +70 °C. For ambient temperatures above +55 , the
30
output current must be reduced by 2.5% per Kelvin increase
20 in temperature.
12
0
-25 20 30 40 50 60 70 T [°C]
104278_en_00 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG • 32823 Blomberg • Germany • Phone: +49-(0) 5235-3-00 10
PHOENIX CONTACT • P.O.Box 4100 • Harrisburg • PA 17111-0100 • USA • Phone: +717-944-1300
www.phoenixcontact.com

Digital Automatic Voltage Regulator Operation and Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Digital Automatic Voltage Regulator Operation and Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Digital Automatic Voltage Regulator Operation and Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PROJECT : - IB THERMAL POWER STATION, UNIT-3 & 4

WBS NO : - CE/1050-SH3-48-01 & CE/1050-SH4-48-01

Checked & Approved by :- J.SRINIVASAN

Storage Instructions for Digital Voltage Regulator EDN 99-655-188

CE-Products Safety Guide Lines First Issue

Unit - 3 DAVR Test Report 205/15/1192

Module description Unitrol Document no.

Intermediate Pulse Stage UN0096 OM691-43-350

Module description Unitrol Ref. Document no.

Motor circuit breakers Siemens / ABB /

Transducers Southern / Rishab

Auxiliary relays Jyothi / Guardian

Auxiliary contactors Siemens

Trip circuit supervision relay VAX31

Switch for thyristor KRAUS -NAIMER

Fuses TIA type

Overall General Arrangement Drg. : 3-657-00-00187

Schematic drawing : 3-657-00-05226

DATASHEET : 69203MU1BA REV - 00

NO OF PAGES: 9 SEPTEMPER 2013

BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRICLAS LIMITED

Input current with blocked output ≤ 21 mA

Input current, continuous pulse ≤ 70mA

3.2 Input values

3.2.1 Pulse input r+, t-, s+, r-, t+, s- (E1…E6)

Input voltage (bridges 1020…1025 closed)

0-signal (pulse release) 0…+1.5V

L- signal (pulse blocking) +21.6…+26.4V

Input current ≤ - 4.7 mA

Input voltage (bridges 1026…1031 closed)

L- signal (pulse release) +13…+40V

0- signal (pulse blocking) 0…+5v

Input current ≤ 4.5mA

Max. pulse deviation 210/µs

Number of Max. permissible input pulses 16

3.2.2 Blocking input E7

0 - signal (pulse release) 0…1V

L - signal (pulse blocking) +10…42V

Open input results in release

3.3 Output values

3.3.1 Pulse outputs R+, T-, S+, R-, T+, S- (A1…A6)

Max. values at Us = 26.4V (24 V +10%)

Frequency Range [Hz] ip [mA] t1[/µS] ip[mA] t2[/µS]

3.3.2 Gate current on secondary of pulse transformer

3.3.3 Signal outputs trip (A7), fault (A8)

(continuous pulse monitor responded) 21.6…26.4V

Output resistance 2.2 KΩ

3.4 Setting values

3.4.1 Matching the RC circuits to the pulse transformer

Alt. Pulse transformer R1001…R1006 R1007…R1012 C1013…C1013

3.4.2 Load resistor R1000 ≥ 1.2KΩ

3.5 Transfer values

3.5.1 Pulse transformer

Travel time of pulse between input and ≤ 1µS

Travel time difference between any two channels ≤ 0.5µS

Drop out delay (depending on pulse transformer) ≤ 20µS